All posts in “Buyer Guides”

Top 12 Distressed Jeans For Men

T

here’s a denim look for everyone, but it’s essential to get the right style. Pick the wrong type of jeans and you’ll end up looking like Jeremy Clarkson on a bad day – and no-one wants to end up like that. It’s stressful for that to occur, so why not de-stress. Better yet, why not try out distressed jeans for men when it comes to your style?

You might be new to them, and that’s okay. We’re here to help at Men’s Gear, so take a journey with us.

You need something updated, right? If you’ve clung on desperately to your hip-hop baggies, dude, come on!

It’s not just the style of the jeans which counts, you’ll also need to consider the color. Don’t even consider white jeans unless you’re trying to channel the style of a European exchange student. The same applies to any colored jeans. Take the red pants out of your basket and slowly step away, Carl!

If it’s a no to white and most colored denim, what jeans actually hit the mark? Let us save you from a lifetime of celibacy by introducing you to distressed jeans for men.

There are some that look like you’ve wrestled a crocodile, while some look gently worn-out. The overall style varies, of course. If you’ve been clinging on desperately to your MC Hammer pants, follow Elsa’s lead. Oh you know, “let it gooooo!”

If you’re feeling lost in the vast range of distressed jeans available, there’s some good news. We’ve dug around to find what we think are the very best 12 pairs of distressed jeans for men in a range of styles with something for every guy!

What are the main things to consider when buying distressed jeans for men?

The idea is that distressed jeans for men look as if they’ve developed frays and whiskering as well as holes and fading. However, that process we earned in the 1990s took us wearing them for years through a ton of crap.

That means you’re going to have to cut the corner and buy in jeans that have already been distressed.

There are lots of different ways that a pair of jeans can be distressed. Extreme designs leave the knees exposed and show off bare skin. Meanwhile, you also have simple denim. which is just faded in a few strategic spots. If you’ve never worn distressed jeans for men before, you might want to start off gently and work your way up.

You don’t need to look like you’ve had a fight with your clothes…and lost.

We only ask you to do one thing…don’t go too far. From paint-spattering to rips and fading, there are many styles of distressed jeans but you don’t want them all together in one. If you’ve got a pair that’s distressed heavily in multiple ways, they’ll look as if they’d be better off chucked in the bin.

There’s a fine line between being fashionably faded to looking like you haven’t changed your pants in a year.

Another factor that’s worth considering is the style of the jeans. You might normally prefer to wear a looser cut but when you opt for a distressed finish. This can work, as well as slim-fit and others. However, a popular style now happens to be skinny jeans.

We’ll go over a ton below, so don’t worry about this only being about the skinny jean type.

What’s the best way to wear distressed jeans for men?

Distressed jeans for men are a versatile look with the one exception. They’re not exactly proper for the days when you need to dress up. Some styles of jeans can work really well on smart occasions but distressed jeans don’t really fit the bill.

However, outside of this situation, you can wear your distressed jeans with lots of different shirt and jacket combos. You want a look that’s fresh and fun, so go for it whenever you can! We could help some, however.

Skinny-fit jeans are one of the most versatile designs around if you prefer them. Although, again, there are several styles to choose from. However, the most popular distressed jeans for men seem to always revolve around the skinny jean type. Despite this, there are several more.

If you do opt for the skinny type, be careful. You do not want to get too tight where you’ll feel like the outline of your male parts is capable of being seen. Nor do you want to go too tight where you cannot move freely or bend over without them ripping.

We’re not women, so we can afford to get something looser even in the skinny jean format. How you wear your distressed jeans depends on the style that you’ve chosen but you could opt for some of the following:

Dressing it down:

If you’re slipping into a pair of distressed jeans for men that you can wear in the daytime wear, you don’t want to look too dressed-up. Distressed jeans can be paired with a simple T-shirt and sneakers. If you’re a rock dude, a slogan tee in dark colors paired with shredded black jeans will show off your style.

Meanwhile, they’ll also be comfortable to wear.

For a more college, preppy look, you can match with a plain white T-shirt and low tops and you’ll be ready to roll. You could also go for the simple idea of a nice graphic t-shirt, simple shoes like Converse, and a cool jacket. These things can work with hoodies or any form of random wear.

For Sunday lunch:

If you’re meeting your girlfriend’s parents for the first time or just want to smarten things up a bit, you can choose a men’s casual blazer to accompany your denim. Make sure it’s a blazer and not a suit jacket.

They are not the same thing. We know, we just blew your mind here, but follow us.

Blazers are less formal and complement the style of distressed jeans for men perfectly. Make sure you get a pair of nice shoes to wear, after all, you’re looking for Sunday best here. You could also get a nice silk tie paired with a dress shirt, tucked into the jeans. This look will be completely formal or business casual.

It’ll also look perfect with the jeans.

We advise if you have blue distressed jeans, go for a dark blue dress shirt and simple black tie. For darker pants, a lighter dress shirt with even a pink tie could go well. It’s truly up to you to mix and match until you’re happy.

Cooler weather:

The weather has this annoying habit of interfering with the look we want to rock. However, with distressed jeans for men, you can layer up and still look great. A hoodie is ideal with distressed denim, whatever your age. If the temperature is lower, you could always throw a leather jacket over the top too.

Of course, you could simply wear the leather jacket isolated from the hoody as well. It’s up to you really.

Every guy should have a leather jacket in his closet that works with everything from shirts to sweaters. A leather jacket is a really good partner for distressed jeans. It connects with the vintage style while keeping you warm. Suck on that Mother Nature…

Are they going out of fashion any time soon?

There’s nothing worse than falling in love with a pair of pants only to discover it’s a look that everyone’s ditched. We’re sorry Fedora, we loved you. We’ll always have Jason Mraz, right?

Faded, ripped, and frayed jeans are a look that’s not about to disappear anytime soon. Therefore, distressed jeans for men are likely to be great for a long time.

Other styles may come and go but aged jeans have been around for as long as we can remember. There’s something very masculine about a pair of jeans that are well-worn, hinting at manly activities such as chopping wood, DIY, fishing. You know, the manliest of manly man things!

The distressed jeans for men allow you to make a true statement. It’s equivalent to beating your chest and flexing your muscles, all in a show-off mode.

Whether you buy an on-trend pair of super-shredded jeans or play it cool with a subtly-faded and frayed pair, there’s never going to be a time when you’ll have to hide them away. Rockstars like Kurt Cobain and the Sex Pistols made them iconic and they have remained there ever since.

Today, people like the musical artist and part-time crazy man Kanye West wears them and even the likes of actor Tom Hardy have sported them proudly.

If you’re ready to roll out your fresh new look, all that remains is to pick the right pair for you. As always, we’re here to help with our list of 12 hot styles of distressed jeans for men that we think you’re going to love.

1) Enrica Distressed Destroyed Ripped Straight-Fit Jeans

There’s no hanging around here as we’re straight in with a pair of jeans we think are a top contender. Nicely shredded without sporting vast bare patches of skin, don’t be put off by the description for them as “destroyed”. Authentic fraying makes these jeans look as if they’ve been worn in over time.

You know, rather than being attacked by a butcher’s knife as they left the production line.

They are available in a selection of washes for various purposes. However, we like the vintage tones. Yet if you prefer a slightly less grungey look, there’s a variety of blue colors to choose from.

There’s a small amount of stretch to these distressed jeans for men but not too much, Meaning, if you normally order yours in a smaller size to get a tight fit, think carefully. This pair from Enrica is NOT a skinny jean version. Rather, they are straight-fit, a form that offers a clingy and nicely tapered silhouette.

This type is ideal for larger-thighed men or those who prefer a looser style.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) ZLZ Distressed Destroyed Skinny Stretch Jeans

These jeans from ZLZ are similar to our first pair with a decent amount of distressing that doesn’t go too crazy. However, you’ll find the fraying runs vertically in ladders rather than wide strips horizontally. This gives these jeans a different look than many others on the market.

It’s a flattering look for anyone and if you’re a larger guy, it’s especially useful. There are none of the nasty flesh-bulging moments where the denim cuts into your skin. Rather, it’s just a nice stretch to accommodate your generous proportions.

This elasticity is one of the real plus points of these jeans. Gently stretching, it allows a close fit on the legs without ever biting into your skin. If you’ve never dared to try skinny jeans, the fit of these could be a revelation. The waistband is fairly generous so you might need to downsize if you want to avoid the need to wear a belt.

A zip fly and soft denim make these distressed jeans for men comfortable to wear, especially with the triple-stitched seams for long-lasting toughness.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) NITAGUT Ripped Tapered Slim-Fit Jeans

With a mix of 70% and 30% polyester, there’s a decent stretch to our next pair of skinny jeans. Despite this, you still won’t squeeze into them if you’re built on the larger side. Only available in a limited number of sizes, you might need to size up on these particularly if you’re edging closer to the next size up.

It’s not just a dad bod that will make these a no-go, they’re also not cut for guys with meaty thighs. If you do fit into them, they won’t be too much of a snug or tight fit. That means these distressed jeans for men are a more relaxed fit for the slender breed amongst us. Confusing or what?!

However, there’s no such puzzlement over the distressed look because dang it, these jeans just look great. With a nice mixture of snags, frays, and rips it looks like these are an old favorite that you’re hauling out of your closet rather than buying new.

That’s just the way we want our distressed jeans to look. Clearly, maker NITAGUT has really hit the mark with the appearance here.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

4) YTD Ripped Slim-Fit Moto Jeans

If you’ve been waiting for a pair of distressed jeans for men to jump up and grab your attention, this pair from YTD will do the job nicely. Quirky and attention-grabbing, you will stand out for all the right reasons. With darker denim but with the essential distressing, they offer a vintage style with a modern twist.

The frayed patches are the key to the look as they’re colored. Yes, you heard that right. The patches are mustard, lilac and blue – yes, really. However, it’s not quite as dazzling as it sounds as they offer a nice contrast to the dark, distressed denim.

A low-rising pair of distressed jeans for men, these are comfortable to wear with a straight thigh and a slimmer, more tapered calf. This makes them easy to wear and avoids the dreaded spray-paint look around the crotch. A more rigid type of denim, these are tough and strong.

This allows them to offer great durability despite their high-fashion look.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

5) Hollister Super-Skinny Stretch Stacked Jeans

Hollister offers another fresh take on the skinny jean style with this pair of jeans that offer a different silhouette. Rather than the tight, sleek outline, these pants deliberately bunch up at the ankle. Designed to be several inches longer than a regular pair, the surplus denim stacks up above the ankle to create the distinctive look.

This is coupled with a faded and frayed look, providing a vintage appearance which isn’t quite as extreme as other ripped denim. The Hollister brand knows how to make proper jeans, so it’s no shock that they bring us a perfect pair of distressed jeans for men.

Made with a combination of fibers, these jeans are elastic and stretchy. Meaning, even though they’re described accurately as a super-skinny fit, you won’t find it a struggle to get into them. The fabric is very forgiving, once they’re on, they provide a nice cling in all the right places.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

6) Hollister Super-Skinny Advanced Stretch Jeans

If you find regular skinny jeans a little too flappy and loose, Hollister has a pair that could fit just right. These super-skinny jeans have a narrow opening, with a leg of just 12.75 inches. Although some reviewers felt it was even smaller than that.

Designed to be snug and clingy (obviously), these distressed jeans for men have the iconic five-pocket look in a medium light wash. Oh yes, is it ever skinny from top to bottom. If you’re beefier in the thigh, you might want to size up.

You’ll also need to be prepared to put the stretchiness of these jeans to the test.

The distressing on these jeans is very light so if you want to avoid looking as if Edward Scissorhands had attempted to slide into denim, these are a top pick. There’s only one real patch of fraying which is authentically over the knee.

Other areas have some small snags and wear but overall, it’s a modest take on the distressed theme.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

7) Qazel Vorrlon Destroyed Slim-Fit Jeans

If you like your jeans to be more destroyed than simply distressed, Qazel Vorrlon has captured the look. These pants aren’t just a bit torn, they’re pretty much missing both knees. However, this kind of ultra-ripped style has a timeless quality so you won’t be guilty of buying an item that’s simply on-trend.

These distressed jeans for men make a statement for sure. However, the distressing and ripping looks so authentic, they simply appear like a much-loved pair of pants.

The extra space created by the torn-out knees provides more flexibility, making these jeans super-comfy to wear. They’re a slim-fit style but the ripped design offers mobility than other skinny denim doesn’t have. They’re 90% cotton with a dash of spandex thrown in, providing elasticity and some stretch.

We feel this is a terrific combination.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

8) Dovee Destroyed Patched Zipper Jeans

We should begin by saying these skinny jeans are really TIGHT. Think of Henry Cavill’s no-blushes-spared Superman outfit and you’ll get a general idea. If you like your skinny jeans to be snug and close-fitting from top to bottom, you’ll love these.

It’s worth mentioning that these are sized for the Asian market so you might need to size up (maybe 3). This is especially the case if you’re packing some leg muscles and still want to squeeze into a pair.

The distressing on these jeans is simply magnificent, pairing the shredded look with a more practical solution. Both the knees have been ripped out comprehensively. Rather than expose your bare flesh, there’s a large patchwork area which even comes in a complementary blue, matching the overall jean appearance.

The combination of fashion and function work well, without the random gusts of wind affecting the knee areas.

At the bottom of these distressed jeans for men, you’ll spot a zip. This is positioned in the front of the leg and is a pretty substantial size. As well as being an attractive accent, the zip provides a purpose as well. This makes it possible to open out the bottom of the jeans and offer a bit more width.

These jeans might be stylish, fashionable, and with a clever design. We certainly love them, but you’ll certainly want to size up, as more room is needed.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

9) Norame Distressed Zipped Jeans

Just when you think you’ve found one unique design feature, another one comes along – or at least that’s what’s happened here. This pair of distressed jeans for men also has a zip on the legs, albeit in a slightly different place. Gently distressed on the legs, fraying rather than complete ripped holes, the main feature of these jeans is the knees.

Across both legs are heavyweight zips that open the front of the jeans but doesn’t go all the way round to the back. This prevents uncomfortable chafing behind the knee while still adding a great feature.

The fit on these jeans is decidedly narrow but with an insane stretch it’s not as bad as it sounds. These are a pencil-slim fit but without being so tight that they’re unmanageable for mortal men. As an Asian-manufactured pair of jeans, it’s recommended that you size up a bit to get a comfortable fit.

A general rule for most American men is 2 to 3 sizes above the Asian sizing chart.

There’s only a limited range of sizes and nothing for the bigger guys. That said, this does restrict the potential market for what would otherwise be a really popular choice.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

10) Hollister Skinny Extreme Stretch Jeans

There’s something about Hollister’s jeans that is simply irresistible. With a variety of styles, leg lengths, and sizes, they’ve won rave reviews from many of their customers.

This entry showcases their distressed jeans for men known as Extreme Stretch, a pair of pants that includes the greatest possible stretch possible. You’ll still get the same look of vintage denim but the stretchiness of the denim means that they’re comfy and easy to wear.

Hollister appears to have found how to make a snug fit without cutting into the groin. The denim flexes and moves with you, rather than sitting rigidly, making these jeans so comfortable you’ll almost forget you’re wearing them!

There’s a moderate amount of distressing with these jeans, with a combination of fraying, shredding, and holes. On one leg you’ll have bare skin clearly visible with only minimal material covering it up. In addition to this, there are also large areas of fraying across the tops of both legs.

Meaning you’ll see some vintage appearance here.

With four different washes available, three leg lengths, and nine waist measurements, you’ll certainly have a choice. Unfortunately, the waist sizes only go up to 36”. Meaning if you need a larger size, you’re outta luck. With these, select either the Ripped Medium Wash style or the Ripped & Repaired style.

The company also offers the same jeans without the fashionable rips and tears you’re looking for.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

11) H&M Skinny Trashed jeans

One of the high street fashion heavyweights in H&M is here to show off a bit True to form, H&M have found a different way to describe their denim, referring to it as “trashed” rather than distressed. Whatever you want to call it, this pair of jeans has definitely been through the wringer with a vintage appearance that’s undeniable.

H&M has recreated the iconic cheese-grater style off jeans. Rather than simply ripping out a large chunk of fabric from the knee, they’ve attacked the whole leg uniformly. This gives off the impression that the legs have been shredded from top to bottom.

With repeated slashes horizontally starting from the top of the thigh and extending all the way down to just below the knee, this is a classic ripped jean look. Classic and impressive to see in distressed jeans for men, H&M add their signature fashion twist to the patchwork.

They decide to expose an entire leg!

This fabric patchwork is made from a medium blue color, making it unobtrusive and subtle while still providing practical backing. The fit is skinny for the whole leg from thigh to ankle but there’s generous sizing, up to a 42” so if you need to size up to get a bit of extra width, there’s capacity.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

12) Nordstrom Slim-Fit Windsor Jeans

Nordstrom truly brings it with these distressed jeans for men, that is for certain. Some will view these jeans as the product of an interior design accident, while others will adore the fashion-forward look. While it’s true that these jeans have been deliberately designed to look as if there’s paint spilled all over them, we can’t help but love them.

Nothing makes us feel more manly than a hint of physical labor. With these jeans, you don’t even have to lift a finger to get the look. What’s there not to like?!

Aside from the massive white staining down the front of the jeans, Nordstrom has thrown in a decent amount of fraying and whiskering too, just for good measure. Some distressed jeans are subtle enough to work for a smart casual look but these might be tough there.

Nordstrom aimed for the ripped and repaired look here, which seems evident in the style.

There’s a fairly limited size range for these jeans but you probably won’t need to size up. They’re generously fitted around the waist, hips, and thighs before tapering down to a much narrower ankle. This is a very wearable style of skinny jeans.

This will suit most guys, whether slender or stacked.

One downside is that they’re more expensive than many of the other jeans on our list. However, these jeans could be a nice treat just for you. We all need that sometimes.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

No stress over distress!

That’s all folks!

These 12 pairs of distressed jeans for men offer a great on-trend look in a very wearable way. While we like to look good, we won’t sacrifice our comfort. What self-respecting guy would ever do so anyway? With all of these jeans, you won’t have to. It’s time to pack away your dad denim and invest in a new pair of distressed jeans.

The magic ingredient in all of this is their purely impressive style and range of them.

Remember to make sure you always pay attention when you’re pulling on your distressed jeans. You might scoff at the suggestion, after all, we’re pretty sure you learned how to dress yourself years ago! However, accidentally sticking your feet through the rip-holes is common.

We’d know, we’ve done it!

Get into your distressed jeans for men with style. You know, by NOT ripping them further due to not watching your step.

Top 19 Rockport Shoes For Men

T

ake a look back fifty years. If you were looking for a pair of shoes, you would have to settle for a stiff pair of dress shoes or an all-purpose set of boots. Ones that would be just as likely to leave your feet a delightful shade of swampy. Rockport shoes for men in today’s market are proven successes.

The previous set we were discussing was not great for family life, we can tell you. Comfortable, breathable footwear was nearly nonexistent. The “running shoe” as we know it was long away from invention.

One of the major stepping stones in the evolution of the perfect piece of footwear happened to be the rise of Rockport shoes. Founded in 1940, then known as The Hubbard company, they had a quest to be better than the average.

They were tired of deciding between comfort and style, so they wanted to do something about it.

Eventually, they saw a huge gap in the shoe market, so by 1973, they invented a shoe. They’d decide to call it: the walking shoe. Of course, it was given the official name of the “Country Walker.”

It was a revolution when it came to footwear, Rockport’s walking shoe became the prototype for the running shoe that we know today.

Plus, they managed to blend comfort with a stylish shoe.

From there it was only up. The company itself, as well as the production of Rockport shoes for men, was a family affair. They continued to rise up to where they are today. They’d eventually work with companies like Reebok, Adidas, and New Balance.

Through all these partnerships and changes, the brand remains unchanged. Comfort and style, together, remain supreme. Before we discuss the best Rockport shoes for men today, we need to get to some FAQs.

What should I check for when buying Rockport shoes for men?

When thinking about whether or not to buy Rockport shoes, there are a few questions you can ask yourself. You spend a lot of time earning your money, so when it comes time to buy new footwear you want to make sure that you’re making the best choices that fit your lifestyle.

Are you spending your money on the right shoe? The right style?

There’s so much more than this that needs to be considered. Here are a few pointers from Men’s Gear about what to check for when you invest in a pair of men’s Rockports.

Foot Support:

Making sure you feel totally supported is one of Rockport’s number one priorities. That’s why they invented the EVA comfort sponge footbed. This makes sure your shoe fits your foot exactly, and one of the key parts to a healthy foot overall.

For those who’d rather go without, it’s also removable. Your shoe, your rules!

Right wrong foot support can obviously hurt your feet. However, did you know it could also affect your back too? It’s true. The lower back can be drastically affected by this. Proper support in a shoe is more than just about your feet, it can be a huge problem for your entire body overall.

Get that proper support, guys!

Shock Absorption:

With truTECH technology, you’re going to be feeling as bouncy as ever when you walk down the street. It doesn’t matter if you’re walking on asphalt or on the grass, the shoes can be excellent for you. Rockport shoes absorb all the energy you make by walking, leaving you feeling fresh and energized.

This allows you to jump or fall a number of feet and not feel that really bad impact that can make landings painful.

Custom Fit:

When you buy Rockport walking shoes online, you’re not just buying a product. You’re buying a full solution for your feet, and what solution would be complete without customization? Every time you shop online through a Rockport outlet, you’ll be asked about the length and width of your feet.

They ask this to make sure they’re as snug as a bug, and you do not have any issues. If you don’t like it, make sure you familiarize yourself with return policies. It’s not for nothing that people keep coming back to Rockport!

Walk in style:

With Rockport’s signature style, you’re going to make an impression whenever you walk through the door. Along with sneakers, Rockport makes wonderful Oxford shoes and obviously the trademark DresSports line is amazing. You could be doing anything in these shoes, really.

Perhaps you’re going for a walk in the park and want to look good doing it.

Maybe you’re pacing the office or taking the dog out for a walk so he or she can do their “business.” Rockport’s got your back with the latest in men’s shoe fashion.

Outlet:

Shopping through a Rockport shoe outlet online is insanely easy. That means making sure you get exactly what you need all in one place is more convenient than ever before! The benefits are undeniable if we’re being honest here. You’re able to find any model, color, or make with these wonderful online outlets.

With large warehouses all over the country, you’re unlikely to find something out of stock.

What are the benefits of Rockports over other brands?

Like any major brand with recognition and success, Rockport shoes couldn’t have gotten as far as they have without having something special to offer consumers.  We’re going to break down some of the reasons why Rockport shoes for men deserve attention.

Of course, this will prove in all likelihood that you’d need a couple spots on your footwear rack to open up. That said, let’s discuss the great things about these shoes.

Flexibility:

We can’t say it enough, a sturdy pair of dress shoes or the loose-and-light feel of running shoes each have their own benefits. However, a solid pair of Rockports helps you to find your style while never compromising on mobility or comfort.

Everything here relies on the innovative design that underlies (quite literally) every Rockport shoe.

They discovered a lot on their quest to find the perfect piece of footwear for optimum walking. In this time, Rockport invested heavily in figuring out the biomechanics of the perfect stroll. Seriously, they actually did this.

Using their cutting-edge results, they came up with a design that’s lightweight and easy to pack into an unassuming, stylish shoe.

The end product is a shoe that’s flexible enough to be through a wide variety of contexts and situations. While the average man might have to store a half-dozen shoes in their closet, Rockports do double-time and save space.

Brand recognition:

Rockport shoes for men have a long history of being associated with healthy living. From their initial research into the biomechanics of walking, they went on to design a media campaign that wasn’t only marketing their shoes. Rather, it marketed walking itself as a lifestyle choice.

With the help of fitness icons like Robert Sweetgall, they promoted the “Walk for the Health of It” campaign back in the 1980s. A massive media event, walkers sporting Rockports crossed the country (11,600 miles!) promoting walking as a healthy alternative to running.

Although Forest Gump feels both are useful.

Through it all, Rockport became solidified as the go-to brand for healthy daily choices. By donning a pair for yourself, you’ll be tapping into a long history of conscious, healthy decisions along with a major cultural shift.

Stand out from the crowd:

Rockport shoes have earned their reputation as an icon for walkers everywhere, and they easily surpass other brands for their sheer utility. Some power-walkers might trade in their nice shoes for a pair of sturdy-yet-unseemly runners.

However, you’re going to be hitting the pavement in style with Rockport.

Nowhere else are you going to find as perfect a marriage of style and mobility. Thankfully for us, we don’t see a divorce coming anytime soon.

What can I wear Rockport shoes with?

While many brands try to make sure their offerings are as universal as possible, sometimes this doesn’t work. Universality, for us, sounds like a nice way to say ‘bland’. Here at Men’s Gear, we look for the best, and sometimes that means making choices that you can’t just ‘throw on whatever’ with.

You want to put your best foot forward, in more ways than one. Making sure you pair your Rockport walking shoes with the right gear goes a long way to making a solid impression when you need it.

No one buys Rockport shoes so they can look like a slob:

Let’s say this again, “we’re not students anymore.” We don’t need to be wearing whatever we find first on our clothes rack. A bit of forethought makes your personal style all the better. People think that going out for a morning power walk is an excuse to bring out their old, moth-eaten sweats.

They then head on out to meet the world looking like they came out of The Slob Company Catalog. No one’s really watching, right? Wrong!

You don’t buy a pair of Rockports so you can throw on any old thing with it. You buy a pair of Rockports to look great no matter where you are. You’re a man of means, so you’re able to whip out a fantastic set of sweatpants that show off your assets while looking great.

Heading out in the mornings is no reason to look like a slob. You’re here because we’re long past that.

Upgrading your wardrobe:

Rockport dress shoes are meant to make a statement, wherever you are. It’s about making sure that you’re comfortable while on your feet without ever having to compromise your sense of style. It’s about raising your standards.

What better excuse is there to make sure your wardrobe is up to snuff?

Wearing Rockports gives you an excuse to really show what you’re made of. Those cardigans that would never go with your worn-out sneakers? Those stretchy pants that are obviously tailor-made from that East Village outlet everyone’s talking about?

All are great with a pair of Rockports. It’s all about showing yourself at your best, from the shoes up.

Look good, feel great:

The best part about wearing Rockport shoes (and pairing them with a stylish set of clothes) is that you’re never going to feel like you’re too still to go out for a walk. Whatever Rockport shoe outlet you’re going with, you’ll be encouraged to both look good and feel great.

Why choose between health and style? With Rockport shoes for men, you’re going to be living in the best of both worlds.

How do I take care of my Rockport shoes?

Maintaining a healthy lifestyle is more than just thinking good thoughts about getting out there for a walk. Just like your health, having a pair of Rockport shoes means putting in a bit of effort. This is only natural because all good things come with a bit of elbow grease.

Any man knows they get as much out of something as they put into it.

Rockport shoes for men are built for activity. They’re maintained as an important factor in making sure they last as long as possible. Not to mention having them look great too. What’s the point of having a pair of Rockport shoes for men if you’re not able to show off a bit?

Making sure they’re polished before you go out is key to making that great first impression. Keeping them clean is also a big one, especially as you’ll be using them to walk in all sorts of places.

Treat your Rockports like you treat a good friend, and you’ll get lots of use out of them. With that said, we’d like to show you some of our top Men’s Gear picks for Rockport shoes for men on the market today.

1) Rockport The Walking Classic

This is the classic that started it all: Rockport’s the Walking Classic. Known across the globe for their contributions to walking as a regular, healthy activity, Rockport men’s walking shoes have become an icon. This simple design offers built-in support from sole to the midsole.

The Walking Classic makes it clear why it’s become the go-to for serious walkers everywhere.

If you need a reason why Rockport shoes for men have become so popular, the Walking Classic is a perfect place to start. This may not be the dress style that Rockport’s become so known for, but you won’t be sorry for reaching for these when you’re about to go out for your morning walk or run.

With functionality, leg-and-knee protection and simple design at heart, these are a must have for your shoe rack.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) Rockport Total Motion Fusion Wingtip Shoe

With this entry, we’re starting to get into the classy designs that make Rockport shoes for men so famous. An unconscientious consumer might want to just grab the first thing they see at a Rockport shoe sale. However, taking a second glance at the more premium-priced entries, like this Total Fusion, is more than worth your time.

This pair of shoes has a synthetic sole along with a classic leather design, with a crafted texture along the toe and sides that are sure to turn a few heads. This is definitely one of the finer mid-range offerings at any Rockport shoe store.

Combine this with some faded jeans and a tailored semi-formal jacket, and you’ll be ready for any event on your work calendar.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) Rockford Men’s Northfield Oxford

Here’s where we start getting into the dress shoe designs. With Rockport shoes’ classic Oxford design, you’ll be ready to head to the office or out on the town in style. As with any Rockport model, you’ll never be sacrificing comfort for looking great.

From the (tall!) traction-heel to the kinetic air circulation system, your feet will be getting premium treatment with these Oxfords.

You might order some awesome Rockport shoes for men in-store or Amazon Rockport shoes. It doesn’t matter which because you can be sure that you’ll be getting the same commitment to grace and mobility that’s guaranteed with any Rockport model.

Don’t believe us? Order a pair for yourself and wait to be impressed!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

4) We Are Rockin’ Chranson Shoe

With this entry into the Rockport collection, rugged, outdoorsy design meets the finest in comfort. The “We are Rockin’ Cranson shoe” model is inspired by outdoorsmen everywhere and makes a splash whenever you enter a room.

People’s heads will turn, wondering about what secret, active life you’re living outside the office. While on the inside your feet are getting the best that modern technology can give when it comes to balance, breathability, and durability.

Rockport shoes for men are not only meant to be a functional option for your daily grind. Rather, they too are a symbol that shows people what you’ve got. With these Rockport shoes, you’ll be signaling both affluence and a sense of danger.

Who can really resist a combination of both? Do yourself a favor and try for yourself!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

5) Rockport Men’s Perth

Another fresh take on a classic design, these Rockport shoes for men were made to impress! Whether you’re thinking of making a splash on your first day at the office or if you’re wanting to bring a bit of warmth to your wedding outfit, these brown Perths are the perfect option.

This model is a masculine alternative to the ocean of black shoes you’re bound to see in this genre. These Rockport shoes for men are going to make you stand out in a crowd.

With a hand-sewn outer design and a fancy set of exterior lacing, you’re going to be bringing your best to wherever you go. With the natural, rugged impression that brown tends to give a shoe, you’ll also be showing there’s more to you than meets the eye.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

6) Rockport Men’s Randle U Bal

Another entry into the long line of Rockport walking shoes that straddle the line between high class and comfort. These brown sneakers are just as suited for an early morning’s walk as they are to accenting that hipster vintage. You know the ones, the stuff you keep at the back of your closet (we won’t tell anyone).

Bringing a casual yet serious vibe into the room when you enter, these are more than just your brother’s payer of sneakers. These Rockport shoes for men signal that you’re responsible but are up for a good time.

Be warned, this pair has limited availability. You’ll need to dig a bit into your favorite Rockport shoe outlet (online or in-store) to get a shot to grab these.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

7) Rockport Men’s Charles Road Plain Toe Oxford

Another classic Oxford model from Rockport shoes, the Charles Road pair gives off that no-nonsense vibe. They’re perfect for starting a business meeting, giving a speech, or accompanying that special someone down the aisle.

With an easy-to-clean exterior and a synthetic sole, this is a model that’s worth investing in for whenever the occasion calls.

One of the major benefits of Rockport shoes for men is the comfort they give while never sacrificing style. While the average pair of Oxfords is stiff to the touch, Rockport has released a model with lightweight shock absorption and material that’s easy on your feet.

Sound too good to be true? Get yourself a pair and find out!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

8) Rockport Men’s Channer Oxford

Another great entry that bridges class and accessibility, this brown pair of Oxfords from Rockport shows that you can look great without looking uptight. With the rugged brown color, these Oxfords can be found dancing it up at a work party or making a presentation to venture capital.

Flexibility is the name of the game here, with these Rockport shoes for men able to cross over seamlessly between a variety of contexts.

Rockport shoes are known for their quality as well as their comfort. The addition of Adidas adiPRENE technology for absorbing shocks allows for a superior wearing experience here.

Add to that the ease with which these shoes can be maintained, and we have a clear winner.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

9) Rockport DresSports Anniversary Wingtip

Here’s where things start getting interesting. While in all the previous entries on this list sought a fusion of dress wear and sportswear, this model really ups the ante. This offers a classy, modeled leather exterior and an EVA sole for optimum shock absorption.

Rockport shoes for men like this allows you to think of yourself running in a suit in these things. You know, James Bond style. Even just walking more than ten steps in either direction works here.

These forward-thinking Rockport dress shoes redefine the game, with comfort and style winning the day. With adjustments for width available at any Rockport shoe outlet online, you’ll find a pair that’s perfectly made for you.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

10) Rockport Men’s DresSports 2 Fast Marathon Oxford

Another stellar entry in the DresSports collection, where high style meets the ultimate in athletic prowess. If you’re a super-spy needing to break out into a chase while downing a martini, this is the pair for you.

However, if you’re constantly on the go while needing to look great, then these Rockport walking shoes will do just fine.

The revolutionary element of Rockport shoes is the freedom they give their wearers to truly be themselves. No more either/or choices between showing your business or your sporty side. With the DresSports line, you’re able to bring all of yourself with you to whatever occasion calls.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

11) Rockport Men’s Marshall Plain Toe Oxford

One of the defining features of Rockport shoes for men is their versatility. Certain models occupy a firm place when it comes to the formality of the shoe (think dress shoes, sneakers). Meanwhile, others make an eye-popping combination of the two, this unassuming set of Oxfords certainly toes the line.

Taking inspiration from the most formal of dress shoes without ever losing certain accessibility, this pair is one that can easily hop between a party and work presentation.

This kind of flexibility is what helped Rockport shoes for men to become such a global icon. Add to that a set of leather uppers and an anti-micro-bacterial lining, and we have a winner on our hands.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

12) Rockport Men’s Symon Oxford

Making sure you give off the right impression when you enter a room is key. While a number of the models in this list boast refreshing flexibility when it comes to when a man can whip them out, sometimes you just need to go with a classic. The Symon from Rockport shoes is unmistakable in its formality and classiness.

Nobody is going to mistake you for anything else than a man who’s got his game together.

Whether you’re making a splash at a gala or closing that deal with new clients, making sure you put your best foot forward (pun intended) can’t be overstated. Choosing Rockport shoes for men gives you the confidence you need to truly take on the world.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

13) Rockport Men’s Total Motion Sport Oxford

Another example of the innovative minds behind the design at Rockport. While the Oxford style is a calling card of Rockport shoes for men, they don’t stop there. Taking from the be in the formal design genre, they’ve created an athleisure shoe that’s great for your morning walk.

This shoe never compromises on your personal sense of high style at all. This is an excellent choice for those who sport a dressy (yet never stuffy) style even with an active style.

With a contemporary look and the best in shock absorption, this pair of Rockport shoes for men may occupy the pricier end of the scale but they deliver when it counts. If you’re looking for a fusion of mobility and high style, you won’t get any better than Rockport’s Total Motion.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

14) Rockport Men’s Jaxson Bal

For a fresh take on a classic design, Rockport’s Jaxson Bal is a clear winner. With its tan leather finish, this pair of dress shoes is ready to take on the world! Embracing the versatile spirit of the best Rockport shoes for men, the Jaxson Bal combines a rugged, masculine aesthetic with the trappings of a laced dress shoe.

This helps to create the ultimate in athleisure that you will absolutely love.

One of the trademarks of the brand is motion, and Rockport men’s walking shoes are meant to be lived in. With the Jaxson Bal’s premium shock resistance technology, you can be on the go all day and your feet are still going to feel great.

This tech includes the removable truTECH footbed and EVA heel cup, making it even better. Don’t take our word for it – get yourself a pair and see for yourself!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

15) Rockport Men’s Cayleb Woven Penny Loafer

While many of the entries on this list have been some mix of sneakers or Oxfords, the classic penny loafer is not to be mixed. These Rockport shoes for men might not come in a wide range of colors, but the cognac and black models are universal.

They truly fit whatever you have in your wardrobe, making you a stylish guy with amazing shoes. With their convenient, slip-on style, these are a pair you won’t want to be without.

What’s more, the Rockport brand guarantees comfort no matter how long you’re on your feet. These penny loafers have a removable Ortholite footbed that supports your arches.

It also makes sure that your feet are happy and healthy.

No matter if you’re buying through the Rockport shoe store or online on Amazon, these shoes will be a welcome addition to your shoe rack.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

16) Rockport Men’s DresSports 2 Plain Toe

This is another entry in the DresSports line, Rockport’s premium solution to making sure you look good and feel great no matter if you’re at the office or partying it up! With the rich upper leathers and the textured surface, this is a model that commands seriousness and respect.

Added bounce is built-in as part of its sporty frame. This means you’ll be making sure no one thinks you’re stuck up or a drag on the party. With three different colors to choose from, you’ll want to grab a pair the next time you see Rockport shoes for men sale online.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

17) Rockport Men’s Total Motion Sport Dress Oxford

While the other dress sports models on this list are notable for their bold mix of the formal and the informal, this entry proves far more subtle. With its full-on black color, your colleagues will be surprised to notice that you’re wearing the most comfortable shoes in the office.

Why not? If you’re going to be giving a presentation or pitch at the next meeting, why not treat your feet right at the same time?

Like other Rockport shoes for men, this pair comes with built-in truTech support for your heel with extra shock absorption. Meaning you can pace around the office all you like and you’re not going to get sore.

With their guaranteed fit, getting in-store or Amazon Rockport shoes is a choice you’re not going to regret.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

18) Rockport Men’s Shakespeare Circle Penny Loafer

Another great penny loafer from Rockport shoes is this black brush model given a fun Shakespeare name. This model is a perfect choice when you’re looking to make an impression at work or the next formal occasion.

If you’re going to be at an event where you’ve gotta look great while being on your feet for hours, this is the pick for you.

With the tall heel and moccasin-style stitch toe, these penny loafers are going to set you apart from the crowd.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

19) Rockport Men’s Thurston Plain Toe

The last entry on this list of Rockport shoes for men goes back to the brand’s philosophy. That is a mix of style and comfort. While this plain toe model isn’t going to be impressing anyone at a wedding, its laid-back approach is great for a day at the office or at the park.

Rockport shoes like these help support your feet using their EVA footbed and truTECH shock absorption. Overall, these help you get on with your day without thinking about whether your feet are going to be sore by the end.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Walking on

Making sure that your feet get the best is a major priority. They’re the part of your body that feels the most wear and tear, and investing in your health starts right here. Who says that you have to sacrifice comfort for style?

With Rockport’s brand of sports and dress shoes, you’ll always be getting the best of both worlds.

From their Oxfords and penny loafers to their sneakers or DresSports line, there’s something on this list for every man. No matter how far your feet will be bringing you today, it pays to be doing it in a pair of Rockports!

Rockport shoes for men are excellent for any situation and well worth investing in.

Clearly, the ones above are some of the best today. Check them out more when you get a chance and you’ll likely see even more reasons to love them than we highlighted.

Top 15 Running Belts For Men

R

unning is great for increasing productivity, your mental wellbeing, a host of physical benefits and more. It might cut some inches from your waistline, but we’d like to see you joggers add something to your waist as well. Whether you’re Forrest Gump or David Goggins, running belts for men are heavily needed in order to do your run right.

A running belt can be beneficial for hikers, rock climbers, and other adventure seekers. This is for a number of reasons. First, we must answer, what the heck are they? Running belts are skin-hugging belts that go around your waist when you exercise.

You might be wondering, what are they useful for, right?

Running belts for men have secured pockets to store everyday items that you need to take with you, but don’t want to hold as you run. Some are also capable of storing water bottles and other nutritional products.

We get that you’re busy guys, thus you haven’t got time to start researching the heaps of running belts for men currently being sold. That’s why your friends at Men’s Gear are here.

We’ve taken the legwork away and done all the running belt research you could imagine.

We sent the interns out on daily marathons and the rest of us did some Googling – okay, that’s not true! The interns did the googling too. Anyway, the result of the research was our knowledge about the true best 15 running belts for men. We can’t wait for you to see them.

Well, we kind of need to. Before we run through them, let’s answer some of your most common running belts FAQs.

What Are The Main Benefits Of Running Belts?

A running belt is mainly a convenience item that has the potential to enhance performance. It allows you to keep different items close at hand without needing to run with them in your hand or short pockets. The main benefits will depend on what items you’re using the belt to store.

Performance benefits:

You can use the belt to store water bottles, energy gels, or other nutritional supplements that all can improve your performance. Hydration and refueling are especially key for distance runners. Some belts can even store four bottles of water and energy gels at one time.

Unless you have four arms, the belt is going to be beneficial in keeping you hydrated and energized throughout your run.

Tracking performance:

Sometimes we like to track our progress as we get fitter and faster. No longer do we do this with a simple stopwatch. We now have many different smartphone apps that will give us much more detail about our runs with a sophisticated breakdown of how we did.

To get this information we need to run with our smartphones.

Running belts for men allow you to keep your smartphone on you and track your performance in a much safer and convenient way. Especially safer than simply running with it in your shorts’ pocket, banging against your thigh with each stride.

Plus, think about how it can weigh down your shorts and have them ride lower than you’d like.

Dudes, you do not want your “Dwayne Johnson” to randomly show up (if ya know what we mean) as you’re running by the local park…with children. We’re just saying…

Convenience benefits:

The convenience benefit is pretty impressive with this. These running belts for men can carry things that would be impossible or impractical to do so with just your hands. What type of items does a running belt make convenient for you?

The examples are almost endless.

There’s your phone as we already mentioned, as well as things like car and house keys, ID cards, and sunscreen. Then there are medical items like inhalers. Obviously, they allow you to carry devices to let you run to your favorite songs and even some cash in case you end your run by rewarding yourself at a cafe.

Secondary uses:

Running belts are great for running but their uses aren’t just for the trails. You can also use them for other outdoor and also indoor activities. They can also be used for things outside of exercise. Consider any secondary uses while you look for the best running belt for you.

The best value you can get out of any item is its use.

If that item can be used for more than one thing, that means it holds more value at the end of the day. With that said, running belts clearly hold their value due to being able to use them for more than just running.

What Material Are Running Belts Usually Made Of?

Running belts aren’t all made the same way or use the same materials. A lot of the better belts use the likes of neoprene and other microfiber constructions, plus there’s even one we’ll highlight later that’s made of spandex. The materials of running belts are trying to accomplish two things.

In one way they want to be a snug fit so they hug your waist without bouncing around or riding up. This is important to make sure the belt doesn’t interfere with your running technique and comfort.

The materials also aim to be waterproof. Not all running belts manage this. Many will plan to keep their iPod, smartphone, or other electronics in their running belt. If that’s you, then it’s always important to check the material and make sure it’s waterproof or at least water resistant.

It might be convenient to carry your phone or enjoy your Spotify playlist while you jog. However, after your wet jog is over, how convenient is a phone with water damage?

What Are The Different Types Of Running Belts For Men?

Even though there is no official categorization of different running belts, when you look through our top 15 running belts for men, you’ll notice something. All the running belts may offer secure pockets and pouches, but not all offer nutritional holders and water bottle storage.

Therefore, we see it like there are two different types of running belts for men. There are running belts with water bottle holders and there are running belts without bottle holders.

Which one do you need? If you’re a sprinter then you don’t need any. You’re lost and you need to go check out sprinting gear instead. Usain Bolt may be able to have a mid-race snack and still beat most of the population, but it’s not needed for almost everyone else.

If you run for longer distances or you’re training for a marathon, then you’ll need a running belt with a water bottle holder. Staying hydrated is important and this will be the type of running belt best suited for you! Alternatively, if you only go for 20 to 30-minute jogs, it won’t be crucial for you to have a water bottle holder.

Get one if you wish, but if you have no underlying conditions it’s not going to compromise your safety if you can’t rehydrate on a short jog. You can choose the other type of running belts – those that just offer a secured pouch for your iPod, house keys, and other gear.

How Heavy Is The Average Running Belt?

Most running belts for men have specifically been made to be light. They normally weigh between a couple of ounces and a couple of pounds depending on the model of running belt you’re looking for. This is also dictated on what you put inside of it, of course.

They are made light so that using them isn’t going to add significant weight and negatively impact your running performance.

Lighter running belts are also more comfortable, so serious runners and amateurs can both enjoy the benefits.

Naturally, if you’re adding your phone, four full water bottles, an energy biscuit, and your car keys to the belt, it’s going to get heavier. However, it’s certainly not going to be heavy enough to prepare you for the Delta Force selection process. They’re light but it’s not going to be a problem – trust us on this one!

1) Nathan Zipster Running Waist Belt

The first running belt that made it into the Men’s Gear running club is a design by Nathan. The Nathan brand is quite the experts in the running belt scene. This particular one comes available in seven colors. Just beware, choosing some colors will significantly influence the price, so watch out for that.

In total, these running belts for men have four pockets. Two of them are zippered pockets while the other two are open. This is a lot more pockets than standard, but they’re perfect for keeping different items like your car or house key. That’s right, no more running with it tucked in your sock!

Some phones will fit inside the zippered pockets which means you can activate those running apps and start tracking your performance.

The belt is very soft to avoid unwanted irritation and comfortably sits on your waist. Not all of Nathan’s belts come with size options, but happily, this model does. You can pick one up in five different sizes, including a youth size for the future male Olympians of our readership.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) Amphipod AirFlow Microstretch Belt

Amphipod is a true heavyweight in this world, so it’s not a shock that they’ll end up on our list numerous times. Their Airflow Microstretch Belt is one of the best running belts for men today. This belt is ideal for those of you who like to run early in the morning or late at night. Why?

Part of their eight-color selection includes two belts that contain high visibility sections. These help you remain visible in those darker times of the day, thus making you safer. This is by far one of the most low-light-friendly running belts on the market.

The running belt comes in one-size-to-fit-all. This is because it adjusts between 28- and 50-inches.

The storage on this running belt is very versatile. From the outside, it looks like it has just one zippered pocket. However, inside the pocket are dividers to separate items and help you find them quicker. No more earphones tangled around your car keys!

You can also use them to separate your carbohydrate energy bar from your dollar bills.

You can even remove the dividers and expand the pocket to fit larger items. Although there’s no space to store water, we feel this would still be perfect for some serious runners. It’s kind of a given, as Amphipod has added a place to exhibit your number on race day!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) FlipBelt Zipper AW18

While similar brands may populate this list, there is something to be said about their competitors. This model known as the FlipBelt Zipper AW18 ranks as one of the best running belts for men around simply due to how it’s made and what it can do.

The manufacturers have stressed that this isn’t just a running belt, but perfect for other outdoor activities.

Whether you’re an avid hiker, climber, or another type of adventurer out in the elements, you’ll love it. The belt comes in five colors and five sizes for waists between 22 and 48-inches. Every color and size will include a reflective logo to make you safer during evening runs.

The product will sit under or on top of your clothes and it’s made from a special fabric that expels moisture. The lack of moisture prevents skin irritation, so this is quite important.

It doesn’t have buckles, making it streamlined and capable of sitting tight against your waist and hips.

This prevents any bouncing, discomfort, or unwanted movement during your jog.

It has impressive storage, offering one zippered pocket, three open pockets, and an internal hook to attach your keys. Plus, it has a space for your smartphones of all sizes to allow you the ability to use Spotify as you run and track achievements.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

4) Amphipod RunLite Xtech 4 Plus Hydration Belt

We’ve started strong, but it might be time to turn up the speed a little with the Amphipod RunLite Xtech 4 Plus Hydration Belt. This is for the more serious runner who needs to stay hydrated during longer distances. They do not offer color options when buying this belt, and it’s a one-size-fits-all design.

Amphipod has chosen Velcro fastening rather than a buckle. This is to ensure these running belts for men do not bounce as you run, nor will it chafe your skin. Any attempt to make it a streamlined belt is offset by their four hydration compartments.

These compartments will store four of their 10.5oz bottles which you do get with the running belt.

If you’re a long-distance runner then this should make you very happy.

It is also cool to note that you can add or subtract the bottles as well as their modules as you choose. You can even change their positioning so they don’t interfere with your stride or comfort. You can rotate them so the bottles sit on an angle or horizontal rather than vertical.

It might be a hydration-orientated running belt but it still offers a zippered pouch with an internal divider for your other necessities. This pouch is also removable and can be moved around the belt as you wish.

Performance runner?

We’ll race you to them! On your marks… go!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

5) Nathan Running Belt

Nathan is back again, offering more running belts for men that you’ll enjoy. This model doesn’t come in multiple sizes, rather, it uses an adjustable strap. The strap will cater to men with waist sizes between 26- and 44-inches. The color of the belt is up to you, however, as there are five to choose from.

The belt is made from a lightweight neoprene material so it won’t weigh you down, affecting your attempts at beating your personal best. However, it has got a buckle so you’ll definitely need to wear a shirt while running or be okay with potential chafing.

Night runners will also be interested in this running belt option because it has reflective parts to increase your visibility to drivers.

The storage on this belt lives up to our high standards. Although there are no water bottle modules, it does have two zippered pockets. A lot of these belts usually just offer one zippered pocket so this isn’t something to be scoffed at. These two pockets aren’t equal in size.

One is for larger items such as smartphones while the other is for your keys or any supplement bars. Overall this is a quality running belt that gets the Men’s Gear stamp of approval!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

6) Amphipod AirFlow MicroStretch Plus Belt

Amphipod stuck to their one-size philosophy when designing this running belt. The belt will expand up to four times its original size to cater for men of most builds. It does this using an adjustable ergonomic belt buckle and happens to be available in three colors.

However, it’s likely that only one of these colors is going to appeal to men.

It has one pouch you can choose to wear in the front or you can rotate the belt, allowing you to keep the pouch on your back if preferred. The Amphipod logo has been added to the pouch and acts as a light reflector for added safety.

To be safer during low-light running it may be better to wear the pouch facing the traffic behind you.

It comes with an internal divider to organize whatever items you may want to store as you work up a sweat. Whether that’s a smartphone, an inhaler, or some sun-cream, all items are secured by a zip fastening. This is a much simpler design than some of their performance-type running belts for men.

This would be perfect for newbie runners too – especially considering the phenomenally low price!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

7) Fitletic Running Belt

The Fitletic Running Belt might very well be among the best running belts for men on the market today, but many may not know why that is. They say they offer their product in seven colors but they’re pulling a bit of a fast one with that statement.

All color options are predominantly black with a small part of the zipper being available in seven different colors. Despite the color issue, this belt will be perfect for running, cycling, and other strenuous activities.

Whatever activity you enjoy while wearing their belt, you’ll never experience any bouncing and it won’t ride up your torso as you ride or run. It has been designed to adapt to the contours of your body, removing the ride up the issue.

You’ll be able to keep your smartphone on you as you work out or use it to take that imminent business call.

Of course, you could just play your Rocky music to keep you motivated too. Whatever device you choose to store in your pouch, it will always be safe with neoprene material ensuring it never gets wet.

The belt will also let you attach bibs and store energy gels. The gel loops aren’t often seen among the best running belts for men so don’t take these nutritional features for granted. Overall, this product will be perfect for any guy from the once-a-week jogger who thinks he’s a three-times-a-week-jogger to the serious ironman competitor!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

8) Amphipod AirFlow Lite Waistpack

Next up is the Amphipod AirFlow Lite Waistpack. This time Amphipod has focused on making running belts for men that are exceptionally breathable. The waist strap has outstanding airflow to avoid a build-up of sweat and skin irritation. If you’re someone who gets irritated skin while running, it’s likely this feature may be your saving grace.

You’ll always remain dry and cool with this model.

You’ll also keep your everyday items close to hand during your jog. It has two pouches for all your essentials. One of these pouches will fit devices such as iPods and smartphones, but the limit is a device the size of an iPhone 6. If you’re looking for a quality one-size-fits-all running belt, this is an awesome option for you.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

9) Nathan Trail Mix Hydration Running Belt

Just like Amphipod made a running belt to focus on keeping you hydrated, the Nathan brand did something similar. Who did it better? Let’s find out. This soft, ergo-shaped belt stretches around your waist to prevent unwanted bounce. It’s fully adjustable to cater for every guy.

It even has reflective parts to keep those night-owl runners safe.

These running belts for men offer two bottle holsters that come with the correct-size 10-ounce bottles. These can be accessed with one hand to avoid interrupting your stride. They may have created a hydrating running belt, but they didn’t ignore your need to keep the car keys safe as well.

They added a zippered pocket large enough to store a smartphone or a nutritional boost. The pouch can be extended via shock cords to give you an even bigger pocket capacity when needed. Out of the eight available colors, which one would you choose?

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

10) SPIbelt Running Belt

Straight from the company headquarters in Texas, it’s the running belt we want everyone to know about. SPIbelt comes in the most color options out of our top 15 running belts for men list. All 25 available colors range from the subtle to the damn-right quirky.

It’s a one-size-fits-all belt as long as you’re a guy with a waist between 24- and 47-inches.

This belt is actually made from spandex to hug your waistline and not bounce as you fly along the woodland trails. The use of Spandex is quite inventive and not so common. Its sole zippered pocket will fit some of the largest smartphones on the market, including those Galaxy ones.

The pocket is even expandable to accommodate bulkier items. SPlbelt has even claimed that their pouch will fit a passport, so it really is a good option if you’re actually on the run!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

11) Nathan Vaporkrar Running Fitness Waist Pack

You’re seeing a lot of Nathan products, so it might be good to know more about them. They teamed up with an ultra-runner by the name of Rob Kramer. Rob is known for being a minimalist who refuses to wear running belts as he takes on jaw-dropping feats.

However, with Rob’s help, they designed running belts together that even he would wear.

These running belts for men are available in six sizes. Plus, the belts are lightweight and won’t bounce as you run. You can see Rob had a say on a number of things. Despite this, the belt does hold an 18-ounce water bottle.

Nathan is even giving you the water bottle for free when you buy their product!

It has a zippered pouch but it isn’t waterproof, so be careful if you’re heading out on a stormy day with your expensive devices inside.

The perimeter elastic completed with grippers will make sure it sticks to you during the most grueling of runs. If it’s good enough for Mr. Kramer, it’s good enough for us!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

12) Sport2People Running Pouch Belt

The Running Pouch Belt by Sport2People is a bit different to what we’ve seen so far. These U.S. manufacturers have made their belt to adjust between 27.5 and 40.5-inches. This means some bigger men won’t be able to benefit from their innovative and comfortable design.

These running belts for men have two zippered pockets. One is large and the other is a little smaller, but both are expandable. Unlike others, this product is waterproof to ensure your smartphone doesn’t get damaged. It’s perfect for running, traveling, or even a music festival.

It has a lot of nice features such as reflective parts for safety, but it does offer something unique…

It has an earphone access-hole so you can listen to your music or motivational speakers as you clock up the miles. No longer will you have to leave your zippered pocket slightly open and risk damaging the earphone wires as they rub against the zip.

It’s a cool idea and we’re big fans!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

13) Sporteer Kinetic K1 Sport Belt

These unique running belts for men are known as the Kinetic K1 Sport Belt by Sporteer.

Imagine the scene…

You’re running to ‘Eye of The Tiger’ and all of a sudden Cyndi Lauper’s ‘Girls Just Want To Have Fun’ comes on. It can mean only one thing. Your girlfriend has been at your playlist again. Now you have to stop running to reshuffle your playlist and prevent your ears being in more pain than the stitch in your abdomen.

This belt avoids this inconvenience by offering a front transparent pouch that gives you touchscreen technology. You can change the song, answer a call on speaker, or connect to an app while you jog!

Don’t be led into thinking that this feature puts your device at risk.

It has a sweat-resistant internal liner so it will never get damp. The mesh backing will remain comfortable and the strap will extend up to 42-inches. That means most guys can make use of their cool touchscreen-capable pouch.

It was designed by United States athletes (so you know it’s good) and even comes with a one-year warranty to protect your purchase.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

14) Nathan Peak Waist Pack

Nathan and their Peak Waist Pack are beloved running belts for men that tons of dudes can’t shut up about. You can get this running belt in black or an imperial purple. These belts cater to men with waist sizes between 26 and 44-inches.

This is a bit different from the rest of Nathan’s range and the other running belts for men we’ve seen. It has two storage compartments. The first is a zippered pocket that is expandable and stretches to keep your essentials safe.

The other storage compartment shakes things up a little.

It has a pocket to fit a 535ml bottle inside. The bottle holder is on the back of the belt and is angled strategically so you reach around with one hand to grab it as you run. You even get the bottle with your purchase! Other impressive features include reflective trims and side panels for a snug fit.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

15) Amphipod RunLite Xtech 2 Plus

These Amphipod running belts for men may appear similar to another belt on our list, but it’s quite different. First off, it’s available in three cool colors. The microfiber belt adapts to different waists so there’s no crazy size chart to decipher here.

This running belt offers hydration compartments and a good amount of storage, both of which are useful to any runner. There are four slots where you can keep your energizing gels to keep you moving.

This is on top of two water bottle modules for easy-access hydration – you also get the BPA-free bottles too!

You can keep all your belongings inside two internal pouches that can be positioned wherever you like on the belt, or even removed if not needed. Inside both pouches, you’ll find a cushioned divider to keep you organized on the move. We love it, how about you?

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Our Finishing Line

Thanks for making it to our finish line! We’ve had the pleasure of showing you our rundown of what we believe are the best 15 running belts for men available today. You’ve seen some exceptional running belts from the likes of Nathan, Amphipod, and even some lesser known brands that offer equal quality and even better innovations.

The 15 we’ve featured will be perfect for different guys with different running needs and abilities. Whether you’re just needing to be close to your smartphone ready to take the business calls or are training for Badwater 135, you’ve been thought about

Thanks for running with us today and we hope to see you again for more awesome reviews of the coolest gear soon!

Top 14 BBCOR Baseball Bats

I

f you’ve had anything resembling an average American boyhood, then you’ve spent more than a bit of time on a baseball diamond. You can remember everything perfectly. The lines of chalk in the sand, the smell of a new glove, the THONK! when bat meets ball. The wild chasing down of a ball with miracle catches. The glory of a home run, and even constant bickering over the best baseball bats. Eventually BBCOR baseball bats would get top billing.

Actually, that last bit might still be true today. Changes and standardizations of sports equipment over the past few decades has increased, particularly when it comes to baseball gear. Thus, conversations over what really makes up the best baseball bats are as fierce as ever.

Some prefer wood, some prefer composite material, but the choice is seen as anything but neutral.

This is why we at Men’s Gear have taken it on ourselves to go through some of the best BBCOR baseball bats a man can buy. We pride ourselves on being your one-stop shop for everything you need to know about the stuff men love, and we’d be remiss if we didn’t spend some time on the American man’s favorite pastime.

Just in case you’re not in the know, we’ll be discussing just what exactly BBCOR means and how it affects the materials (and build) of our favorite piece of sporting equipment.

What makes a good baseball bat?

We plan to talk about what, exactly, a BBCOR baseball bat is.  However, it would be good to spend a bit of time discussing what is it that makes a good baseball bat in general.

Traditionally, baseball bats have been made out of a single, unbroken piece of hardwood. Ash has been the traditional material, although other kinds of wood have been used. They were often made to order by woodworkers and were so durable that they rarely broke.

Heft and smoothness are also important factors here too.

Bats started to settle into standardized shapes back just before the turn of the twentieth century. The fattest part of the bat, near the far tip that typically hits the ball, is called the barrel. Larger barrels with thin areas close to the handle make up the better bat.

Barrel-to-handle ratios are key to what makes a bat work well. These standardized set of dimensions are regulated by an organized body these days.

A good grip is just as important, no one wants the bat to slip out of their hands while they’re swinging! How to hold a bat is likely the most debated thing in the sport, as everyone seems to have their own style.

However, the materials used make it easier to allow a player not to swing wildly or let go of the bat as easily in a swing.

Bat-to-ball energy transfer is an extremely important thing to discuss too. The right dimensions can make all the difference. Eventually, bats were in the wild west with no regulation as some hit balls a lot further than assumed. That was where BBCOR stepped in, as it leveled the playing field.

The better player would do well, and it wouldn’t be about the bat.

What Are BBCOR baseball bats, specifically?

As mentioned before, BBCOR (Bat-Ball Coefficient Of Restitution) was used to bring baseball equipment up to standard and help even the playing field overall. Though systems like BESR were in play before this, they were not regulating as they needed to.

High ball speeds, particularly close to the batter, ultimately led to the change. This is possibly why BBCOR stepped out with understandable praise initially.

However, issues came out of this, such as not caring for the equipment itself. This also only affected schools and not the professionals. We wanted to highlight some of the things BBCOR did, which was useful and maybe too far. Letting you decide.

BBCOR’s mindset was that by building bats to particular specifications, a universal experience of batting is in play. One that only slightly surpassed the capacities of a wooden bat.

Eventually, the level of craftsmanship went down and great bats of the past were getting harder to find. Plus, the relative ease composite materials could be used to make a good bat was only getting higher. The problem was that there wasn’t a way to regulate the materials at first.

This became a problem and the National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) eventually stepped in to remedy things.

BBCOR rigorously tests using accelerated break-in (ABI) tests. This made sure that ball speeds would not be able to exceed a certain threshold, even when used to their absolute limit. Many hated this, feeling it hurt the game. Meanwhile, others applauded the focus on safety and fair play.

Only those part of the NCAA or NFHS has to abide by these BBCOR guidelines regarding equipment. This is obviously the high school and college ranks. These rules affect bats made of composite materials only, and all brands much follow it. Easton, Rawlings, you name it.

BBCOR Baseball Bats vs. Wood Baseball Bats, What Is The Difference?

The biggest difference between BBCOR baseball bats and the wooden baseball bats is the fact that BBCOR-certified bats are often made of composite materials. A bat made of wood is usually made of a single piece, often ash.

Certifications such as BBCOR were originally made to help standardize bat construction so that there weren’t wild discrepancies in terms of how the game works.

Unknown Things About BBCOR Baseball Bats, And Why We Have Them:

Those certifications mentioned earlier helped to assist producers of U.S. baseball bats. It did this by allowing them to make sure that their products would be able to be used across a wide variety of games. This meant both the high school and college market.

This would even end up bleeding over into the “park baseball” world as well.

This is due to kids being sold on something so much in the world they’ll be entering, that coaches prepare them using the same bats they’ll use there.

The introduction of aluminum bats (as well as ones made of other materials) into the game was a big controversy. With wooden bats, there was at least a threshold of how far or fast a ball could go. Introducing bats made of other materials seemed to open the door to all sorts of discrepancies.

With a metal bat, could a weak slugger perform better than a pro using a classical bat?

Standards like BBCOR came into being as an answer to some of these questions. While they haven’t entirely silenced their critics the game has certainly gone a long way to make sure the playing field is leveled.

Rules, Regulations, And Why Wooden Bats Aren’t As Frequent:

BBCOR certifications are also available for wooden bats that are made of bamboo or of composite pieces of wood. It doesn’t necessarily have to be a metal piece of equipment. However, due to the other types being better for hitting, they are more popular.

This is why BBCOR has their own rules in play.

The highest allowable BBCOR score a bat can have is .50. This gives a performance that’s just a bit better than the average wooden baseball bat. However, this kind of threshold can only be reached with a great deal of luck and skill.

This also limits ball speed, with a good hit flying at maybe 100mph. This is better than the average we used to see at 125mph that could be reached with previous standards. This is still fast enough to injure, but it’s uncommon to even be this high.

One of the biggest advantages that a BBCOR baseball bats made from composite material have over wooden ones is the higher degree of control with them. Wood can be notoriously unpredictable, yet BBCOR baseball bats do as their told, essentially.

It also removed controversies used with wood, such as pine-tar lacquering.

An infamous incident with pine tar happened in 1983 when a big two-run home run was hit allowing the Kansas City Royals to beat the New York Yankees. Yankees’ Manager Billy Martin disputed the call, claiming the hitter used too much pine tar.

Thus, the “Pine Tar Game” was born.

With composite materials, you don’t have to worry about this kind of problem. They’re useful and cheap baseball bats that don’t need a whole lot of maintenance. No matter how many people claim to still prefer the grain of an old-fashioned wooden bat, composites are the future.

BBCOR certification helps bring us there.

What Are The Main Sizes for BBCOR Baseball Bats?

One of the main things that make BBCOR baseball bats one of the best out there is a particular set of physical dimensions. While there’s still a bit of room for variation, since the end of the 1800s, there’s been a general agreement on what size a baseball bat should be.

When it comes to the barrel (the wider part of the bat that actually hits the ball), the size has to be around 2 ¾ inches. This was up from the 2 ½ inches that were common before that.

When it comes to what weight a bat should have, there’s a bit more discussion. The heavier the better, they said.

The heft of a bat was directly linked to how far a ball would go, at least that was the initial idea. However, baseball bats have gone past that line of thinking – now the emphasis is on the speed a bat’s flying at when it hits the ball. A lighter bat can be swung faster and hit harder.

Thus, it sends a ball flying as good as or better than a bigger bat.

Weight has a lot to do with size these days. The general rule is that bats are between 33 and 36 inches long, and their weight is usually about three ounces less than their length in inches. This’s known as the “-3 drop,” in baseball lingo. Most equipment today, from Louisville Sluggers to Marucci baseball bats, favor lightweight models that follow this rule.

In case you’re wondering, the bats used by players who beat Babe Ruth’s home run records were about a third lighter than the ones he used. However, numbers are only fun for superfans. For the rest of us, here are the reviews for the best baseball bats with BBCOR certification!

1) Easton Best X Speed Baseball Bat

Starting our list off is this entry from Easton. The Best X Speed is among the best BBCOR baseball bats around. Especially for those wanting to really start getting into the swing of their game. With a central-loaded balance swing, it helps batters find a sense of control while they play.

This all adds up to a more controlled swing and a satisfying hit!

This bat has a length of 31 inches and a weight of 28 ounces, which is standard for a drop -3 length-to-rate ratio. This is a great choice for high school or college ball heavy hitters, mainly because it helps you get used to your equipment. Meanwhile, it also packs a powerful punch.

These BBCOR baseball bats might not be among the discount bats you might find, but it’s a stellar model nonetheless!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) Easton Mako Beast Comp 3 Baseball Bat

Another powerful model from the masters over at Easton. These BBCOR baseball bats have one of the longest possible bat lengths as well as one of the fastest swing speeds available. With a classic -3 drop weight, the bat is powerful without being heavy.

This kind of power makes the difference between a good game and a great game!

Our set of BBCOR baseball bats review wouldn’t be complete without entries like this. With its TCT Thermo composite barrel, it’s one of the best two-piece barrel sets out there! What’s more, Easton’s ConneXion technology allows for some of the most effective energy transferrals from bat to ball.

Like any of the best baseball bats, this is a model that has to be seen to be believed!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) Louisville Slugger Omaha 518 Baseball Bat

The Louisville Slugger is one of the best and most well-known baseball brands out there! This great model is one of their steadiest entry points to the game. With its accessible price and one-piece composition, it has an appeal to amateurs and pros alike.

The best BBCOR baseball bats all have a set series of dimensions and this Slugger is no different, making it ready for the field!

Baseball bats nationwide wide all have a particular place where its ideal to hit the ball. This is often referred to as the “sweet spot.” This model from Louisville Slugger has a rather large sweet spot and it makes for a satisfying hit when you’re right in the middle of the game.

No matter if you’re a veteran player or new on the diamond, this model is one you’ll be wanting to keep close by.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

4) Rawlings Quarto Baseball Bat

This entry from Rawlings makes you feel like a winner! This particular bat’s specifications and abilities are some of the best you’ll come across. It’s a four-piece, 100% carbon fiber composite bat that fits snug into your hands as you swing!

What more could a college or high school player ask for?

The big selling point here is that, while even the best BBCOR baseball bats might have a lot of kickback on hitting the ball, this entry has very little vibration. This is majorly in part due to the custom Vibration Dampening Tech (VDT) built in by Rawlings, and it makes this bat worth every penny.

While it might be on the pricier end on this list, the comfort you’ll feel makes everything worth it.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

5) Marucci AP5 Maple Baseball Bat

Marucci is one of the biggest brands producing some of the best baseball bats in America. Their BBCOR baseball bats are also special, with this model being made from maple alone. This is a call back to the days when wood was the standard.

Bone-rubbed to make for an excellent wood density, this bat feels fantastic in your hands. When you swing, you can’t help like you’re batting with the big names back in the Roaring Twenties!

The best wood baseball bats are made with professional-grade wood and incorporate modern standards in their composition. With all the dimensions of a composite-material bat, this entry from Marucci is not one to be left behind in the dust.

With a world full of boring metal materials, coming to the game with a classy wooden bat is going to have you turning heads. Many great games will be playing while using this bat. Ultimately, you’ll be earning extra attention as a result, due to your extremely impressive game.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

6) Rawlings Velo Hybrid Baseball Bat

If you’re looking for a set of cool baseball bats, you don’t have to look further than the Velo Hybrid models! Made by Rawlings, one of the most famous sports brands in the world, this is a great bat. BBCOR baseball bats like this make it hard for wood to ever compete again.

With a crazy cool color along with an easy, balanced swing, you’re going to be the center of attention either in high school or college ball. Who doesn’t want that?

This one is fully up to BBCOR standards, with a -3 weight drop (from inches). Like the best baseball bats, it makes you feel like a winner just by holding it! It might be a bit pricey, but you can’t really put a price tag on quality, can you?

Once you do your homework about what exactly your needs are, don’t be afraid to invest in this model as a way to up your game!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

7) Combat Maxum Baseball Bat

Some of the best baseball bats are also some of the most versatile. This Maxum model from Combat wants to make sure you’re as comfortable as possible. This is why it offers four different length openings for you to choose from.

All of them are -3 in weight dropped, making for a lightweight swing experience. Speaking of swing, it’s balanced instead of load-ended, making for a more controlled experience overall.

This Maxum boasts a great feel that makes you embrace your inner superstar. Like most BBCOR baseball bats, it’s a composite model (one piece) that is calibrated for success. No dead spots here!

The sweet spot is quite broad, making this a great entry to use if you’re still learning your game.

What are you waiting for? With a model this versatile, you’ll be upping your skills in no time!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

8) Demarini Uprising Baseball Bat

Looking for good BBCOR baseball bats for entry players? Then look no further! With this Demarini model, you’ll be setting your little one up for success! Ideal for young players, this is an ultra lightweight bat. Normally bats are -3 dips (three fewer ounces than the total amount of inches).

However, this model is -10 for a quick swing. It’s as light in your hands as you’re light on your feet!

Evenly balanced for more control, this entry is among the best baseball bats for people looking to improve their swing in a low-stakes environment. With its BBCOR certification, it will be good for high school ball. Although many Little League games don’t require BBCOR bats, this is still a good option if you want to prepare your child for further play.

Don’t let him down – get him the best and watch him grow!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

9) Easton Zcore Speed Adult Baseball Bat

Another winning model from Easton. The Zcore is made for heavy hitting and is built longer for taller players. Its tapered barrel design is made for faster swinging, and the Hmx Hyperlite Matrix makes the whole bat feel lighter in your hands. It’s built with an expanded sweet spot, which makes it even easier to hit one out of the park!

When it comes to the best baseball bats, you can’t get any better than this.

This model, like all on this list, falls into the USA approved baseball bats list and can be used for high school and college games overseen by the NCAA. This is a pricier model than a number of the ones reviewed here, but the added value is undeniable.

However, that’s what we’re looking for here, isn’t it? An opportunity not only to invest in our game but in our growth as players. With this model, you’ll be surprised at the heights you reach!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

10) DeMarini Pro Maple Composite Baseball Bat

The second wooden bat on this list, the Demarini Pro Maple has a great grip and feel. The Canadian maple encloses a core made of composite metals. While some might not like the fact that it isn’t wood all the way through, this core makes the bat much more durable than would be otherwise.

Among the best BBCOR baseball bats on this list, it is also one of the most attractive.

With a mid-range price and a gradual taper out near the end, this is one of the best baseball bats for players looking to up their game. If you’re trying to find a series of DeMarini BBCOR baseball bats that won’t disappoint in quality or versatility, this model is the one for you.

What are you waiting for? With a bat that feels this good, you’ll be counting the days until next ball season starts!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

11) Rawlings Alloy High School/Collegiate Baseball Bat

When it comes to looking for baseball bats that have BBCOR certification, you have to be thinking about equipment that’s as versatile as it is high-quality. It’s one thing to be looking for a bat that a college-age man or woman can hit a home run with, but it’s another to be thinking about high school kids.

This Rawlings Alloy bat is a lightweight yet powerful bat that caters to both demographics with ease.

Its one-piece alloy composition keeps it light. Like the best baseball bats, it packs a punch when you hit the ball in the sweet spot. With a balanced swing, you won’t be worried about things being end-balanced in ways that will throw off your game.

What’s more, the aerospace-grade alloy involved makes this a durable bat that won’t let you down.

It’s not as expensive as other bats on this list, making it a great choice specifically for younger players. Don’t let that dissuade you from having it as part of your college ball arsenal though!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

12) Louisville Slugger Prime Baseball Bat

Looking for some of the best BBCOR baseball bats for you or your team? Look no further! Louisville Slugger is one of the most respected names in batting equipment, and this model lives up to the hype. A longer, heavier build, this one is made for hard hitting and knocking balls clean out of the park!

As a BBCOR approved model this bat will be able to enjoy full use in collegiate baseball for mature players. However, it’s also cleared for high school baseball as well.

This is a three-piece composition outfit, with a custom grip made from lizard SKINS that’ll never let you down when you’re swinging hard. Like the best baseball bats, this is an investment in improving your game and your game performance. As such, it won’t be the cheapest model on this list, but it will show off when you’re on the diamond.

If you’re looking to step up your game, you can do no better than with the Louisville Slugger Prime.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

13) Easton ZCORE Hybrid 3 Baseball Bat

Tired of smaller, lightweight bats that don’t give you as much power as you need? Exhausted when all the alternatives mean heavy pieces of wood or alloy that feel ungainly or off-balance? Easton’s ZCORE Hybrid is the model for you, then!

The best baseball bats make sure that there’s a balance between power and speed, and this model is no different. While the longer, heftier build helps with heavy-hitting, the Hyperlite Matrix Alloy gives it the edge you need for quick swinging!

One of the big differences with BBCOR baseball bats vs wood is how multi-piece alloy composition can increase your control over how you want to hit. Nothing is left to chance, as every aspect of this bat is honed to give you a better grip and control over how you swing.

This alloy design is in two pieces and has an expanded sweet spot. With a bat this good, and at this price, you’ll want another to keep as a spare!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

14) Marucci Cat 6 Baseball Bat

While looking for the most expensive BBCOR baseball bat won’t guarantee you find the one best suited for your needs, looking at high-quality equipment is an important start to investing in your game. If you’re looking to up the ante in terms of your personal performance, this Marucci model might be just what you’re looking for.

It has a ring-free barrel construction, meaning a faster swing and a harder hit. Harder hitting usually means unpleasant vibrations, but this model’s got patented anti-vibration technology that minimizes discomfort and maximizes the pleasure you get in the game!

The best BBCOR baseball bats are ones that help you reach new heights. If you’re looking to extend your reach more, you can opt for the longer, heavier models in the same series.

This particular model is not meant for beginners, as its benefits are offset by a smaller sweet spot. However, for experienced players, this won’t be a problem.

When you hit the ball just right, it’s going to fly way out into the end zone!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Game on!

Sport is the closest thing most of us will get to science fiction. It’s the combination of human power and the best equipment helps us to achieve near superhuman feats. Nothing less is true of baseball. The country’s greatest pastime sits at that intersection of technology and effort.

That said, making sure you have the right bat can make all the difference.

While some might think that BBCOR regulations might make the game more restricted, it helps bring out the best in human performance. While a simple swing won’t be sending a ball soaring away at 125 mph, a carefully calculated one will be more than enough.

With these BBCOR baseball bats, you’ll be practicing your skills in a number of new ways. Your mind will be constantly asking itself: a heavier bat, or a lighter one today? Am I skilled enough to use a bat with a smaller sweet spot? Will I get good enough that it won’t make a difference?

A man has to know challenge to grow, whether in college or high school leagues (or even with the guys after work). You’ll be stretching yourself and growing as an athlete.

Go ahead!

Pick one of these great bats, try it out, find what’s best for you. Then hit that ball out of the park!

Top 15 Tennis Rackets On The Market Today

M

odern tennis is not something anyone should get into lightly. It takes a lot of dogged determination, practice and a fair amount of skill. What kind of player are you? Do you see yourself as the dashing all-court all-round shot-making wizard like Federer? Perhaps you see yourself as more of an aggressive backhand returner like Djokovic? Whether you’re one, the other or someone completely different, proper tennis rackets will be needed.

As you’d imagine, there’s quite a wide variety of different tennis rackets out there to choose from. Some are bigger than others, yet some are lighter. Figuring out which is best for you is not always easy. However, there’s no reason for racket throwing or outrageous outbursts like John McEnroe or the newer hot-head Nick Kyrios.

Well, you can, but let’s save all that aggression for the court, shall we?

Instead of losing your cool, you come to your friends at Men’s Gear. That’s why we’re here, to help you find the best of the best. In this guide, we are going to use our forehand to slice through the choice and single out our seeded stars.

Before we look at the best tennis rackets of today, we’re going to look at a few key areas concerning these all-important tools of the tennis trade. You’ll learn all the fundamentals and be more than equipped to make a better decision about which of the 15 you should invest in.

Wait before you slip on your tennis shoes and head down to courtside with whatever racket you think is best. Let us help choose the one that is the best for you.

What Should Beginners Know About Tennis Rackets?

A tennis racket is the main piece of equipment used to hit a ball from one end of the court to the other. We’re guessing you knew that already. In the past, they were made from aluminum, fiberglass, steel, and even wood. However, modern rackets are made from graphite composite.

This is key to know, as these particular tennis rackets won’t be what people may expect. This is sort of a learning experience to figure out what really makes up a true tennis racket. Some of the greatest in history used the type of material we mentioned above.

Billy Jean King, one of the greatest women’s Tennis players ever, used those for example. Meanwhile, a guy like Roger Federer or Serena Williams will use the modern-day type. Overall, the new school tennis rackets hold up a lot better and often last a lot longer.

Sure, they break on occasion. Yet this is not a regular occurrence.

Think about it, Roger or Serena hit a ball over 100 mph numerous times during a tennis match. Yet the tennis rackets they use are incredibly durable despite this. That is saying something.

What Are The Different Parts of Tennis Rackets?

Although they may seem like one single item, tennis rackets are actually made up of 10 different parts that all have an important role to play. Each serves a purpose, with a few being less key to the overall racket as others. There are about eight things each racket brings to the table that can be critical, which is why we’re going to go over those below.

Check them out!

Head:

The head is pretty easy to know about. It’s the top of the racket that the strings are attached to. The size of the head varies from racket to racket. It also plays an integral part in the performance of the racket. Generally, a bigger head means more power.

While power a person has naturally will be a huge thing to consider too, those who cannot hit the ball incredibly hard can avoid the issue. They’ll simply get a bigger head on the racket. This could allow them to go from 60mph ball hits to 90mph.

Obviously, speed is key and the harder you hit something, the better.

Beam:

The beam is the thickness of the head, which varies for different types of rackets. This is probably the part of a tennis racket that is overlooked. This is in spite of the fact that essentially plays the biggest role in how well a tennis racket performs.

Overall, the user of any tennis racket will have the biggest say in how well the racket does.

However, some rackets are better than others simply because of critical additions. The beam is obviously a massive thing because thickness can play a role in how hard the ball is hit. It’s also critical to the durability of tennis rackets. Meaning, it won’t break often during competition.

Strings:

Very self-explanatory, without strings you’d not be able to play. Of course, strings are different with various tennis rackets too. The strings are obviously what you hit the ball with, so the better quality versions serve a bigger role than those of less quality.

Lesser quality strings may break often during play, especially if you went up against a top professional.

That said, quality strings are essential. Keep in mind what each does as well. Certain patterns will differ in tennis rackets, of course. However, the strings can be different in things like stiffness, tension retention, thickness, string texture, and rebound efficiency.

Since all can differ in these areas, you want to get one that does all relatively well. Of course, the way you play, as in your style of play, may also play a critical role in the type of strings you’d want too.

Bumper Guard:

There’s a guard at the top of the racket that protects it from any impact it makes with the ground during those tricky groundstrokes. Made from plastic, these need to be replaced regularly. This is a pretty critical thing to have in tennis rackets as protection for your tennis racket is pretty huge.

Bumper guards often help in hitting by avoiding the “shock” feeling as you go down lower with those ground shots. That said, not all will have great bumper guards. However, due to needing to be replaced regularly, you can always replace with better and better versions.

Throat:

The throat of a tennis racket starts at the top of the handle and separates into two sections. This then extends outwards to either side of the head. The center is hollow to reduce the weight of the racket, helping you swing easier. This is also the part where most of the flex comes from.

Quality throats on tennis rackets can make or break how the racket holds up in competition or even practice. If this sucks, you might as well throw it out and start all over.

Handle:

Of course, the handle of tennis rackets is self-explanatory, to say the least. It’s interesting to note that when brands want to make longer rackets to give more power and leverage, they lengthen the handle. The reason for lengthening is most likely due to the amount of power a larger racket has versus a smaller one.

Many theorize bigger is better.

This is not always the case, of course. However, in objects used to hit other objects, larger things can be more of use. If nothing more than for power alone. This is also key in leverage because the bigger handle allows you to have more of a swing with each hit.

Overall, this gives more momentum and power, which is all a leverage thing.

Grip:

This is simply the covering on the outside of the handle. As the name suggests, this aids your grip of the tennis racket. Meanwhile, it also protects your hand from the harsher surface of the handle underneath. It also provides a secure connection between the butt and handle of the racket.

Of course, proper grips give you more control. When trying to hang onto something slippery, you’ll suffer. You’ll see it slip out of your hand often. Grips come into play to ensure a proper grip, even in rainy conditions. Since grips promote control, you’ll also see accuracy improve.

Due to control having a say in how you hit something, it ultimately affects your entire game.

Types of Racket:

There are typically three different types of racket – power, control, and tweeners. Power rackets are better for beginners as they generate a lot of power. This is self-explanatory but nonetheless important to point out.

Meanwhile, control rackets are better for skilled amateurs and professionals.

This is likely due to having more overall ability to do whatever you like with these rackets. In essence, having more control over what it does. Of course, tweener types are as they sound. They fall somewhere in-between control and power and have a bit of a balance with the two.

How do you Choose a Tennis Racket?

Now that we’ve discussed racket basics, it’s time to look at how you choose a tennis racket from the selection available. We realize it’s tough to choose between them, as they all seem like they are exactly alike. They don’t look much different right? This isn’t exactly true.

That said, we have a lot to discuss below that will surely help enlighten you a bit.

This will be useful to check out before we show any of the tennis rackets to you. Mainly because you’ll understand key things you may not have realized. Check these out.

Think About Budget:

Budget is important, but there’s no need to spend a lot when you’re purchasing a racket. It can be tempting to spend out on an incredibly expensive one. However, unless you’re ATP-ranked and/or a seasoned pro, you really don’t need a flashy, all-singing and dancing racket.

You need to also be careful not to throw good money away on cheap and inferior rackets too. Some of those rackets come disguised as a bit expensive to make you think they are better than they actually are. When in fact, a cheaper version is far better.

It’s best to test out any tennis racket that interests you or even check with friends to see what they use.

Head Size:

As a beginner, you’re better opting for a racket with a large head. This will ultimately provide you with a bigger sweet spot. The sweet spot is in the middle of the strings and offers the most power and the better hit each time. It’s ideal for a beginner because you’re still developing your technique.

This means you’ll hit the ball more often than smaller heads would allow. While smaller heads might be used by professionals a lot, they’re not called pros for no reason.

Weight:

Lighter rackets are better for beginners, as it’ll enable you to swing easier and play tennis longer without tiring so quickly. Heavier rackets are harder to maneuver, as you’re still developing the necessary muscles for the game. Lightweight rackets should feel effortless to swing.

This may make you more interested in the game too.

After a while, you can always switch to a heavier tennis racket. Be sure that you’re careful not to buy a racket that’s too light, as you may develop bad habits and techniques, such as flicking the wrist. Trying the wrist thing with heavier rackets will possibly tear stuff in your wrists or even break/fracture things.

This is due to long-term use, as the flicking wrist isn’t useful for heavier rackets. They actually hinder the progress of the ball once you hit it. Don’t develop this habit and you’ll be fine. Your wrist will thank you later.

Grip Size:

The right grip size is important to the tennis racket you buy. If it’s too small, you’ll squeeze the handle too much, tire your muscles and lead to injury. If it’s too large, it’ll be harder to use and change through grip styles easily.

It needs to feel comfortable while you play with a full range of motion in your forearm and wrists.

If a grip isn’t comfortable, it means you bought the wrong racket. You can easily correct this before buying by paying attention to the type of grip you’ll think you need. Every pro differs, which is for good reason. The grips are different for everyone as it’s something unique to you as a player.

If for some reason you do not want to spend the money to buy a new tennis racket, you can always overgrip or regrip them too. Speaking of this…

How do you Grip and Regrip Tennis Rackets?

As noted earlier, the grip of a tennis racket is not just how you hold it, but the outer coating around the handle. This needs to be replaced or altered over time, as it wears away. This is normally known as a regrip. However, if you need to enhance your hold on the handle or want to try a slightly different playing style, you might need to invest in an overgrip.

What Differentiates a Regrip from an Overgrip?

There are a few differences between the two. Regrips are replacement grips that are directly applied to the handle and feature a sticky backing and provide cushioning. However, overgrips do not have any sticky backing.

While regrips are used to complete re-grip your tennis racket, overgrips are used to either provide a tacky surface for better grip or absorb sweat. One of the biggest advantages of overgrips is that they are generally a lot cheaper and therefore easier to replace more often.

They’re also available in various colors.

Why Choose a Textured Grip?

A textured grip, one with large perforations or contours, are the go-to choice for people who like something to hold in their fingers and feel the control benefits.  Although they do not have as much impact on how a racket feels, they do provide more absorption and cushioning.

This can be a key addition to tennis rackets, as you’ll be using it a lot. During a given match, you’ll be swinging that sucker over one hundred times most likely. Having something to absorb some impact and cushion things a bit can be a massive help.

1) Babolat 2018 Pure Aero Tennis Racket

We decided to go big with the first item on our product with a tennis racket endorsed by the one and only King of Clay, Rafa Nadal. If he’s the man you aspire to be when you hit the court, whether it’s clay, hard, or grass – this could be a great option.

This is technically a replacement for the incredibly popular AeroPro Drive.

It comes with an improved aerodynamic beam along with much higher swing weight. There is a real sense with these tennis rackets that you could really smash the ball. You’ll do so almost like it’s nothing.

Along with this, it’s incredibly comfortable to use. This is obviously a key thing to have in tennis rackets of today. It’s able to do this thanks to the longer holes for the grommets. This enables the racket’s strings to absorb more of the vibrations.

The FSI Spin Technology used by Babolat gives the racket wider spaces between the cross strings.

This produces extra bite and improves the level of comfort due to the more comfortable and open string bed. It will help you win those baseline plays and as well as those points at the net. However, it’s your serves that will definitely benefit.

This is especially true if you are looking to drive home some easy winners or throw your opponents off with serious spin.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) Wilson 2018 Ultra 100 Countervail Tennis Racket

Feliciano Lopez swears by this Wilson Ultra 100 Countervail tennis racket. Known for his powerful serves and baseline plays, he is also confident with any serve, volley, or play at the net. With this, the 2nd Gen of the impressive Ultra 100, you get a whole lot of precision, spin, and power.

We’re not necessarily saying you’ll become the next Lopez, but it’ll at least get you halfway there. Intermediates will love the light feel of its 11.2-ounce weight, which will help you to easily swing it to devastate your opponent.

Martin from the Sales team better keep one eye open at all times, that’s all we’re saying.

The addition of the Countervail mentioned in the name provides it with greater comfort. This material tech helps to lighten the load on your muscles and tendons. These tennis rackets also feature Uncontaminated Design. This means it has the same simplistic design and almost-velvety paint finish that can be found in their Blade and Pro Staff lines.

This is definitely a weapon for the intermediate and advanced players. If you’re like Lopez and love a good attack from the baseline, you’ll do some real damage with these tennis rackets.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) Babolat Pure Strike 100 Tennis Racket

Babolat is back, this time with their Pure Strike 100 tennis racket. This racket provides a particularly nice mix of maneuverability, control, and spin. Obviously, all three are drastically important.

All intermediates will enjoy the weight in their hand and the fact it still retains the Hybrid Frame Construction. However, it features key points along the beam that have been thickened for improving its precision, stability, and power.

These tennis rackets were notably used at one point by the Austrian powerhouse Dominic Thiem, an aggressive baseliner. Interestingly, this actually provides an awesome amount of spin thanks to the FSI Power tech which sees the upper cross strings having wider spacing.

Thiem has moved onto other Babolat tennis rackets, but it doesn’t mean you have to. The Babolat Pure Strike 100 is the perfect option if you’re looking for an old-school racket feel and control combined with the modern precision, spin, and speed.

This is definitely not a racket for beginners.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

4) Yonex EZONE DR 100 Tennis Racket

The Yonex EZONE DR 100 tennis racket is tremendous. Considering the EZONE DR range has a champion in Nick Kyrios as an ambassador, you know you’re onto a winner with this weapon. The layup of the racket has been infused with the new Nanometric DR.

This is essentially premium-quality carbon graphite that enhances the racket’s ball repulsion.

Alongside two pieces of tech that Yonex faithful will be familiar with, the iconic Isometric head shape yields a more forgiving sweet spot. Meanwhile, the Oval Pressed Shaft gives extra dwell time and flex.

At the baseline, the EZONE DR 100+ will feel powerful, stable, and accurate. This will provide you with the tool necessary to hit those heavy spinners that’ll send your opponents into a spin. All you aggressive and big servers looking for free points will find the Yonex EZONE DR 100+ a dream.

However, you must be careful what you wish for. This is only for those who really can handle that power. Don’t just assume you can either, as you truly need to know first.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

5) Volkl V-Sense 8 300G Tennis Racket

Due to the combination of comfort, spin, and sheer power, the versatile V-Sense 8 series from Volkl has gained a loyal fanbase. In the middle of the new line sits the 300G stick. These tennis rackets feature the brand-new C3 material that’s a clever mixture of different materials to provide a stiffer frame.

Despite this, it still offers a lot of give when using it.

This makes it perfect for intermediate adults and strong beginners who are looking to increase their pace. To give the racket the feel of a ‘classic Volkl’, it features a much less angular construction in the beam.

Strong baseliners will enjoy how easily the racket cuts through the air to give you a nice bit of spin and speed on your shots. It’s far from a faultless tennis racket if we’re honest with you here.

However, if you’re a player on the up and looking for the precision and spin that modern play revolves around so often, yet you don’t want the weight of modern rackets, this is ideal.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

6) Head Ti.S6 Tennis Racket

It’s quite funny that because of the quality tennis rackets in our guide is so high, this is the first Head racket we’ve listed. Head has and will always be one of the top manufacturers of tennis rackets. There’s no surprise really that this is not a heavy stick.

It’s made from a Titanium and graphite composite after all.

The widebody and straight beam does feature a heavy head but is under 9-ounces. However, despite its weight, it still provides more power than the Ti.S5. It’s also more stable and easier to control than the Ti.S7 that’s now been discontinued.

This is perfect if you’re an intermediate player with a very compact or even medium stroke style that’s also looking for a bigger sweet spot. This is due to the fact that it matches the power it produces with a very open string pattern. Quick note, open-string pattern equals spins sophisticated and stunning spins.

If that’s what you’re looking for in a tennis racket, this is the right one for you.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

7) Babolat Pure Drive 2015 Tennis Racket

Annnd we’re back again with Babolat for an updated take on one of their most popular and versatile rackets, the awesome Pure Drive. Thanks to its ability to deliver a mixture of mobility, precision, and power, this is a great stick for both beginners and the seasoned pros alike.

Those reading this will see that the Pure Drive 2015 will appeal to most are those aggressive baseliners. This will give them one of the best tennis rackets for their style, and offer a lot of fun. Stand up and be counted, you know who you are!

This is sublime for those powerful spin-shots.

Also, if you’re a hot-head that looks good in pink, you may enjoy this racket a lot. No, we don’t mean the hot-headed Italian, Fabio Fognini.

Fognini has continued to play with this tennis racket for a number of years and had a reasonable run of success. With the addition of FSI Technology, the sweet spot is lifted. Meanwhile, the upper cross string spaces are tightened to give a much more responsive zone for contact.

This is a definite favorite among the Men’s Gear staffers.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

8) Prince Textreme Tour 100P Racket

The Prince Textreme Tour 100P Racket might remind you of tennis rackets formerly known as another racket. However, they are excellent and well worth the investment.

The dense 18 x 20 string pattern helps to give control to the speed you’d expect from a modern racket. This Prince Textreme Tour 100P is definitely made with intermediates, advanced players, and touring professionals in mind.

The Textreme in the name refers to the special substance used to reinforce the layup to give a nice and tasty boost of both stability and flexibility. Similarly to the Textreme Tour 95, this racket has appealing playability and awesome feel.

With such a low flex rating the string bed does not feel off-center, even when absorbing any and all impacts. It won’t let you down on the groundstrokes either. On top of this, these tennis rackets have the added bonus of feeling particularly robust, despite its weight.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

9) Babolat Boost Strike Tennis Racket

Babolat Boost Strike Tennis Rackets

Back again with Babolat. Before anyone moans about so many Babolat rackets making the final draft, it’s with good reason that they repeatedly show up.

They get the job done and so many people use them. Rafa, Dominic Thiem, the Bryan Brothers, Fabio Fognini and Sam Querry. All big hitters, all big winners – need we say more? This Babolat Boost Strike tennis racket sounds impressive and to be perfectly honest, it delivers what it promises.

What does it promise? To be a nice first full-size racket for the juniors and beginners moving up in the world.

If you’ve been perfecting your back-hand slice or your volley shots and feel capable of taking on something a bit meatier, this is for you. For under $100, you’re actually getting a pretty sweet deal, considering the brand and their prestige.

At just 10.4-ounces, it’s very light yet it has enough strength behind it to give you the power you need. Of course, this is useful in making those winning shots, without losing the forgiveness you need when you’re still on your way up.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

10) Wilson Blade 98 16×19 Countervail Racket

Wilson Blade 98 16x19 Countervail Tennis Rackets

The newer Blade 98 has a much sleeker and silky finish, akin to the Pro Staff series. Compared to the 18×20 model, you’ll get a lot more spin and power for your buck. This comes with all the feel and precision we’ve come to expect from the Blade range.

The Countervail, previously noted in this guide, is a new addition and helps to provide a special layer of carbon. This enhances the dampening in the layup. As noted by Wilson, this is able to reduce muscle fatigue and increase arm protection.

Another key component that makes this a beautiful beast is the parallel drilling used. This improves the string bed’s ability to transfer additional energy into the ball when it absorbs vibration.

You’ll find on your groundstrokes that this stick offers controllable power and a very smooth feel. Meanwhile, if you’re looking for those big swings you’ll be rewarded with spectacular amounts of spin and driving depth.

Even with this racket being lightweight and fast, you still have a large enough head to keep it stable and steady. This is perfect for redirecting a big serve back and dealing with heavy balls.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

11) Babolat AeroPro Team Tennis Racket

Babolat AeroPro Team Tennis Rackets

From Babolat, the AeroPro Team tennis racket occupies a nice ground between the lighter AeroPro Lite and the heavier AeroPro Drive. This has a very balanced feel that’s not too heavy or even too light. It gives you enough drive and power to hit those big shots without losing control.

This is an especially good option for doubles players, particularly if you enjoy time at the net. This is due to being very quick and responsive. For a much smoother and enjoyable feel, it has the updated version of the Active Cortex Dampening System.

This is another extremely popular model from the master crafters at Babolat. If you’re wanting to get the benefit of Babolat’s craftsmanship and technology, without paying an exceptionally high price. Perhaps you’re just looking for something that’s not too heavy or too light if so, this is a great place to look.

It’s ideal for improving beginners and intermediate players who want a good mix of control and power.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

12) Wilson Pro Staff 97 Tennis Racket

Wilson Pro Staff 97 Tennis Rackets

The Wilson Pro Staff 97 tennis racket is tremendous. This is perfect if you’re an intermediate or even an advanced player looking for a great deal of feel and precision from a racket.

The members of this particular racket family tend to have more flexibility in the beams than the likes of the Ultra and Burn lines. Ultimately, this gives them that classic butter-smooth responsiveness. Control has also been enhanced by having a smaller head.

The most notable thing about the Pro Staff line is the fact that Roger Federer himself helped develop it. If that isn’t enough to get you to try this one out, nothing will!

Although it only has a weight of 11.7-ounces, it’s still capable of withstanding and returning those bigger blows from heavy-hitting aggressive players. If you’re a net technician, you’ll appreciate the balance it provides as well as the maneuverability.

This is a very sophisticated racket, despite how it looks and in the wrong/right hands can be a devastating shot maker.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

13) Head YouTek Graphene Instinct MP Tennis Racket

Head YouTek Graphene Instinct MP Tennis Rackets

Are you looking for the power and versatility in your game like Czech player Tomas Berdych? You should look to his go-to racket known as the Head YouTek Graphene Instinct. Thanks to its special design, you’re able to generate a lot more power.

However, the added bonus of less effort and weight will help to never hold you back. Graphene is used in the shaft which gives it a heavier bottom and tip, making the above possible.

This tennis racket is one that feels incredibly solid regardless whether you’re taking or making shots from on court. However, it delivers exceptional devastation from the baseline. If you’re an intermediate or even an advanced player and have a medium-long swing, you’ll find a lot to love with this racket.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

14) Wilson Federer Tennis Racket

Wilson Federer Tennis Rackets

Yet another Wilson tennis racket comes up to bat, but this version stands out because of something in particular. It has been made with the great Roger Federer himself in mind. Not really for him, but for players looking to emulate even just a tiny bit of his class and style.

It has a nice 11.5-ounce weight so it’s great for hitting shots with the depth and power you need to win a point from anywhere in the court. Sound like someone we know? They’ve really worked on stabilizing their sturdy frame by using their Arc Technology.

When you consider the work put into it and the tweaks, this has a very lively string bed and capable of greater control. Considering the ridiculously low price, this is an awesome deal.

While the racket is important, Roger Federer became who he is today due to practice, patience, and perseverance. A fancy racket didn’t get him there. If you’re a beginner, start with this and work towards something else. Though you’ll still need a sweet tennis racket to do all of that with.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

15) Wilson Tour Slam Lite Tennis Racket

Wilson Tour Slam Lite Tennis Rackets

This is another budget-priced tennis racket that will give you a good start in the game if you’re just looking to get on the court. Wilson made these tennis rackets with a reasonably large head, allowing you to generate a lot of power. However, they will also be comfortable to play with, if you’re not used to using your arms.

Really, when you’re starting out you want to see balls actually return and stay in play. It can be disheartening if anything else but that happens.

The Tour Slam Lite enables you to attack balls with exceptional momentum for a beginner and it’s also easy to control the spin and power. It also benefits from Power String Bridge technology.

It won’t turn you into Djokovic, but then we’re not sure there’s any racket that could actually do that. Sorry, dude!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Game, Set and Match!

Tennis has definitely progressed into quite an elite sport. However, the basics of the game are perfect for just about anyone with patience, determination, and a decent level of fitness overall to get into.

Therefore, if you’re just starting in the sport, you’ll find it challenging. Yet with the right weapon in your hands, you’ll be able to start making some impressive shots. The tennis racket you choose should complement and deliver what you need for your own unique playing style.

If you haven’t developed a playing style yet, beginner rackets are best. Remember, it’s not a good idea to just get the cheapest. You want a racket with a good sweet spot, and one that’s very forgiving that’ll essentially do most of the hard work for you.

When it comes to style, the more advanced players know if they are a drop-shot volleyer or a baseline bruiser.

That said, we should seek to be like them in the beginning stages and figure out the style that suits us best. You’ll know if you have a devastating forearm or a masterful backhand smash. Know your style, and it’ll be easier to pick between amazing tennis rackets on the market.

In this guide, we found some great Babolats, Wilsons, a Head, and a few other notable rackets well worth anyone’s well-earned money

Remember the tips we’ve given about grips and what to look for in a tennis racket. Doing this will help you pulverize your enemies and bring you to victory. Of course, victories are also won by those who make the impressive shot too.

Top 14 Table Tennis & Ping Pong Paddles

E

veryone has played table tennis or ping pong as it’s better known. No life is complete without having done it before. It’s actually something of a standout sport because it doesn’t really divide people in the same way other sports do. Some sports we watch more than actually playing. This is often because of the cost involved, level of skill, or class and background. Ping Pong is different as you just need proper ping pong paddles to get going and you’re on your way.

Whether you’ve played it in the rec room at work, at a club, or in your friend’s basement…it doesn’t matter. You’ve done it!

You’ve probably considered investing in your own paddle to show off your ping pong greatness. Why not? Practice makes perfect (ish), as the old saying goes. However, if you’ve just been playing it at a purely recreational level, you’re probably still new to the more intricate details of the sport.

Perhaps you’re one of the many people who thought all ping pong paddles were exactly the same? Maybe you’re just overwhelmed by the different terminology, components, styles, and brands. We’d like to offer a helpful nudge in the right direction.

Whatever brought you here, we’re going to do our best to get you what you really want and need. That’s an awesome paddle to sharpen your skills and WOW your buddies.

We’ve selected 14 ping pong paddles that we believe are the best available right now.

Before all that, it’s important that you understand a little bit more about ping pong paddles and what to look for when you’re buying them. We want to highlight the main things to consider, mistakes people make, and main brands of ping pong paddles. Then, the fun begins!

What are the Main Things to Consider when Buying Table Tennis or Ping Pong Paddles?

There are many different ping pong paddles to choose from out there. Trust us when we say that it can be hard to even know what a paddle can do compared to another. You could find it more than a little intimidating trying to find the best one for you.

Therefore, there’s a number of important considerations you need to make. These considerations are important for a number of reasons, but the most important is its “value for its buy.”

This means your ping pong paddle needs to be perfect for you as you’ll use it often. If you don’t play much, you may want to spend less on a paddle compared to those who play frequently. Yet this is only one thing to consider in order to get the best value for what you’ll buy.

We decided to go over some important things below, check them out.

Skill Level:

You need to consider is your actual skill level. The paddle you choose will have a direct impact on how well you perform at the sport. Buying the most advanced and expensive ping pong paddles on the market could actually have adverse effects on your ability to play the game.

This is because you may not be able to control the shots you make effectively.

Certain paddles are made for more experienced people. They will have things made for them that differ them to others, which could make a novice struggle. Their skill level isn’t as great so they do not see the appeal of that paddle versus another.

This makes their play worse, but what also may is the style one person plays versus another.

This means that they are not picking up on the way a paddle is designed because they may play differently than what that paddle was designed to do. On top of this and contrary to what some may believe, “expensive” does not always mean “best.”

That means you may struggle with certain paddles that do not work for you directly, regardless of what you paid.

Simply put, don’t try and run before you can walk.

Way You Play:

We highlighted this above but we made an entire section of it because we feel it is THAT important. Think about the type of game you play. Are you more of an all-arounder or do you prefer to play offensively or defensively? If you’re starting your journey in this sport, you haven’t developed a playing style yet.

This is totally cool, we promise.

This just means you’re better off with sticking to an all-around paddle or defensive one. Once you’ve established the type of playing style you have, you can make a proper decision on the type of paddle you need. Ping pong paddles are not hard to deal with, but you need to think of them slightly like golf clubs.

Are you going to use a driver to put or a 3 iron when a 5 iron is needed? No. A proper golfer would know the difference, just as ping pong or table tennis experts will know the difference in paddles.

Once you discover your style of play, you’ll be fine.

Categories Given To Ping Pong Paddles:

You have finally picked a style, eh? Tremendous! Now it’s time to pick between ping pong paddles. The majority of companies tend to use three criteria – control, spin, and speed.

Control is not actually a measurement of anything on the paddle itself, this is more an opposite measurement to spin and speed. Generally speaking, as you gain spin and speed while playing, you lose a certain degree of control. Offensive players mostly use paddles that have a mixture of high speed and spin.

Meanwhile, defensive players prefer paddles that offer higher control.

It’s worth noting though that when considering these measurements, you need to compare them from the same manufacturer. As there are different methods of testing used by different companies and therefore different rating scales shown.

Although you have the option between buying a fully customized or a preassembled paddle. Custom versions suit the more experienced player. However, our top picks feature preassembled paddles, as we wanted something for everyone.

When you’re just learning how to play the game you don’t need to worry about the different blades and rubbers there are to choose from.

What are the Common Mistakes People Make when Buying a Ping Pong Paddle?

Newcomers to the sport often make the mistake of trying to emulate other, more experienced players. Players need to learn how to walk before they run when playing this sport. Don’t get caught up in buying incredibly expensive ping pong paddles.

Expensive paddles are great as they offer more control or speed. As we highlighted earlier, this does not really help you. Less experienced players will likely not know how to use them properly. Using paddles far too advanced for you may even damage your progress rather than help it.

We don’t want that!

On the other hand, don’t feel you have to buy a dirt-cheap paddle either. While it may seem like common sense to only buy a cheap paddle, don’t. Just don’t. They’re cheap for a reason and that reason will not help you improve your game one bit.

Another mistake people make is not asking more advanced players for their advice.

You don’t want to use the same paddle as them in the beginning, they know this too. That’s why they’ll be able to guide you to the one you should be using. We can let pride rule us too much sometimes, and ping pong is way more complicated than newcomers often think.

Simply learn to be humble if you’re not already.

The final mistake we want to discuss that people who are new to ping pong seemingly rushing into buying a customized paddle. They spend a whole lot of money on choosing the rubber, the sponge and the blade. Yes, they’ll undoubtedly have an amazing paddle on their hands.

One that will be of no use to them whatsoever because it’s likely they won’t be able to control it properly.

What are the Main Brands of Ping Pong Paddles?

We’re not about to tell you that you should invest in products from a specific brand just because they’re popular. You should always keep the above in mind, However, the main brands that make a particular product are a good place to start.

Especially when you’re trying to find high-quality and reliable items.

Again, your level of experience, budget, and playing style should always be factored into any decision you make. However, a company with a good track record is worth investing in.

There are many brands that produce ping pong paddles, but some stand out more than others. For example, look anywhere online and you’ll see one name showing up, time and time again. It’s Killerspin, right? They’re undeniably one of the best and most popular brands currently making table tennis bats and with good reason.

They know what it takes to make paddles for all levels. Other names to look out for include Palio, Butterfly, and Stiga. Many even include guides with the ping pong paddles they sell. Stick with these brands and you’re bound to have success with your new-found passion.

Now that you’re more clued up with what’s what when it comes to table tennis, it’s time to get you tooled-up with an awesome paddle. One that’ll leave your opponent devastated on the mat as you walk off victorious. Please remember to be a good sportsman and gracious when you win or lose.

A fist pump is acceptable though. Just do us a favor and don’t Michael Bolton it!

1) Killerspin JET800 Speed N1 Table Tennis Paddle

There’s a lot to love about the JET800 by Killerspin, especially if you’re a more advanced or improving player in the sport. The power it has is amazing, allowing possible mastery over your opponents due to it.

The blade of the JET800 N1 consists of carbon fiber in two layers. This comes between five different layers of premium-quality wood. A total of seven layers perfect these ping pong paddles for offensive players that want to take more control.

It features Killerspin’s own renowned high-tension Nitrx-47 rubber. It’s fully approved by the ITTF for competitions and provides enhanced power and spin to your game. Not only that, its top sheet offers you an amazing grip on ball strikes when serving, allowing heavy spins on balls as well as countering spinny returns easily.

The wood and carbon all work together with this beautifully handcrafted flared handle that ensures you have the best grip on it, regardless of hand size. The wooden side tape technology adds an extra touch of artistic flair while also protecting the blade.

The side tape won’t peel either!!

It comes with elegant packaging with its memory book that enables you to store your paddle safely when it’s not being used. This also keeps a record of your scores, signatures, and anything else you want to cherish.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) Palio Expert 2 Table Tennis Racket and Case

Next up to the table is a collaborative effort between Expert Table Tennis and Palio. While the rubbers that feature in the Palio CJ8000 are not different, they provide the same level of spin and approved by the ITTF. The blade has been redesigned from the previous, however.

Expert Table Tennis has worked on it to give enhanced feeling and control. These ping pong paddles have all the things that beginners should take note of.

Underneath its slick and stylish exterior, this paddle benefits from two of the aforementioned Palio CJ8000 rubbers all wood blade. Those rubbers are known for the spin they generate, while the softer sponge helps to rein it in so it can be wielded effectively.

The top-sheet has the right level of tackiness to provide sidespin, backspin, and topspin when necessary. To top it off, its flared handle fits in your hand like a glove.

The accompanying case gives you a nice place to protect your paddle between victories. Of course, this also works for the occasional loss, no doubt. It’ll ensure your rubbers stay as clean as possible.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) MAPOL 4-Star Professional Training Ping Pong Paddle

We bring you not one affordable ping pong paddle, but TWO ping pong paddles from MAPOL. These paddles have everything the training player could want and need. If you’re relatively new to the game but have a willingness to improve, you’ll find these incredibly helpful.

They have flared handles that provide a comfortable and versatile grip, regardless of hand size. The seven layers of wood in the blade helps to give you a nice bit of weight. This is coupled with specially-chosen rubber and 2mm sponge to complete the awesome package.

Don’t be alarmed by the price, because MAPOL has given them some serious attention and the detail is remarkable. They weigh around twice as much as the average beginner’s paddle. Yet they have an exceptional tackiness that helps to generate the spin you need for trickier returns you want to throw at your opponent.

Compared to some paddles, these have a little more padding. This may or may not be to your liking. Make sure you’re aware of that.

In addition to the two ping pong paddles, this set also comes with its own branded MAPOL Sports carry case. This helps to keep the paddles in good condition between your various bouts you’re sure to get into. As noted, these are marketed more beginners as well as those with ongoing training or who play casually.

However, for the price, they deliver much greater value for the money than you’d maybe expect.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

4) STIGA Supreme Performance-Level Table Tennis Racket

Our next competitor is this beauty from the masters at STIGa. The Supreme is aptly named, for when this baby delivers, it makes the hit count. With its performance ratings for control, spin, and speed calculated as 89, 92, and 90 respectively, this is a seriously good paddle.

These ping pong paddles utilize future-inverted rubber with a lightweight blade comprising of six layers of wood sandwiched between it. The 2mm of sponge provides that nice bit of tackiness. This is something you’re looking for when you want to put a little spin into your shots.

With its Italian-sourced and produced composite handle this paddle gives you grip you need to stay in the game. With the addition of the company’s own ADT or Shock Dispersion Tube, the paddle absorbs vibrations and transfers that energy out of the handle.

This allows you not to feel the same level of fatigue you might have when playing with an inferior shot maker.

While the Weight Reduction Balance(WRB) reduces its weight dramatically, it retains the ideal shape for increased ball sensitivity. This also offers an enhanced recovery rate and superior blade balance.

These ping pong paddles are called “Supreme” because it delivers a supreme paddle for excellent playing performance at an equally amazing price. Word of warning though, this has clearly been made with more advanced offensive or tactical all-rounders.

Meaning, if you’re more of a defensive player or rank beginner, you may want to look elsewhere.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

5) Butterfly Pro-Line Hand-Assembled Professional Racket

The Butterfly Pro-Line is tremendous, offering a hand-assembled model with Timo Boll all-rounder blade. This also comes with a beautifully flared handle. The blade gets its name from a German Table Tennis star who plays for Borussia Dusseldorf.

He’s a top-ranked player currently in the German Table Tennis National League and the ITTF rankings.

Perhaps the idea of playing like a legendary player of the game is attractive to you. If so, you need to give this expensive, but great value paddle your consideration. These ping pong paddles feature two rubbers. One for the forehand, that is a red Tack Fire Drive 2.0 and the other on the backhand, where you’ll see a black Tack Fire Drive 2.0.

What kind of player are you?

As we discussed at the outset, it’s important to establish your playing style and technique before investing in more expensive paddles. Needless to say, if you’re an all-around type that has a penchant for those offensive attacks, you’ll want to get your hands on this paddle.

Combined with the rubbers, this model has a flared handle with five layers of wood in the blade. This makes it a devastating weapon in the right hands.

Although it has a performance rating of 69 for control, it scores 81 of speed. Meaning you’ll be able to fire those spinny returns and serves easily. That’s if you’re ready to handle such a tool, of course. The Butterfly brand is known for producing high-quality paddles made from well-sourced materials.

This paddle appears to be no different.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

6) Killerspin Jet Black Intermediate Ping Pong Paddle

Back on the court with Killerspin again for another reminder of why they are masters when it comes to manufacturing ping pong paddles. The Jet Series ping pong paddles are designed with the everyday player in mind.

Although looks aren’t everything, imagine slipping this incredible looking black paddle out of its smart sleeve, with your enemy looking on. What’s going through his or her mind? Are they trembling? We think they should be.

The wooden handle has been flared to perfection to provide you with the kind of control and comfort. This will allow you to hit those shots with the spin and power you desire.

Like most Killerspin paddles, this paddle features the highly effective Nitrx-4Z rubbers and have five layers of wood between them. It may not be the most powerful, but it sure offers a lot of control and spin for a very mid-range price.

When you consider what is included in the price, a professional level black case, you’ll be insanely happy. You can fit a maximum of two paddles in the case with an elastic fastener holding them in place. There will still be enough room for four, count that, four balls.

If you’ve been playing for a while and are looking to up the ante a little, this is a great way to do so.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

7) JOOLA 4-Player Table Tennis Hit Set

Perhaps you’re playing table tennis for a good laugh with your work buddies or the guys when they come around on a Saturday night. The professional stuff isn’t for you it seems. If that’s what you’re looking for, the JOOLA 4-Player Hit set may just be what you need.

You get everything you need in one package. The ping pong paddles themselves are quite interesting. They offer a three-layered blade that favors backhanded players. This gives a very smooth surface that manages to produce an interesting amount of spin and speed to keep your games exciting.

The selling point here is the four ping pong paddles you get. This comes along with a whopping eight balls and a compact carry case to keep it all in. All this comes in under the $20 mark.

How can anyone actually argue with that value?

We’ll overlook the JOOLA Racket Performance Scores of 34 for Spin and 33 for Speed. As we’ve noted, this is not for experienced or even intermediate players looking to devastate their opponents at the local club or courts.

Maybe you’re looking for a great way to shoot the breeze with your friends after work. Perhaps you’re wanting to bring a bit of friendly competition to the rec room. Either way, this is perfect for it.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

8) STIGA Evolution Performance-Level Table Tennis Paddle

If you have a real thirst for victory at a higher level, then this next offering from STIGA might just give you what you need. These are extremely high-quality ping pong paddles from the manufacturer, and features the Shock Dispersion Technology (SDT) mentioned in the model we covered further up the page.

This involves a cutting-edge composite rod that’s been integrated with the blade and handle. With the tubing, vibration and energy are generated when the ball makes contact with the paddle. This passes through the tubing and out of the bottom of the handle.

By converting that kinetic energy into sound energy, it helps to improve the feel, control, and speed of the paddle. This is one of the reasons why these ping pong paddles have a performance rating of 90, 94, and 96 for control, spin, and speed respectively.

Another reason though could be the fact that the premium quality rubber used that has full approval from the ITTF for tournament play. Meanwhile, the 2mm layer of sponge and the six layers of wood that form the blade also help this. All in all, this is not one to easily pass on.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

9) Butterfly Pro-Line Balsa Carbo XS Fl

Yet another set of Butterfly ping pong paddles are up to serve. This differs from the previously Pro-Line model due to the blade being made from a Balsa carbo combination. This makes it a first in the world of table tennis/ping pong.

The lightweight quality of balsa wood has been used to create a blade that gives you the control and precision to block effectively and effortlessly. A lot of that power is derived from the carbon also used in the blade. A total of five layers is divided into three wooden plies and two carbon plies.

While the paddle benefits greatly from the inclusion of Tenergy 80 FX rubbers. This is Butterfly’s own creation and ensures there is a well-measured balance between speed and spin. Its sponge has been softened to better suit those who enough joy mid-distance looping or all-around attack forms of place.

Definitely not for amateurs, this is for the truly serious professionals or those looking to move into professional levels of play. The performance ratings speak for themselves – 80 for control, 95 for spin and 100 for speed.

This is truly a miraculous piece of paddle engineering and ingenuity indeed.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

10) STIGA Pro Carbon Performance-Level Table Tennis Paddle

STIGA are well-known for their trailblazing attitude to developing and incorporating advanced technologies and evolved materials in the construction of their paddles. The next product from this amazing company is representative of their reputation.

The SDT that’s been mentioned a number of times already is ever present in this particular paddle. This comes along with the layers of carbon that help to enhance the response level and improve the paddle’s rigidity. Seven plies of balsa wood have been crafted to increase the response time and speed.

As ever, there’s premium-grade rubber used in the construction and sponge to help achieve nice spins you need to give your opponent the runaround. All in all, it’s incredibly affordable for one of this quality of design construction.

These ping pong paddles are certainly for the advanced beginner who is looking to move up a level. It’s also for the intermediate types as well as experts looking for a lightweight weapon to put a different spin on their game. See what we did there?

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

11) Duplex 6-Star Ping Pong Paddle Set of 2

Another value bundle pack, this set from Duplex offers affordability and all you need for a game of ping pong. Compromising of two ping pong paddles and three balls, this is more suited to the casual player than anyone looking for a serious professional career in ping pong.

That’s not to say it’s not without merit. After all, for just over $20, you get two ping pong paddles made to a reasonably high standard, and three decent balls to play with. Turn up to work with these in tow and a ping pong table and you’ve made a battleground for lunch-time tournaments and gripping near-knuckle rallies.

Just don’t expect anything more. That’s all we’re saying.

This lives up to what it was made for and we’d be pleased to turn up to the Men’s Gear office and see these babies waiting for us. We wouldn’t recommend them if you’re looking to work on your blocking, chopping, or backspins though.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

12) DHS Hurricane-II Tournament Shakehand Ping Pong Paddle

From one extreme to another, blowing onto the court like some kinda strong wind comes the DHS Hurricane. This is a shakehand-style paddle that was designed especially for Wang Liqin to use during the Olympic Games in 2000.

Red and black pimpled rubbers provide versatile play, depending on which side you use. If you’re looking for a more defensive bouncy game, the black will suit you. Whereas if you are looking for those crushing forearm offensive strikes, stick to red.

The biggest selling point aside from its Olympic heritage is the fact it looks and feels well-constructed. You know what it’s like when you hold something and just know it’s a good product. That’s the impression you get with these ping pong paddles.

It’s designed to produce a lot of spin in the ball, meaning if you’re not used to that kind of play, you may find it tricky to use. Have patience or get back to the end of the line and aim for something more beginner.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

13) Killerspin JET200 Table Tennis Paddle

The penultimate paddle on our list is the Killerspin JET200. We’re big fans of Killerspin here at Men’s Gear and it’s not too hard to understand why. Just take the JET200 as a great example of what this company does best. First things first, it comes in three different colors.

While ours is the more traditional-looking Blue-Vanilla, some of you may be more Lime or even Mocha dudes. Now to the important side of things – the playing. With these ping pong paddles, you get a great level of play that belies the price tag.

Lots of control, spin and speed are produced by the five layers of wood that are covered in the Jet Basic range of rubbers from Killerspin.

This paddle is perfect for the beginner looking to get the basics perfected before moving on to something with more bite and aggression. Like many Killerspin products, you get a really cool gift box that includes a memory book to keep a record of your scores.

It may even have signatures of ping pong legends and as well as something to write your own notes.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

14) Palio Master 2 Table Tennis Racket and Case

Finishing up our guide is this Palio Master 2 paddle that is a collaborative effort between Expert Table Tennis and Palio. It still utilizes the CJ8000 rubbers that offer high-quality spin and are fully approved by the ITTF. It is a great all-rounder and provides the perfect balance between control and speed.

The rubbers have a great degree of tackiness meaning you can produce a lot of different types of spin. Think of things like the sidespin, backspin, and topspin. It does all of them with relative ease. As is pretty standard, it features a comfortable flared handle which won’t cause you fatigue even during longer matches.

Although it’s not designed to cope with the level of play an experienced or even advancing intermediate plays at, this is a great all-rounder. Ping pong paddles such as this are tremendous, despite pros not being as big of a fan of it.

The average Joe will surely enjoy them, and it seems the reviews agree.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Time to Serve!

It can seem like a bit of a minefield when you start navigating through the many different ping pong paddles on the market. However, we’ve hopefully shown you that once you know what you’re looking for in a paddle, it’s a lot easier than you imagined.

Especially so when you know what style of play you want, level of play, etc.

It doesn’t matter if you’re a weekend warrior looking to improve your skills or just hit some balls on your garage. You may even play in an actual club with real bonafide ping pong pros.

Even if all you’re looking to do is to own a decent paddle to take to work when Steve from Human Resources comes in. He’ll try to tempt you and place his filthy money on your desk, speaking of challenges of the ping pong variety. We all hate Steve from Human Resources and you need to smite him, smite him good.

One of the paddles above will help.

Whatever you’re looking for, we’re sure you now have everything you need to find the right ping pong paddle for you!

Top 10 Outdoor Adjustable & Portable Basketball Hoops

I

nstead of dunking your chicken wings into a rich blue cheese sauce, how about you start dunking some hoops? Basketball is a great game to get some competition going between the guys. It’s also a great form of exercise and a way to have fun with the kids. There are lots of reasons to get a basketball hoop. However, there are even more benefits and reasons to look into adjustable and portable basketball hoops for the outdoors.

We’ve done some research on your behalf to make sure you don’t end up with an airball of a basketball hoop purchase. We’d had to Kwame Brown this up and show you a low-quality basketball hoop. No one wants one that crashes to the ground with every gust of wind, bank shot, and slam dunk.

Poor quality portable basketball hoops don’t just interfere with the play and prevent you performing your wicked moves. Rather, they can also be extremely dangerous, especially around the little ones. To make your search even easier, we’ve been playing basketball all week, well sort of.

What is “playing” if you don’t miss a lot while yelling “make it rain!” right?

In this time, however, we found the best adjustable and portable basketball hoops on the market.

Want to see what we’ve got in store for you? We first need to go through a triangle offense to help people defend themselves best with some FAQs first. If need be, you could pull up from halfcourt like Steph Curry and go straight to the hoops. It’s up to you.

Although unlike Curry, you may need to know a bit about these as well. Go for the layup this time.

What Are The Benefits Of Buying Outdoor Adjustable & Portable Basketball Hoops?

You might have come here already being sold on the idea of a portable and adjustable basketball hoop. That’s great and you’re a smart guy. For the other smart guys who are yet to realize all the benefits of owning one of these types of basketball hoops, come close.

It’s likely the best way to discuss this would be to discuss normal versus portable.

Normal Basketball Hoops And Issues Of The Street, Yo:

Having your own basketball hoop is great. If you head down to your local street court, you’re likely to find the hoops are already in use due to the popularity of basketball. You may find a group of teenagers up to no good – maybe causing trouble in the neighborhood.

We just warn you not to get in a fight and scare your mother.

These same people, whom we call “court-hogs,” seem to state ownership of these local amenities. They then use them for hours and hours of each day. This means you perhaps some of your friends joining in are left to play other things that you and they don’t always want to.

If you own your own basketball hoop then this isn’t an issue. It’s yours to enjoy whenever and wherever you want. No need to race to the court early morning or before the school bell goes. Your hoop is always awaiting your dodgy shots and cringy celebrations.

Many have them in their driveway or backyard.

However, not all are mobile or adjustable. This is an issue, as it takes away from the user experience you might need from one.

Portable Basketball Hoops:

Having a portable basketball hoop means you can enjoy it wherever you want. You’re also able to make your own user experience out of it. You can take it to the park, the beach, a picnic, or a friend’s barbeque. It can even be moved around your own premises to escape the beating sun and your neighbor’s windows.

If people come around to visit there might be more cars on your driveway, which means you could hit cars accidentally. That’s not an issue with portable basketball hoops, because you just roll it elsewhere to keep the game going.

Adjustable basketball hoops fall in this same category of useful things to have. Their real attraction is the ability to adjust their height. This will allow younger and/or shorter people to have a better way to play. However, some of these may be harder to move. This is the only drawback.

The sport of basketball is great to introduce kids to. The game can teach proper sportsmanship, motor skills, competitive nature, and team mentalities. It’s also a great way to bond with a kid. However, height can make them feel odd so having it be adjustable is terrific.

When you’re on your own you can increase the height again. It’s a toy for them but it’s also a toy for you without them knowing. Merry Christmas to both!

There are many other benefits to getting off the recliner and shooting some hoops with your pals.  You didn’t come here for a lecture, but the benefits of these basketball hoops being portable and adjustable in height are good to know.

They’re cool products, right? Now, are you wanting to play?

What Are The Main Things To Consider When Buying An Adjustable & Portable Basketball Hoop?

Before you get ahead of yourself and choose a portable and adjustable basketball hoop you’ll regret, it’s important to consider your purchase wisely. Not everyone wants to buy portable basketball hoops for the same reasons. What’s one man’s perfect product may not be yours.

To help you figure out what adjustable basketball hoop is best for you and your needs, here are our key considerations:

Playing level:

Playing level of who will be playing happens to be drastically important. You and your boys may also play in a league at a high standard. If this is the case, you need a basketball hoop that’s of that same standard.

You’ll need one that adjusts to the standard playing height and one that is going to allow you to practice all your shots without issues, including slam dunks. However, you and the boys may only want something to do at halftime during a real game.

If that is what you’re looking for then you’re not going to need to splurge on some regulated-height basketball hoop.

Adjustability:

A question you’ll need an answer to is simple, who are the players? To add another, who is on your team? These questions are for different reasons, but both are crucial. If you have kids and this is your present disguised to them and your wife as their present, then you’ll still have to accommodate their uses.

If your young ones really are young, then you’ll need one that decreases to a playable height. Give yourself some chance of bringing up an NBA superstar and don’t give the game away!

Portability:

The level of a basketball hoop’s portability is extremely important in this case. First of all, you need to check the obvious features that make it transportable. Wheels likely give that away. Thankfully, all of the adjustable basketball hoops on our shortlist below have wheels secured.

Add this to your checklist if you decide to hunt elsewhere.

The second design feature to look for is any other portable-type aids. Some models have a specific design to help you roll the product. There are several other types, as you’ll see below.

You’ll also need to know the average number of people it takes to transport the basketball hoop. Most of these can be transported by one person. However, some higher quality and/or heavier ones may require a second person or possibly more.

If you want to practice alone then make sure you get a high-quality hoop set-up that can be taken from one place to another by yourself. If product descriptions don’t say this directly, make sure you take a look at their weight. The bases usually can be filled with sand or water to stabilize them.

Meaning you can remove this if the weight is too heavy then simply refill it when you get it set up.

On Average, How Big Are Basketball Hoops?

The standard size of a basketball hoop is ten-feet high. By standard size, we’re referring to the regulated size that the professional players use. As you know, the basketball hoops we’re going over are all adjustable in height Some of them can reach the standard heights but some aren’t quite as tall.

In terms of the backboard, the regulated height is 42 inches tall. Again, some of these portable basketball hoops reach these measurements while the smaller ones don’t. This is common more so for the less expensive models or those made for “youth” types.

If you see the “youth” tag in the name, it’s a safe bet it possibly will miss regulation sizing. Most often you’ll find the tallest ones also have the biggest backboards as well.

How Easy Is It To Set Up And Install Basketball Hoops?

Due to the size of these products, they don’t come assembled. You’re going to have to dig out your tools and get to work. The good news is that you’ll probably only have to do it once because they can be left outside in most weather conditions.

The basketball hoops will come with instructions to make your job easy. If you can follow instructions and there are no manufacturing defects, there should be no issues.

The average time to set them up is between one and two hours.

Once you have it set up and standing there’s only one thing left to do – add weight. Keeping it secured to the floor is important and usually done with water or sand. You’ll find holes to add the water or sand right at the base of the product.

However, some people have complained that these holes tend to be too small. In these situations, it’s better to find a funnel so you fill it up more efficiently.

1) Sports God Adjustable & Portable Basketball Hoop

Sports God is quite a name for a brand of portable basketball hoops. With this name, expectations have just skyrocketed! Thankfully, they have a slam dunk on their hands.

This product comes in a choice of red or black. This predominantly refers to the backboard, but the color can be confusing. This backboard is made from a sturdy and high-density polyethylene and withstands corrosion impeccably. The base is made of the same material.

It’s safe as well, proven by its BSCI certification.

It can be adjusted between 5.6 and 7 feet so you can play with Tiny Tim, your other pals, and even have fun with the kids.

These portable basketball hoops are quite versatile, proven by its standard basket size to cater for full-size & smaller basketballs. It’s also fully adjustable to bring down too.

It is perfectly designed to make it exceptionally durable. The main pole running down the middle of the product is made from strong steel. The net is made from extra-thick nylon that provides quality. It’s also protected against the sun and is fillable with 75 pounds of sand or 65 pounds of water to keep it stable.

It has wheels and pulleys to make getting it from A to B seamlessly in transport. All you have to do is tilt the product forward slightly and start walking with it – no stress and no backache.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) Silverback Portable & Height-Adjustable Basketball Hoop

Silverback provides our next portable basketball hoops. It’s a bit more expensive, but you’ll see why. You can get this model with a 50- or 54-inch backboard, with Silverback offering these backboard options over color options. However, you have to pay for a few more inches.

Silverback uses an Infinity Edge Backboard. Most portable basketball hoops have a backboard with a metal or plastic framing, but not Silverback. Instead, an Infinity Edge Backboard uses one material that wraps over the edges to the back of the board. This removes dead spots and adds rigidness

The Silverback brand put extra thought into improving their design by making an interestingly shaped base, improving stability. This continues in the pole, which is slanted to improve weight distribution. This then connects to a steel frame, linking the structure at the base.

This is a tall version, capable of adjusting from 7.5 to 10 feet in increments of only 6 inches. Thus keeping kids involved.

You can transport the basketball hoop to the park or even the neighbor’s house easily with its wheelbarrow design. This allows you to lift and roll it to where it needs to be. Although, it’s heavy and will require two people to move it.

Other cool things to take note of is its exceptionally quick 90-minute set-up time. It also has a base drain that allows you to empty the water without a struggle.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) Seatopia Basketball Hoop System

Seatopia and their Basketball Hoop System are being subbed in here. Don’t let their name confuse you, this hoop for a swimming pool. This is also a wallet-friendly option!

You can adjust the main pole so its height stands between 5.73 and 6.87 feet. This makes it one of the smallest basketball hoops on our list. We don’t believe this takes the fun away too much as you can easily make a get-together more enjoyable with these portable basketball hoops.

The backboard is also a little smaller at 28 inches wide and just under 18 inches tall. To be fair, it would be a little silly of them to add a huge backboard to their smaller design.

The other half of its key features is that it can be transported effortlessly with its attached wheels.

It’s been designed to ensure you get to enjoy playing for a long time. The main components of the structure are made from heavy-duty stainless steel to stand strong in heavy rain and wind. The base holds up to 9.53 gallons of sand or water to keep it from moving when you place it somewhere.

The backboard is made from rigid polyethylene with the net being made with nylon one. Both will work in the elements and hold up well over long-term use, making it a perfect outdoor goal.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

4) Lifetime Portable Basketball System

Lifetime offers spectacular portable basketball hoops. This particular design comes in many colors, including red, blue, dark blue, gray, red, and white.

Their design has the common, yet reliable telescoping pole. This means you can adjust the height of the product in increments of 6 inches between 7.5 and 10 feet. This is the same height as some products double its price.

The three-piece pole is made with steel and added with a powder coating to withstand erosion and reduce daily wear and tear. The net sits below an all-weather classic rim that makes it perfect for outdoor use all year round. Other pieces of manufacturing genius are the inclusion of a large and durable shatterproof backboard, with graphics that won’t fade easily.

All of this is made stable thanks to a heavy-duty base that uses water or sand. Be sure to remove this before the winter, or it can be a huge issue.

Lifetime has added weight-bearing wheels to tackle different terrains and slopes while you move the hoop. The brand feels their product is built to last, quintupling down by adding a five-year warranty. This surely is great for the money asked of it.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

5) Spalding NBA Portable Basketball System

Spalding is a massive brand in basketball, having put out all kinds of basketball-related products for over a century. They’re certainly a brand you can trust.

This particular design comes in black and white with NBA branding on the backboard. The backboard can be purchased in two sizes. You can rebound shots off a 45-inch acrylic surface or set up your buddy’s slam dunk with a 60-inch board.

The adjustability of this model outshines the other designs to get an extra nod of approval from us. It equals some of the more versatile basketball hoops by adjusting between 7.5 and 10 feet. However, unlike others, this can be increased or decreased at any measurement you prefer.

This lets you tailor the height to accommodate your abilities rather than making it slightly too easy or difficult. Spalding removed the telescoping pole system and swapped it for a screw jack lifting system, allowing the extreme adjustability.

These portable basketball hoops have a 3.5-inch steel frame capable of withstanding even the most aggressive play and weather. Spalding’s also includes its trademark Arena Slam Breakaway Rim.

It’s unarguably portable due to its wheels, allowing it to portable in spite of the 100lbs weight from its durable and robust material. Once you’ve found the perfect place for it, you can add up to 40 gallons of water or sand to ensure stability and safety.

What size headboard would you get?

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

6) Giantex Adjustable Basketball Hoop System

One of the best adjustable and portable basketball hoops on the market today come from Giantex with this creation above. This is another smaller and cheaper basketball hoop. If you’re looking for a first basketball hoop for the kids at a great price, this is perfect.

You can adjust its height between 5.5 and 6.10 feet. This lets you match it to your kid’s height or adjust it depending on how many beers you and the boys have already had. It has a steel frame to keep it sturdy and other elements are made from widely-used polyethylene.

Add the heavy-duty base to store your 55 pounds of water or 65 pounds of sand and this makes for a quality product. Unlike poorly made designs of the same size, this will not spend half of its time on the floor.

Assembling it will take a little while but the end result will be more than worth it. Don’t worry, because all hardware will be supplied for your convenience. Once you’ve got it up and ready, you can easily transport it on your own from the garage, to the garden, and to the park with rolling wheels.

We know we’re supposed to be featuring outdoor versions but these portable basketball hoops could even be used indoors. That’s if you can convince your wife that’s a good idea – good luck, pal!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

7) Lifetime Portable Basketball Hoop

The Lifetime brand is back with impressive portable basketball hoops once again! They include their normal five-year warranty, making it known right off. The design includes a powder-coated steel telescoping pole that allows height to be adjusted from 7.5 to 10 feet in six-inch increments.

The pole itself is incredibly sturdy, allowing it to handle major dunks.

The backboard is 44-inches wide. Lifetime even claims it’s virtually unbreakable, so perhaps you want to test this. To be fair, Lifetime may have the “virtually” line in there due to rogue Shaquille O’Neal attacks.

Just below the backboard is an 18-inch solid black rim with 0.5-inch braces, both made of steel. The base holds 27 gallons of sand or water and includes wheels to enable you to roll it to your preferred location.

The only negative is the filling holes are a little on the small side, which makes getting it set up more time-consuming. All of these materials are weather resistant to keep rain, wind, snow, hail, and sleet at bay.

For the quality on offer, this is a cheaper option. Ultimately, it’s perfect for those looking for regulated height and exceptionally portable basketball hoops!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

8) Benlet Portable Basketball Hoop

The Benlet Portable Basketball Hoops are the next product we’d like you to know about. They offer their cheaper basketball hoop in two different color options. One is a white backboard with red lines and the other has a black backboard with a yellow-striped design.

They both have the traditional tri-colored net in red, white, and blue. God bless America!

It has shorter height adjustability between 6.9 and 8 feet, but it’s still perfect for you and the future Men’s Gear readers. You can place these adjustable and portable basketball hoops inside or outside your home.

Getting it back and forth is made incredibly easy with the attached and reliable wheels. These wheels can take on difficult terrains and uneven surfaces so you’ll never be left stranded.

Wherever you place the product it will be made safe and secure by filling the cleverly-designed base with either 60 kilograms (132 pounds) of sand or 35 kilograms (77 pounds) of water. Although, we’re not sure if these are the exact numbers due to Benlet’s issue with over-thinking numbers.

Just don’t mix them together or your Benlet Portable Basketball Hoop might not be so portable anymore.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

9) Vogvigo Basketball Hoop

The penultimate adjustable and portable basketball hoops come from Vogvigo. You can get their design in a clear backboard or a black and blue one. Both backboards are 44-inches wide. You can also choose a PVC or HDPE backboard as well.

Note, the PVC version is much more expensive.

There is a spring attached to the hoop to bounce back after you make your shot. The hoop has a nylon net attached so you can leave the product outdoors in any month, no matter how extreme the weather is. The base is made heavier by adding sand or water to keep it stable and withstand your forceful shots.

Wheels have been added for convenient transporting. This allows you to carry it off for some alone practice before the Sunday showdown with the gang. If you’re a bit of a more serious player then this one is worth a further look!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

10) Lifetime Height-Adjustable Portable Basketball System

These amazing portable basketball hoops from Lifetime make us continue to love the brand. Offering an adjustable 10-foot hoop, this is for serious players. The features this model has made it a favorite among the Men’s Crew staff. Apparently, Rob from catering has hops, who knew?

Anyway, back to the only Lifetime men care about.

You can pick one of these UV-protected basketball hoops in either a black and orange design as well as black and red aesthetics. The 44-inch backboard is made of high-density polyethylene for impeccable strength and amazing durability.

The round pole connects all the main aspects of the product in three reliable pieces. This enables the telescoping system to adjust the basketball hoop between heights of 7.5 and 10 feet. It also includes an all-weather net attached to a classic rim.

These portable basketball hoops are lightweight, durable, and great for the price. Plus, it includes the standard Lifetime 5-year warranty!

This model also has a base at a 27-gallon capacity, completed by wheels for easy transporting. Lifetime has claimed this base is really easy to fill. However, many of their previous customers have been a little frustrated at the size of the holes and the time it takes to fill it up.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Picking One Should Be A Layup For You!

What’s that? The referee spots a foul and points for a free throw! It’s time for you to step up and take a shot. Who’re you going to throw your money to? Did you miss? Get the rebound and head for the layup that is guaranteed to get the win as the clock expires!

We’ve shown you some quality adjustable and portable basketball hoops that you can take anywhere you want. You’ve seen products from the likes of Spalding, Lifetime, and other impressive brands.

Unfortunately, we don’t go into overtime here. We believe these portable basketball hoops are the ten best options on the market today. Remember our earlier advice and consider our key points before making your shortlist or final decision.

Thanks for sticking around and we hope to show you more fun and cool gear on one of our buyer guides in the near future.

Top 18 Tactical Flashlights Over 1000 Lumens

M

any can remember playing with flashlights as a boy. It might have been trick-or-treating on Halloween, finding the best place to watch the stars or walking to the outhouse while at camp. However, no one can deny the power of holding a light in your very hand. When we talk about holding tactical flashlights, that sense of power and control is still in play.

Often, this remains in play in a massive sense. Tactical flashlights are capable of doing far more than regular ones. That allows for far more light and they manage to rarely if ever break on you. Overall, they’re incredibly useful. Let’s discuss why.

What are tactical flashlights exactly?

It can be confusing to hear words like ‘tactical’ and immediately think about war. Maybe there’s some kind of political association, like with soldiers. Perhaps, it reminds you of communities like survival preppers. However, good tactical flashlights are a piece of gear that should be in any man’s arsenal.

A good tactical flashlight is right up there with a Swiss army knife in terms of multipurpose tools that need to be respected. That, and there are so many different models and brands that finding the best tactical flashlight. All are prepared to suit your needs, but finding the right one is a task that might require a bit of research.

As with any piece of gear on this site, knowing what your needs are is huge. It goes a long way to making sure you find the best product possible. If you’re a hunter, for example, a compact tactical light is great for moving fast when you’re on the go.

However, for people like firefighters or police officers, having rechargeable tactical flashlights might be massively key. They’ll possess different needs thus have a need for different settings. These changes or differences come in the form of things like candlepower, brightness settings, and strobe functions among other things.

Thankfully we have a wide range of options available to us, and this why we at Men’s Gear do the research for you. This gives you the down-low on the best buys on the market today.

In this guide, we’ll take a look at the best tactical flashlights over 1000 lumens. We’ll also give a summary of just what these flashlights are and why every man should own one.

What are the main benefits of a tactical flashlight?

The benefits of tactical flashlights are going to depend on what you need from your gear. If we want to break it down easier, gear can often be divided into two categories:

Every day carries (EDC) are big deal, and they’re often known as “equipment for specialized uses.” They’re smaller, EDC-friendly lights that offer a majorly beneficial in a jam. Perfect for when things go sideways!

If you’re on a particular mission (or on the job) then investing in something a little heftier might be more up your alley. Either way, the best tactical flashlights for the money are going to be one you can use in a number of situations. Any set of tactical flashlight reviews would be remiss if there wasn’t a discussion of how many uses you can get out of the device.

Their usefulness in an emergency is unparalleled. Whether a power outage in the neighborhood or your car breaking down, having a 1000+ lumen flashlight can make the difference. It could keep you from bad issues, like being stranded. This is especially true of an EDC-friendly tactical LED flashlight.

Another major use is in self-defense.

The ability to shine the light into your assailant’s eyes is incredibly useful. 1000 lumens aren’t enough to do serious damage to the eyes, but they’re seriously bright. However, if it’s dark outside then it’s enough to give your attacker pause that could save lives.

If you’re stranded in the forest or on a highway in the middle of the night, these flashlights are massively helpful in signaling for help.

What is a lumen? How bright are 1000 lumens?

When you walk into a building you’ve never been in before, what’s the thing that makes an immediate difference? The kind of light, of course. Maybe someone’s mounted fluorescent tubes above their cubicle, or maybe you’re in an apartment with that classic yellow wash.

In any case, there aren’t just different types of light, but also different levels.

When we talk about handheld lights, it doesn’t matter if it’s a mini tactical flashlight, a tactical pen flashlight, or what have you. We’re usually talking about a unit of measurement called a lumen.

For all intents and purposes, a lumen measures the strength of a particular source of light. While we could drop all the physics of the thing on you, it suffices to say that one lumen would be the light your eye perceives from a single birthday candle lit about a foot away from you.

Not a whole lot, is it?

However, if you take a typical 60-watt light bulb, you’ll be talking about around 750-850 lumens of light. This is the type of soft glow most of us are familiar with. Yet we’re not always wanting soft lighting. Since this is a 1000 lumen tactical flashlight review, we should be getting around to explain why 1000 lumens is that magical number.

1000 lumens is the amount where we can start using directed light, like from a rechargeable tactical flashlight, comfortably. It’s not so much of a general wash as a directed beam that helps us see particular things when it’s dark out.

Plus, 1000 lumens aren’t terribly dangerous to the human eye. It takes about 4000 lumens to start feeling like things are getting to be a bit much. That’s when we start narrowing our eyes to filter things out.

Why buy a flashlight over 1000 lumens? How far away can they shine?

When you read something like “this tactical flashlight has over 1000 lumens”, any man’s likely to have one of two different responses. The first being, “wow! That sounds awesome! Where can I get one?” The other is a bit more critical “okay, that’s great – but how much are 1000 lumens anyway?

Can I get away with a regular camping flashlight?”

These are natural questions to be asking oneself. Especially as we are trying to navigate a marketing atmosphere that’s trying to sell men stuff that they don’t really need. Does the best tactical flashlight really have more than 1000 lumens?

What’s the difference that it makes?

If we start thinking about regular flashlights then your average headlamp probably produces about 50 lumens. Flashlights typically go from there until about 100 or 150 lumens. You know the type we’re talking about: an unfocused beam that often fades after a half-dozen meters or so.

Your kids might try lighting up the tops of trees and be disappointed.

A high lumen tactical flashlight, on the other hand, doubles down on the intensity and spread. Decent models also include a variety of modes, so that you can either choose an intense, narrow beam or a wide wash that can light up an entire area.

There are often SOS or ‘strobe’ modes that generate a steady series of flashes so you can draw attention to yourself or scare away any nearby critters.

The distance covered by the king of tactical flashlights Amazon sells depends on a number of factors: moonlight, fog, weather, etc. Many 1000+ lumen flashlights can penetrate up to 150 or 200 meters. Meanwhile, objects are still very much in the distance managing to be illuminated.

Plus, it’s darn cool to play with!

How heavy are the average tactical flashlights?

No matter what kind of gear you’re dealing with, one of the most important factors is how heavy it is. It doesn’t matter if you’re camping, hunting, or trying to protect your home. Having unwieldy equipment is an invitation to disaster. Can you imagine trying to resist a home burglar if you can’t even lift your flashlight?

If you have so many gadgets in your backpack, moving between camps is an absolute drag. Something has to be done and making sure that you’re using gear that’s been engineered tor mobility is the main factor.

Given how many folks in uniform are needing premium equipment, this is something that’s been thought of many times before. Tactical flashlight reviews always focus on product weight, and for this very reason. Luckily tactical flashlights have been engineered with this very much in mind.

Whereas older flashlight models are clunky with heavy plastics and batteries, your average tactical LED flashlight has been made with other types of material. Think NASA-grade aluminum, with the battery problem solved with the rise of rechargeable tactical flashlight models.

No more carrying bulky lights with a dozen spare batteries just in case. Rather, just a sleek, rugged model with a plug-and-go recharger to boot.

When searching for the best tactical flashlights on the market today, weight has to come out on top. That said, there are other requirements as well. Think range, battery life, lumens, run time, the works, and more. That’s why we at Men’s Gear have done all the research for you.

Here are our 18 picks for the best tactical flashlights over 1000 lumens

1) UDR Dominator

Lumens

2400 (high), 14 (low)

Run time

2.25 hours (high), 22.75 hours (low)

Weight

2.4 lbs (with batteries)

To do a man’s job, you need a man’s tool. The UDR Dominator tactical flashlight is nothing if not that. It has a powerful set of options that are good for any situation. These tactical flashlights can be set to 14, 28, 50, 100, 180, 350, 675, 1275, or 2400 lumens.

At its highest setting, it’s the equivalent of a searchlight in your hands. As such, it’s perfect for military or naval missions when you need a steady light that can be moved with ease.

This isn’t just one of the best tactical LED flashlight models out there – it also comes with a crate of extra goodies. Rather than having to choose between rechargeable or disposable batteries, the Dominator comes with both. Either slide twelve 123A into the battery rod or charge up the Li-ion using the wall or car charger.

This model has the world in mind because the wall charger comes with a comprehensive set of international plug adapters.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) EagleTac XM-L2 XLamp LED

While choosing a 1000 lumen tactical flashlight might make some men question the need for extra lumens, having a bit extra on the side will do no harm. Which is why EagleTac’s 1180-lumen model is a great choice.

It may not compare with the 2400 lumens of the Dominator above, but that’s because the Dominator is for the military or for show-offs.

These tactical flashlights give you what you need without all the bells and whistles. With two options for power (disposable and rechargeable batteries) the XLamp gives you choices you deserve. This is, of course, hinges on where you’re going to be and what you’re going to be doing.

Throw onto that a high-grade aluminum makeup and seven different modes (including strobe and S.O.S.) and you have a clear winner.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) Fenix PD35 1000 Lumens

Fenix is one of the major brand names out there for tactical performance flashlight models. Therefore, it would be remiss of us not to include one here. Or more than one.

The PD35 is the perfect entry model, as it hovers at the threshold of 1000 lumens without a number of the other features that other models here include. If you’re interested in trying out high-power tactical flashlights before sinking hundreds of dollars into an entry, then this is a good place to start.

It is better to drop a little before you drop a lot if you’re unsure.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

4) TAC10 Gear XML-T6 1000 Lumens

Some might want to dive right into finding the best tactical flashlights money can buy, then drop hundreds. However, looking into some of the lower-end models might be a good first step instead.

Why dish out upwards of a thousand dollars if you’re not even sure how many lumens you’re going to be needing?

With this model from TAC10 Gear, getting started in the world of tactical flashlights has gotten that much simpler. With an incredibly low price, anyone can try wielding a tactical flashlight on their own. Perfect for curious consumers who typically dip a foot into the water before jumping in completely.

However, once you realize the power of a high-lumen flashlight you won’t want to go back!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

5) Feit 1000 Lumen Flashlight

When going through the types of tactical flashlights around, you’re going to come across a wide range of models with just as diverse a range of features. One of these is the entry level Feit 1000 lumen flashlight. Their line includes flashlights with a lower level of lumens, and this is the model that starts reaching into the 1000+ range.

However, for those who might not need 1000 lumens all the time, there’s an option to switch between 250, 500 and 1000.

While some men might have a desire to go straight for the biggest and best tactical flashlight brands, starting small also has its benefits. Just as with the model above, this entry from Feit is priced for those wanting to try tactical flashlights without dishing out a couple hundred for the opportunity.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

6) Klarus XT11X Tactical Flashlight

For consumers looking to explore a mid-level tactical flashlight, the Klarus XT11X model is an ideal choice. While a number of flashlights come with rechargeable and disposable battery options, this Klarus simplifies things by only having a rechargeable battery.

It can be powered up with a conventional wall plug or via USB. On the go? No worries! Use your car charger or your power bank instead and keep going!

This is a tactical LED flashlight with a lot going on under the hood. With a max output of 3200 lumens (though the amount is adjustable), you’re sure to find the amount that works best for the job at hand.

Add to that a changeable zoom feature and rainproof skin. Gentlemen, in these tactical flashlights, we’ve got a winner!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

7) Husky 1000 Lumen Aluminum Flashlight

Built for the man who needs a simple yet powerful flashlight, this entry from Husky does away with a number of extra features. This was done to focus in on what makes a tactical flashlight useful, its high, low and strobe modes. Gone are the multiple charging features and the zoom.

All that’s here are a high-quality Klee LED frame and a tough-as-nails exterior.

This model is a survivor. Via testing on this Husky model by various reviewers, they were able to prove that this entry is waterproof up to one meter and shock resistant up to 30 feet. Switching between modes is incredibly simple, with a single tail-button controlling all three.

Without having to worry about the bells and whistles, a man can get back to doing his job with confidence!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

8) Aukelly Rechargeable High Lumens Flashlight

This is a perfect casual model for anyone interested in exploring what it means to work with a high-lumen flashlight. Most top tactical flashlight entries boast a truckload of extra features. However, this model from Aukelly makes sure that you only get what’s absolutely necessary.

This makes it similar to the Husky model previously mentioned, but it stands out itself.

These tactical flashlights are helpful for men who don’t need a tactical flashlight for everyday use. Overall, this model is inexpensive and lies ready in your drawer or glove box until needed.

This flashlight, though simple, is versatile enough to work in a number of contexts. It is perfect as a handheld high-lumen device for whenever you’re needing to identify objects in the dark. It’s also greatly latched to your handlebars at for night riding.

Making sure you’re visible is important to your safety, and this is a flashlight that can do just that.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

9) AYL Tactical Flashlight 2-Pack

This is the first tactical flashlight on our list not only to be an accessible model but a dual-pack at that. All at an entry-level price and use. These AYL flashlights are compact and lightweight, making them a great addition to glove boxes everywhere!

Unlike other models which take up a lot of space (or weigh your hunting bag or backpack down), these will slide into place perfectly.

What’s more, both are a type of rechargeable tactical flashlight. This means you won’t be constantly buying batteries at the store. Don’t let their size fool you, they have five different settings that can pack a 1000 lumen punch.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

10) Victagen Rechargeable Tactical Flashlight

Picking a 1000 lumen tactical flashlight can be a difficult choice, especially considering all the options out there. That and many models claim to go up to 1000 lumens. However, when tested in a lab, some don’t even make it past 500. This proved some lie in their marketing.

Although, the models we used on this list are fully vetted to avoid such issues.

How terrible is it to see a lying company at work? Men are unable to find a proper working tactical flashlight that serves their needs, especially as they’re in search on the market.

This simple Victagen model is a good start, proven to be what it claims to be. With four settings across a range of modes, you’ll be able to find your way through any dark point! Plus, with its waterproof and durable aluminum frame, you won’t have to worry about it breaking if you drop it on rocks or in water.

You may very well be using this tactical flashlight outside, and this is a model made for the outdoors! Inexpensive and reliable, it’s a great model to have on-hand.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

11) Nitecore MT21C 1000 Lumen Tactical Flashlight

Most of the entries on this list have a similar structure, a regular flashlight with a powerful beam. Where this model from Nitecore outdoes them is in their introduction of a moveable head. Whereas there is only one way to hold other flashlights, you can twist the head here 90 degrees like a lamp.

With the included harness, you can even slide it into your belt buckle. This allows you to have an incredibly comfortable hands-free experience.

This feature alone makes this entry an exciting tactical flashlight, but that’s not the only punch the MT21C packs. It’s also shock resistant (they dropped it, you can try it), waterproof, and comes with a rechargeable battery with USB connectivity.

All this makes for a solid mid-level tactical flashlight you won’t want to do without!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

12) MsForce 2000 & 1000 Lumen 2-Pack

Whereas the previous double-pack on this list was comprised of two smaller, lightweight models, this double-pack has two different tactical flashlights with different power levels and functions. If you’re needing a simple light-up in the dark, the smaller 1000 lumen flashlight will more than do the trick.

However, if you’re wanting the power of a mini-searchlight at your disposal, you can bring out the big guns. That is the powerful 2000 lumen tactical flashlight. We know, we were stoked to see this too!

While both flashlights are lightweight models, don’t let that fool you! They’re powerful entries in a list of already powerful tactical flashlights and are competitively priced. This allows them to be available to any consumer.

Don’t believe us? Grab a pair and find out for yourself!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

13) MecArmy PT16 Keychain Tactical Flashlight

The largest percentage of tactical flashlights on this list are entry-level models. This is a great opportunity for curious or wary buyers to enter the market. Unfortunately, it also means that the quality is not going to be as high as it will be for mid- to high-quality flashlights.

While this entry from MecArmy looks small, it packs a mighty punch.

This is the supremely portable tactical flashlight, able to be strung to a wristband or around a belt loop. Just don’t think its size says it all, it can project up to 1100 lumens through whatever dark you’re up against. Living in a rainy city? Not only is this model waterproof, but it’s also built to shine through up to two meters of water.

Not your average flashlight indeed. Add to that a rechargeable battery (with USB compatibility) and a couple wristbands and you’re good to go!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

14) Ultrafire WF502B 1000 Lumens Rechargeable Tactical Flashlight

When picking a tactical flashlight, some men are wanting to find the most durable (in fact, the most unbreakable) models. There’s something deeply masculine about this, the desire to face whatever the elements have and come out on the other side unscathed.

This is true especially in cases where the user works in a high-risk occupation. This those involved in places like police, firefighters, and military member. Properly working equipment can be a matter of life or death. Sometimes, quite literally.

However, this means dishing out some major dollar for these models. What if you’re working in places where it’s easy to lose equipment? In this case, you need a high-lumen flashlight that you’re not afraid to lose. This entry from Ultrafire is exactly that, an inexpensive yet operational tactical flashlight with over 1000 lumens of power.

It’s powerful enough to get the job done, but you won’t be crying if you drop it down a sewer line.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

15) Soonfire NS17 Tactical Flashlight

What makes these tactical flashlights from Soonfire stand out from the rest? Likely, it is its six different operational modes: think high, medium, low, strobe. These are all standard entries, but this flashlight has two additional flash modes, being slow and fast.

It doesn’t matter if you’re trying to get attention or scare away certain critters from your tent. Overall, this is an entry-level tactical flashlight that earns its place in your toolkit.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

16) Nitecore MH25GT Tactical Flashlight

Making sure that you have the right equipment when you have to is an absolute must. Especially if you’re working in a high-risk occupation. For some, particularly in uniform, the quality of your tools can make the difference between life and death.

With that in mind, making sure you pick a solid tactical flashlight is key. While there may be cheaper entry-level models on this list, you don’t want to leave anything to chance with low-quality equipment.

Getting shopping ideas from a list like this is ideal. This is because, when you’re looking for the best type of tactical flashlight around, poking around in stores will limit your options. Seeing how a powerful model like this Nitecore lines up with the competition will only give you confidence in your purchase.

If you’re looking for a mid-range model that works under stress, this is the model is certainly for you.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

17) Creazy 100 Lumens Minipen Flashlight

This entry is unique on this list of tactical flashlights for its size. Only a few inches across, this is by far the smallest and most compact model in this review. While some might take that for a sign of weakness, don’t judge a book by its cover.

This flashlight is capable of beaming 1000 lumens worth of light on its unsuspecting target.

Perfect to fit into small spaces (or as a gift for a girlfriend), if you ever need to whip it out on an attacker they won’t see it coming. Plus, its small status means you can pack it away in any backpack for hiking. With it being so low-weight, you’re also seeing a flashlight that can merely fit in your pocket if need be.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

18) Nitecore P12 1000 Lumens Tactical Flashlight

Looking for the right tactical flashlight means thinking about where your needs are. Some need the thousand-dollar models best suited for marine or military use. Meanwhile, some are okay with a 1000 lumen penlight. It’s easy for a man to think he needs the strongest tactical flashlight out there.

However, we know that making sure that you get what it is you need is more important. Nothing more, nothing less.

This is why these tactical flashlights by Nitecore are a great mid-level entry. It’s right smack-dab in the middle of the high-low quality spectrum. You get all the durability and range you need without the bells and whistles. With different modes for every occasion, you won’t need anything else for day-to-day life.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Shine a Light

All this for a simple light!

When you need something bright in a dark spot, you can’t compromise on your needs. It doesn’t matter if you’re looking for something small and stowable or something business-grade and badass. There’s something on this list for you.

Next time you start thinking about your next trip, whether it’s hunting or camping, think to yourself about what kind of flashlight you should be packing. The same goes for the kind of flashlight you want to have in your car. In the event of an engine failure, that flashlight might be the only thing standing between you and getting home that evening.

For officers of the law, making sure you have reliable equipment is key to getting the job done safely. What are you waiting for? Check out these models and find out what best works for you.

Top 17 Tactical Pens On The Market Today

P

ens are still incredibly important nowadays, even in the digital age we live in. We use them for taking notes, writing phone numbers down, and signing important papers. A good pen is needed, even if you have a smartphone/tablet. However, you need more and this is where tactical pens come into play.

You may have a fancy, robust, and refillable EDC pen on your person at all times. However, as the world has become a more digital place, it’s also become increasingly hostile.

We don’t want to be the harbingers of doom here or bring you all down with heavy talk, but it’s hard to ignore the fact that self-defense has become a bigger concern these days. Many are not fond of violence or don’t want to carry an actual weapon.

However, you may worry that might find yourself in a potentially dangerous situation one day. That said, it can help to have some line of protection.

That’s where a tactical pen can come in handy. For the uninitiated, a tactical pen is an EDC pen that doubles not only as a robust and durable writing implement but also a concealable weapon. This is legalized as it doesn’t actually officially count as a weapon.

The word “tactical” isn’t just put in the name as a joke. Tactical pens can be used in devastatingly effective ways, but they’re not classified in the same category as a knife or gun.

Although they all look very similar, tactical pens come in various sizes and materials. If you’re looking to tool up and get yourself one, how do you figure out which is the best tactical pen? Let us help!

In the following guide, we’ll go over the top 17 tactical pens available right now. Before all this, however, FAQs to get to.

What are the Main Things to Consider when Buying Tactical Pens?

There are a spectacular amount of choices is in the tactical pen area of the marketplace. That said, it’s worth looking at the things that make a great tactical pen great. Since we’re never going to want to leave you without knowledge of a product, we felt it would be best to discuss these a bit.

While it won’t be massively in-depth, you’ll have a better understanding of them by the time you go through the list. That said, let’s discuss, shall we?

Weight and Size:

Tactical pens need to be inconspicuous and concealable, so the weight and size are important. Most are roughly the same size as a normal ballpoint pen. The weight needs to strike the right balance between being lightweight and easy to carry, but substantial enough to be useful in an emergency.

The biggest thing we need to see out of them is that they have the appearance of a normal pen as much as the function of one. They must function like one but they cannot be completely like one. In that they have to be weighted a bit different just to allow you to use them for their other features.

The best will make you question if they’re a normal pen or not. However, the ones that differ from this are often close enough to the real thing that very few will know the difference.

Body Material:

The above is likely to be influenced by this next aspect, the material used to make the body of the pen. A great self-defense pen is one that is lightweight and thus easy to carry. However, you want it to be robust enough that it can deliver the right kind of impact when necessary.

You’ll find most of the best pens are made from stainless steel and aluminum, or even titanium. This allows the tactical pens to hold up well in most circumstances. Clearly, you want them to be able to when that is kind of their job, right?

Grip:

If a pen designed for emergencies and self-defense, could it be useful if it’s on the floor? If the pen slips out of your hand when trying to use it, then it is no longer of use to you. This can be a huge problem, so you want to make sure the grip is perfect.

You also want to make sure it’s perfectly comfortable to hold too.

When an object is hard to hold or even painful, chances are the hold won’t last long. To avoid this, tactical pens are often made with some padding for your fingers. Remember, this has to be easy to write with as well. Therefore, it cannot be an issue in comfort at any point.

This can affect grip as much as anything really.

Ink Cartridge:

Let’s not forget in all the excitement of handling attackers like John McClane that these pens are special. However, they have no right to call themselves a pen if it can’t actually write. That said, you need to make sure it has a good quality ink cartridge. To some, this may not mean much.

However, the idea of a tactical pen is to appear like a pen only then to be used as anything but. Due to this, if you do not have any ink in the thing…how can it function like it’s supposed to? Be sure to always keep it inked up, otherwise, there won’t be a point in the thing.

Pen Tip:

The tip of any pen is a crucial aspect to consider because you want anything you write with it to be crisp and easy to read. Likewise, if you’re in a bad part of the neighborhood and want to feel safe, you’ll want a tactical pen that has a sharp point. You don’t want something that’ll tickle attackers.

Of course, you still want to make sure the dang thing can write afterward too. The pen tip needs to be useful, otherwise, it’s not really a pen anymore.

Self-Defense Features:

It would be utterly ridiculous to not mention this aspect at all. They’re all different, so they all have different self-defense features. Most will feature a sharp point that can be used for delivering a sharp blow while even glass can be broken by most.

We’ve spoken about a number of them and will continue to highlight more here as the guide moves along.

However, a great thing to keep in mind is that this is merely an object to aid you in protecting yourself. If someone has a gun, you don’t need to push things. Do not attempt to bring a tactical pen to a gun fight. We cannot stress enough that protecting yourself is important.

However, a gun is far more deadly.

That means when using one of these tactical pens, you need to know the right time to use its self-defense side. That is just as important as any feature on this list. You’re using the pen, therefore you’re the one in control of it and its use is literally in your hands.

Don’t attempt to use it at the wrong time.

What are Some of the Features and Benefits of Tactical Pens?

As noted a few times already, a tactical pen is called such for a reason. There’s more to one of these slick and compact beauties than meets the eye. Although tactical pens are different from one another, there’s many common features and benefits you should look out for, including:

Glass Breaker:

Probably the one thing that unifies all tactical pens, the glass breaker usually consists of a precisely sharpened tip of steel. Although you may not need the ability to break glass in everyday life, there may come times when you need to escape from somewhere or help someone else escape quickly.

If you’re involved in a car accident or house fire, you need to get out. First responders often use glass breakers to get you out. That said, having a tactical pen with that functionality can be useful.

Makeshift Knife:

As noted in the previous section, the tip of a tactical pen is very sharp. This means you can write neatly and clearly. It also serves to double up like a knife if you find yourself in trouble. These particular pens have a point in the pen that you may use to write, but unlike other pens, the point is made with hardened material.

Like a knife, they can ideally stab into things if they need to. Other pens and pencils, regardless of how sharp they are, may break upon impact. These pens do not do this easily. That is why the makeshift knife side of things is not only true, but it very well could be as impactful as a small knife when used by the right person.

LED Flashlight:

You can never have too many flashlights, can you? The great thing is then that many tactical pens feature a flashlight, normally in the bottom. This is obviously handy if you’re trying to find a keyhole in the dark or just need a discreet level of illumination.

This is a favorite feature among outdoor types who carry one around while camping. Ideally, you need a bigger flashlight but it can do the trick. It’s also great to have for your car at nighttime when you’re looking for something on the floor and the overhead light cannot seem to illuminate enough of the vehicle.

Firestarter/Ferro Rod and Striker:

This is fairly self-explanatory, Ferro rods or ferrocerium rods are the favored fire starter of many survivalists and outdoor types. It produces sparks over 3,000 degrees Fahrenheit when it’s struck against a sharp edge or rough surface. Some but not all tactical pens include this handy feature.

It’s truly quite amazing to see one at work. You mostly just need a rock and some dry kindling below to catch the spark. While not all have them, those that do will ask you to be careful in the directions. Keep in mind, it can start a fire. Hitting it up against your desk at work could be problematic, obviously.

You’d hate to burn down the entire office….again.

Writing in all Conditions and Positions:

Something we’ve not touched upon yet that also sets a tactical pen apart from ordinary pens is the fact that most are designed to function well in various weather conditions. Some of them can do so from any position they are in.

Law enforcement officers and other first responders need a pen that’ll enable them to make notes in time-sensitive situations. They need to do so even if it’s below freezing or pouring down rain. Tactical pens often provide that level of flexibility.

DNA Collector:

We’re not even joking here, as many can actually do it. Thanks to the design of the sharp pointed end, any blood from your attacker or assailant that you get on your pen can be taken to the authorities. It can then be used to track them down. Imagine being the guy who caught someone by using this pen to help identify them.

We’re not saying you’ll get a key to the city or anything. However, we’re not saying that they won’t throw you a parade. Just avoid the knife or pen float for obvious reasons.

How do I Use a Tactical Pen?

We’re not about to teach you guys how to write using a pen. We’re going to assume right off the bat that you know how to do that. If you cannot, how are you even reading this? Instead, you may be curious about the different ways you can actually use a tactical pen.

We don’t blame you there, as there are multiple popular ways they are used.

This list of a few things will break down the most common ways the tactical pens are used. It should, ideally, give you a better idea of what to do with one.

Breaking Glass:

It’s fair to say that strength, the right technique, and some patience is required for one of the most remarkable uses of a tactical pen. If possible, do it with gloved hands and grip the pen firmly and aim for one of the window pane corners. The temptation would be to go for the middle of the glass like the movies, we know, it seems so cool!

However, you’re more likely to shatter and shock the window striking the corner. This will also help you to clear the glass more effectively than if you put your hand through the middle. You’re also less likely to do yourself an injury this way. Keep in mind, glass for most windows is made to be relatively strong.

That means the middle of the glass will likely be the hardest to break. Meanwhile, the sides are often easier because they are not the main focus of the window. Thus, you’ll have an easier time breaking it. On top of this, if you did break the middle, there is a good shot that the glass would not completely shatter.

Rather, it’ll come in pieces at you and cut you up.

Like a Knife:

If you flip the pen upside down and jab at an assailant, a tactical pen with a sharp nib will have a similar, yet not as deadly impact as a knife. Ideally, you’re aiming to shock them or impair them enough so you can get free. If used properly, tactical pens have even been known to do serious damage to eyes and other sensitive areas.

Tactical pens may also have a small knife attachment that can be a little sharper than a letter opener. While the pen part itself acts as the mini-knife for most, ones with knife attachments offer more protection. It’s not quite like a Swiss Army Knife in this use, but it may feel like that.

The idea is that it acts as self-defense.

Since this is not a type switchblade, just concealed, it is completely legal to carry in all 50 states. This may not be the case in other countries, however.

Like a Sword or Stick:

Although similar to the above, holding your tactical pen in a different position will give it a different impact when you use it to defend yourself. A quick wave across the face or a wrist or even exposed chest could be enough to ward off an attacker or at least take them by surprise enough that you can make an escape.

These pens are often made with some extremely strong material. We referred to the materials above, so you’re quite aware of this. That means they can be useful in defending against prospective knife attacks with one. If you hit someone with it in the chest or face, for example, you’d do as much damage to them as a small bat.

This is some heavy-duty material you’re playing with, remember.

As a Light:

Many tactical pens have LED flashlights and they are normally very easy to use. You simply press on the light, which will usually be easy to find on the pen. Once turned on, you’ll have a mini burst of bright illumination.

Now you know what to look for when buying tactical pens. You’re updated on the basic features, benefits, and even how to use one. However, we need to get to the point (ha) and look at the best of the best self-defense pens out there. Join us!

1) Smith and Wesson Aircraft Aluminum Refillable Tactical Pen

First on our list is this awesome little Smith and Wesson tactical pen. Smith and Wesson are obviously a name that most of you will associate with firearms, but they also make a stunning array of knives. That said, it’s no surprise that they’ve been making tactical pens for a number of years.

This particular tactical pen is a total of 5.4-inches in length and weighs just 1.6-ounces.

It’s hardly going to be very noticeable if you’re in a compromised position and your assailant thinks you’re unarmed. Using robust and highly durable T6061 aircraft aluminum, Smith and Wesson have created a pen that is more than worthy to carry their esteemed name.

Featuring a pocket clip and screw-off top, there’s a stylus at the end that makes using your table easier. This can also help to provide a well-timed and well-placed blow when necessary. As you’d expect, it’s refillable and can use Schmidt P900M Parker Style Black Ball Point cartridges.

This makes sure you’re never going to be caught short without a good pen to write with. On top of this, it’ll give you the proper appearance of a pen so no one knows it’s tactical until they cross you.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) MIL-TAC TDP2 Tactical Defense Pen 2 (Gray)

The Mil-Tac Defense Pen is dashing and very well made. This has a very covert design that is perfect for law enforcement officers and military personnel. It could even work for the vigilantes out there. Made from tough aluminum, it has an anodized finish and comes in a variety of different colors.

With the rubber texturing and handle inserts, you’ll find it near impossible to lose your grip even in the most extreme weather conditions.

You have a choice of two tips. This is a plastic version that is perfect for use with tablets and smartphones and a stainless-steel striker tip that’s perfect for…we’re sure you can work that out.

The founder of MIL-TAC, Craig Sword, worked for 15 years with various outdoor sports enthusiasts, law enforcement officers. and military personnel. All before setting up the business in 2005 that we know today. That said, he knows a thing or two about designing and creating rugged, yet functional self-defense weapons and tools.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) Schrade Aluminum Refillable Tactical Pen

Schrade is one of the names many people associate with tactical pens, and for good reason. They have a sterling reputation for making some of the finest on the market. This 5.9-inches model is a little bit longer and weightier than some of the others on our list, but benefits from a wide range of additional features.

With a screw-off top and pocket grip, you can keep this hidden until necessary. Not only is it a good pen, but you also get the benefit of four different survival and self-defense tools.

Break glass and give attackers a shock with the self-defense and glass break end. If you want to alert anyone to an attack, scare off an attacker, or find yourself stuck in the middle of nowhere, there’s an emergency whistle at the bottom.

Furthermore, you might be stuck overnight somewhere or camping and run out of matches or a lighter. If this happens, you can use the included Ferro rod and striker plate to start a fire. You’re never completely alone with this pen.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

4) SureFire Writing Pen IV with Clicking Mechanism

SureFire Pen IV is one of the best tactical pens on the market. What we really love about this is the fact that it features a retractable pen tip. Rather than having a cap that’ll only get lost eventually, you just tidily click the pen back inside its tough aluminum body when you’re not using it.

With its hard-anodized finish, it really looks like something a bit more than any just a pen. It uses Schmidt easyFLOW 900D ink cartridges for flawless flowing writing. On top of that, it has a sturdy steel clip to attach to your pocket.

What about emergencies that don’t require notes or your signature? The aluminum body and sharp tip provide you with the tactical advantage you need in those situations. A clear winner in our book.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

5) Boker Plus Tactical Pen

Boker is a widely known and respected manufacturer of exceptionally high-quality knives. Based in Solingen, Germany, they’ve also branched out into the world of tactical pens in recent years. The Boker Plus is an excellent example of their design and construction prowess.

This is by far the longest and heaviest on our list so far, and not without good reason.

It has a sturdy aluminum body with a black anodized finish that’s checkered in design to provide a firm and confident grip. On the shaft end is where things get really interesting though. A stainless-steel insert can be used for it to make a makeshift Kubotan.

While not lethal, this will certainly leave a mark on anyone that steps to you. For the pen enthusiasts, it’s also been designed to take Fisher Space Pen refills. This means your writing will always be as impeccable and precise as your jabs at muggers and others looking to cause you trouble.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

6) Gerber Impromptu Tactical Pen

The Gerber Impromptu tactical pen comes up in conversation again and again with those interested in self-defense and survivalism. Although it’s a little on the heavier side compared to others, it fits all the same in your pocket just like that Parker or Biro you use.

Unlike normal pens, it won’t let you down wherever you are and whatever the conditions are.

That’s partly thanks to its resilient and tough machined steel body and Cerakote coating. However, it’s also thanks to the fact it uses Rite in the Rain ink cartridges.

The retractable tip is nice because you don’t have the fuss of a cap. The real star of the show is the rather awesome tempered, machined-steel glass shattering tip. With the Impromptu tip, you can break a windshield or fend off an attacker easily.

What more can you ask for from a tactical pen?

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

7) Cold Steel Pocket Shark Marker and Defense Equipment

With Cold Steel and Pocket Shark in its name, we’re sure you’re foaming at the mouth hoping that it’s as cool as it sounds. No need to worry, it really is. Although on the surface it may look like any other permanent marker, looks can be deceiving.

The body is four times thicker than other markers and uses the company’s own high impact polymer, glass reinforced Grivory.

It’s designed with impact in mind, and yes, we do mean THAT kind of impact as well as the rough and tumble of everyday use. You can actually use it as an effective Yawara stick to give a warning blow to anyone that tries to step to you.

The cap will also stay put when you slip it on to the bottom to use the pen as a self-defense tool. This is something not all models possess. The weight behind these tactical pens on top of a rather sophisticated and inconspicuous design makes it a must-have.

Plus, it comes in at a relatively low price point, so how could you not consider it, right?

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

8) Uzi Tactical Pen

We feel if you’re going to have a tactical pen, make sure it’s got a catchy name. That is exactly what we get with the Uzi tactical pen. Impressive in name, but even more so in the model itself.

Uzi has been designing and making products for the Special Forces, Secret Services, and Army since 1950. They are known for their high velocity and high-powered firearms usually, however. They decided to get into the tactical pens market to develop some crazy cool products.

You will make people wish they never bothered to try anything with the carbide glass breaker tip alone. This feature to the pen is not just there for self-defense, obviously. It can also be used to escape from windows either in cars or buildings.

Essential to have on you at all times, you’ll wonder how you managed without it.

Oh, and when it comes to writing, it also does this very well. It’s compatible with both Fischer Space and standard refills to make this a great overall pen. These tactical pens look great and have a nice textured body for a superior grip, so how could you not love it?

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

9) Boker CID Cal.45 Titanium Tactical Pen

The Boker Plus CID Cal.45 has been designed by esteemed knifemaker Thomas Braunagel and Rainer Wenning. Apart from the tremendous Boker branding was the inclusion of a bayonet-style mechanism. This makes it easier and smoother to shift use between a tactical and writing implement.

Made with precision from CNC-machined titanium, this is not only a marvel to look at, it’s a marvel to hold.

Once bayonet slide has been used, there’s a space to rest your thumb on the pen head. Among other things, this gives you more strength and control when you are defending yourself. If you’re fed up with hearing *click click click click click* constantly, fear not as the bayonet eliminates that hideous noise.

The pen also benefits from the CID or clip-integrated design which makes it much easier to store in your pocket.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

10) Valtcan Defender Titanium Tactical Pen Jet Bullet Design

Despite its mid-price point, this is a beast of a tactical pen from Valtcan. It does well at hiding its array of different tools we know you’re going to love.

Valtcan is known for designing high-quality products, often with camping and outdoors as their theme. This Defender tactical pen with its jet bullet design is yet another example of their expertise. For actual use as a pen, it comes with two ballpoint refills and is compatible with the Cross 8518-4 and Lamy M21.

However, it’s the survival multi-tool and self-defense side that really rocks.

Not only do you get the glass breaker, but you also get a bottle opener, Allen key socket, slotted screwdriver, and emergency whistle. All in something just over 6-inches in length! The fact that it has a full titanium construction only sweetens the deal even more.

This is a must buy for those on a moderate budget.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

11) MIL-TAC TDP-1

Sometimes, the most sublimely simple things, when executed perfectly, are the most spectacular. That’s what we’d say about this rather awesome piece of craftsmanship, the TDP-1 from MIL-TAC.

Again, MIL-TAC is most well-known for making pens and other tools and implements for law enforcement and military organizations. This model is firmly made with the police in mind. Using aircraft grade aluminum, it has an awesome type 3 anodizing finish at an incredibly small and lightweight design.

When operating as a pen or stylus, this will never let you down, but it’s much more than this.

As a tactical weapon for self-defense, it will never let you down either. There’s a pointed end that can be used as a self-defense tool that is relatively robust. Meanwhile, the opposite end is blunt and when used properly, it could make for a very effective control device.

If you have to overpower an attacker, rather than continuing to strike them, you could use the blunt end to get them to submit. These tactical pens are probably one of the most deceptive looking items featured in this guide, but also one of the most efficient.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

12) Tuff Writer Operator Series Tactical Pen

When you want to find an unassuming yet tremendous line of tactical pens, you may have found it in this Operator Series Defense Pen from Tuff Writer.  If you look up these tactical pens on YouTube, you’ll see it being used to decimate through wood blocks of various thickness, as if they were pieces of paper.

It may look like just a pretty pen, but trust us, it’s really a lot more. Look at the sharp point to it. Can you imagine that being driven purposely with force at your arm or wrist? That’d hurt a hell of a lot than some regular pen, trust us on that.

Although it’s only 1.6oz in weight, its thickness helps to give it some serious bulk. Made from aircraft grade aluminum, it’s a pen that will be with you for the long haul. It won’t give up just after one tussle or one major writing session, that’s for sure.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

13) Benchmade Titanium Pen

Are all these black and gray pens giving you headaches? How about something with a bit of color instead? Take this Benchmade titanium tactical pen, for instance. Perhaps, you need more convincing that the pen could be physically and not just metaphorically mightier than the sword.

We feel that this Benchmade pen will do the trick.

It features an O-ring cap design that ensures that it snaps into place and keeps the ink from drying out. On the subject of the ink, this pen has been built to carry the awesome Fischer Space cartridge. This means it can function just about anywhere.

It might put you off that it’s over 3oz in weight. However, without that bit of bulk and that substantial feel in your hands, you may not feel ready to defend yourself. It doesn’t matter whether it’s in words or by action, so this is a necessary thing. The glass breaker tip is, as expected from an expert knife maker like Benchmade, very high quality.

We feel it would definitely take most assailants and opportunist thieves by surprise. The remainder of these tactical pens is just additional greatness for consumers.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

14) NiteCore NTP10 Titanium Pen

We’d never insist on or recommend a product just based on the name alone. That being said…  NiteCore is an awesome brand name. It just has a real gritty feel to it, although it does remind us of that incredibly annoying musical ‘genre’.

The NTP10 has a carved smooth body that has been formed from titanium alloy. This is associated with the clip that ensures it is incredibly tough, yet exceptionally lightweight. At under 1-ounce in weight, no-one could argue with just how light this actual pen is.

NiteCore has treated this pen as if it were a work of art.

This pen truly delivers on the business end of things. It has been designed to use Fischer Space pen cartridges. This makes you feel positive that it’ll continue working whether you’re hanging on the pull-up bars at the gym or in the back of a trunk.

While we assume you won’t be in the trunk, you could use this pen ideally to get out. That is how tough it is. There is a tip that has been formed with tungsten steel that’ll help you break glass windows even. It’ll also help you defend against or inflict a warning shot on an attacker. It could do some real damage too.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

15) Valvtev Tactical Pen

Most want a good pen that’ll allow them to sign checks, contracts, and get or give phone numbers out in style. However, they also want a good self-defense tool as well. These tactical pens by Valvtev are certainly going to fit what you truly want.

As a writing pen alone, this is a terrific design for the price.

Add to that the fact that it’s a three-in-one tool and you have a nice little bargain on your hands. Along with a pen capable of handling Park Quinkflow P900M and Space cartridges, this is also a glass breaker and non-lethal defense instrument.

Made with aircraft-grade aluminum, the Valvtev is a sturdy piece of engineering. For under $10, it benefits from being incredibly affordable. Especially when you consider how much these tactical pens offer you.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

16) 5.11 Double Duty Pen

To be completely fair to 5.11, although it does look pen-ish, we think this is the most weapon-y looking item in our guide. We don’t mean that like it’s a bad thing as It kinda has a cool lethal look to it. Although we do have to admit, the damage it would do to anyone would be minimal.

As a writing implement, it’s a good tool to have in your bag. However, it truly comes to life as a self-defense device.

The very classy matte finish is reason enough to apply that phrase ‘it’s always the quiet ones’. No-one would see it coming until well it had come. When it does, hopefully, you won’t have to perform the crane kick like Daniel-san in The Karate Kid. “Hopefully.”

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

17) Columbia River Knife & Tool Tao 2 Tactical Pen

Our final pen in this guide is the Columbia River Knife & Tool Tao 2 Tactical Pen. The CRKT Tao 2 may just look like a normal, stylish, but nothing special pen. However, it’s a pen that was designed and created by a Recon Marine, so you know that it’s not going to just be “normal.”

Plus, our guide wouldn’t be much of a guide to tactical pens by having just any old pen. It’s a fine writing implement that will give you many hours of use and can be refilled to your heart’s content. You can use it upside down, underwater, in boiling hot temperatures or the freezing cold of the harshest winter.

However, this pen is a winner once the overall pen use is done and we move toward its tactical side. Thanks to the O-ring, there’s no screw-top to deal with. You quickly remove it and then put the cap to the end with the sharp end pointing towards anyone looking to cause you problems.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Call that a Tactical Pen? This is a Tactical Pen!

If you’re getting ready to buy a new pen, yet you’re also concerned about your personal safety, you need one of the great tactical pens listed in this guide. Hopefully, you’ve got a better idea now of what’s out there and what you can get for your budget.

You know the things you need to consider when looking to buy a tactical pen and different kinds of features there are available out there.

Our advice, as it would be for most products, is to figure out what you really want from a tactical pen. Is the area you live really rife with muggings or have you recently had a bad experience and feel you need to ‘tool up’?

Or are you just looking to invest in a good quality pen that will write under several different conditions that’ll also provide you with protection when you face danger?

Once you work that out, the kind you’ll need will be easy to look for. Hopefully, you pick one of the 17 tactical pens on our list. Trust us when we say this is the best of the best, which is something we’ll always provide at Men’s Gear.

Top 17 Leather Portfolios For Men

T

hey say that the shoes maketh the man. That anything can be excused if only you look great enough. We at Men’s Gear disagree. You can be dressed to the nines and charm the pants off the whole room, but that won’t protect you from a misstep as critical as whipping out a wrinkled, plastic portfolio out of your bag. Truly dude, you need to consider leather portfolios for men.

It makes you seem as unprofessional as an intern on their first day in if you do not have one. This will not do.

Why some might ask, would a single accessory make such a difference? Allow us to explain. Just as a chain is as weak as its weakest link, so a man’s style is represented by the least stylish accessory on his person. Anyone can buy a nice jacket, but unless your socks and belt are up to snuff then everyone’s going to see through you.

Taking care of these little details, even down to the portfolios you carry, says more about you as a person than your words. If you want to put your money where your mouth is. Of course, it also helps to make a great impression at work, in a presentation, or at an interview.

Making sure you have a great portfolio is a must.

While you might think “how do I go about finding great portfolios?” We’ve gone ahead and done all the work for you! We’ve created a list of some of the best leather portfolio models a man could ask for. Seventeen, in fact!

No matter your style or budget, you can be sure we’ve tracked down one that works for you. But first, a few preliminary questions to get out of the way.

What are the best uses for leather portfolios for men?

Due to the numerous leather portfolios for men on the market, it might be hard to find the best one for you. You might be too busy to look into it, or possibly you have no idea about them. That can make a search very hard. We’re here to help, just thank us later.

Leather portfolios for men provide a solid impression. Simply relying on those Barnes & Noble plastic portfolios won’t cut it. Thet get dirty easy, plus, they break all the time. Why deal with that?

Imagine how it would look if all your important documents fell from your open hands because your regular portfolio was terrible. A minor disaster, right? With a quality leather portfolio, you don’t have to worry about looking bad like this.

To the contrary, you’ll be one of the most stylish men in the room. Who could say no?

The best leather portfolio models aren’t just about looking good, however. Obviously, they provide this, but they also make sure you’re organized. Are you the type to keep various amounts of pens in your pocket? Maybe you stuff different (and important!) notes in your briefcase, hoping to have them later.

You may even have a lot of business, security, and even birthday cards lying around. You need them all organized and accessible at just the right moment. Quality leather portfolios for men have space for everything. It’s not just a solution for your documents.

There are slots for everything from writing utensils to minor notes, even to spare change or tokens.

What more do you need?

You need to invest in yourself as a professional. That means a proper leather portfolio needs to be around. Why look like the intern when you’re worthy of management? Proper leather portfolios for men provide this appearance.

What is the average weight of a leather portfolio?

There are many questions out there about leather portfolios. What is the quality of the leather? What shape is it in? However, a common question revolves around the average weight. Is it easy carried or will it weigh you down?

As fans of leather portfolios for men ourselves, we can speak from experience that the average weight of a leather portfolio is quite light. The real weight it has comes from the contents inside of it.

In many cases, you can tell a person’s career by the appearance of their leather portfolio. Let’s look at a lawyer for instance. He is going to have heavy documents or different material he’ll use for research or processing depositions.

Meanwhile, an accountant will carry something more math-driven with gadgets that aide his work on top of documents he’ll use.

Should one stuff a portfolio until it’s uncomfortably heavy to carry around? Not technically. However, we would argue that filling it up is exactly why a portfolio exists! Imagine if you didn’t have a place to put all of your loose documents among other things.

Everything would just fall out of your bag every time you opened it!

Lord help you if you needed to fish something out like photos or documents for a presentation. Thus, making sure they’re all organized is key. Everything will be right there, ready for you when you’ll need it. It’ll weigh a little bit more, but you’ll always appear on task.

Not a bad sacrifice if you ask us.

You want to be the guy everyone looks to and admires for coming to work always prepared. You can be that guy, so why hold yourself back from the potential you have? The leather portfolios for men we highlighted will help you reach this.

What sizes do leather portfolios come in?

Zippered leather portfolios come down to the first example when it comes to weight. Their biggest question comes down to their comfort of carrying as well. Will you get your money’s worth or will it make your life easier? Usually yes to all the above.

Size itself is important nonetheless.

Size matters, sorry guys. The portfolio that you’ll want to buy will depend entirely on what you want to do with it. The plain leather business portfolio everyone thinks of first.

It’s unadorned, unassuming, and fits quite snugly around a stack of letter-size papers. This portfolio is for the type of person who doesn’t need a lot of other features. They look like hipsters asking why you need “all those bells and whistles.”

You know the guy, always avoiding shoes. Excuse us, “foot prisons.”

Leather portfolios for men can be used to extend your briefcase. Those types will be a little bigger and thicker, mostly due to storing a lot of extra stuff like entire notepads and even tablets. Meanwhile, for smaller things like pencils or cards, then you’ll need a smaller yet wider version.

Carrying by hand is great, however, if it is being used for a briefcase then you’ll need to find the one that best fits it. That means the size of this case needs to be able to handle the width and length of any portfolio. Think about what else you’ll put in there too.

They say that the world was built by measuring twice and cutting once. Measure before you buy and save yourself a lot of grief.

Then again, that’s why we’ve gone ahead and done all the footwork for you. Sit back, relax, and take a gander at all the best leather portfolios on the market today.

1) Aaron Leather Business Portfolio and Professional Organizer

You need a good portfolio to take to your next meeting. These leather portfolios for men by Aaron Leather is perfect. This model is made from genuine leather, offering a great exterior. Its faded leather appearance gives the impression of ruggedness and resolve.

No one is going to mess with the man carrying this portfolio!

While most other men’s leather portfolio models are content with just the basics, this model is one that goes the extra mile. There are tons of pockets for all the stray documents you might have. That includes loose sheets, photos, notepads, and much more.

Plus, it provides extra spaces for devices, pens, and everything else you’re going to need. Even if this isn’t the cheapest entry on this list, it pays to fork over the funds and supply yourself the best!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) Samsill Professional Padfolio

These tremendous entry-level leather portfolios for men come to you from Samsill. This is actually a faux-leather entry, but it looks and feels like genuine leather. It also has an accessible price that can fit any budget and need. For the up and coming businessman who doesn’t mind paying a little to get one of the best, this is perfect!

Like the best leather portfolio models, this padfolio has space for a refillable notepad. This is also a model that’s for the no-frills type. If you’re looking for a simple design that has space for papers without needing all the other bells and whistles, then this is the one for you.

It’s no-nonsense, just like you – and just like you, it’s going to make a good impression!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) Stylio Faux Leather Portfolio Folder

While leather portfolios for men are fantastic, you’ll notice that faux-leather is all the rage. In that, we come across this great faux-leather model from the Stylio brand. It’s a great entry-level model with a bit more functionality than others, especially the previous models.

Plus, it has a ton of extra space for loose papers.

No more fishing around in your bag for the right note. Everything has a place in these tremendous and stylish leather portfolios for men. Nothing is going to get lost when you need it most with this model. Be the man in charge at the meeting, not the one tripping over his stuff!

Stylio prides itself in offering accessible prices for professional items. and this is another example of just that. This is a model where style meets functionality. Even if it’s not the most expensive item on this list you won’t be feeling like a slouch toting this one around!

Sure, it’s not a real “leather” portfolio. However, the texture looks and feels like real leather and will give you the confidence of a pro. That is a hard thing to substitute.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

4) Saddleback Leather Co. Business Notepad Folder

Again we’re turning to one of the more professional, real-grade leather portfolio models on this list. Saddleback Leather Co. is a widely respected name in the business. This model is real leather, and has to be seen to be believed!

It offers a durable cover with precision stitching that laces each layer of full-grain leather together.

These leather portfolios for men were simply built to last! Of course, it says so right in the advertising. These crazy kids believe they are so great that they really boast long-lasting service, with a 100-year guarantee. No business puts their name down for any issue for 100 years of a product being in use.

Well, except for Saddleback.

They certainly put their money where their mouths are, that’s for sure. This leather notebook portfolio is also packed with space for extra odds and ends. No matter what you’re carrying around, it can find a home in this model.

It might not be the least expensive entry on this list, but when you get this kind of quality, people will think you put a lot into the buy.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

5) Gallaway Leather Padfolio

These leather portfolios for men come all the way from Australia. We’re happy to hear from them that no kangaroos were harmed in the making of this product. Jokes aside, this is another faux-leather model that you’d have a hard time figuring out wasn’t real.

No one at the office will either, as the look and feel of this padfolio will seem so genuine you’ll be shocked you’re not paying more!

You won’t be paying much for this model because it’s an entry-level model. Don’t let that turn you off from it. As it contains all the basics for organizing your business or student life that you’ll possibly need. It doesn’t have extra space because most are not looking for it.

Like the best leather portfolio models for rising businessmen, it’s not concerned with showing off. More so, it’s too bus showing what it has and what it can do for you.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

6) Nero Manetti Business Leather Portfolio

While the earlier leather portfolios for men on this list were on the far side of the expensive-accessible scale, this model reaches towards the middle ground. With real leather and a host of space for all the business essentials that you’ll need, this is the perfect leather business portfolio for rising stars.

It might not have the obvious class of one of the more expensive models on this list. However, you can’t compare the faux-leather of the cheaper models with the full leather of this version. It simply isn’t fair to compare in these contexts.

This model isn’t a zippered leather portfolio, but you won’t have to worry about anything falling out of place. Everything fits snugly and stays right where you put it! With the quality behind the Nero Manetti name, you won’t be getting enough of this portfolio!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

7) Wundermax Executive Padfolio

Another mid-range, real leather portfolio! This is a great model for up-and-coming businessmen who aren’t wanting to carry around tons of extra papers and such. These leather portfolios for men have the room for various essentials you’ll love to use.

It also encourages its owner to choose only the most important paperwork to carry with him. With you being a confident, powerful businessman, why would you want to carry around anything extra?

While in principle this model is unisex, this is a portfolio that communicates organization and seriousness to whoever is watching. An effortlessly suave carry, this portfolio is made with only the best in mind, man or woman. Stay efficient and on-task with this great entry!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

8) LUST Leather Business Portfolio

Another mid-range entry with full leather and special features, these leather portfolios for men from LUST are amazing. They surely live up to the name of the brand. This is a designer leather portfolio that looks great no matter where you’re carrying it.

This model has cleverly hidden handles that make it look like a briefcase. These handles allow you to carry this with ease no matter if you’re heading to the office, a presentation, or a sales pitch. You won’t get enough of the fantastic, leather feel this model has!

This is leather portfolio is surprisingly light for its size. It has more than enough space for whatever size document you’re wanting to store and it makes a statement when you carry it around. It might not fit into every bag or briefcase, but with the aforementioned handles, you don’t need another bag anyway!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

9) Maruse Executive Leather Portfolio

This is the kind of leather portfolios for men that really turn heads! Why wouldn’t it? It comes all the way from Italy, a country that has style written right down in its bones. This is a model that speaks of professionalism and executive power, which ends up being the quality you’ll be paying for.

Like a powerful executive, this model occupies itself with only the essentials. There aren’t spaces for every little note or pen under the sun. When you carry this portfolio, you’ll be thinking of the essentials.

Given its Italian heritage, this is a portfolio that would be just as well used as a leather art portfolio as much as for executive purposes.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

10) Rustic Town Supreme Business Portfolio

The best leather portfolios for men are the ones that show their quality. Perhaps not just at first glance, but every time they’re brought into a room people will slowly begin to notice. This entry from Rustic Town is exactly that. With an elegant, faded brown look, the leather shows power and confidence no matter where you are.

The exterior is oil rubbed and distressed, with high-quality stitching affirming product quality. This is a portfolio that’s long lasting!

One of the reasons professionals and businessmen look for leather portfolios is for their ability to make their lives just a bit easier. They are busy people, of course. While some models prefer a sleek, essentials-only approach, this is a portfolio that has room for everything.

From Macbooks to spare notes to business cards and pens, this is a portfolio that increases organization. It manages to do it all with a distinct sense of style!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

11) Forevermore Zipped Padfolio

While many of the models on this list are black, this model is a wonderful brown color, like most leather tends to be. These leather portfolios for men are a zipped model, and they happen to come in at an affordable price. Here we’re getting back into entry-level models, with a style that’s accessible to anyone regardless of their level in the business world.

With environmentally-friendly faux-leather, this portfolio has a great feel that would fool anyone!

This model comes with a three-ring binder as well as space for business cards, extra notes, devices, and pens. It is clearly a model that’s streamlined for the businessman’s real needs. The portfolio comes with a zippered close to make sure that everything stays in place, you won’t be losing or spilling anything ever again!

This is a leather portfolio that’s a great pick for anyone looking to up their game and stands in the business world with their head high and proud.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

12) Carmel Concept Professional Padfolio

These leather portfolios for men are yet another entry-level model, yet this version offers full PU leather. With a slim build and a zip closure, this professional padfolio fit alongside others yet stand out despite this. While never compromising on style, it’s a leather portfolio with an accessible price.

Plus, it has a lot of space for different odds and ends.

Need spots for your business cards? Check! Want to bring along your laptop or MacBook? Taken care of!

While some may prefer a brown leather portfolio, nothing competes with black for a professional look that’s both versatile and functional. The PU leather looks great alongside more full-grade leather and you’ll have nothing to be ashamed of standing next to your executive colleagues.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

13) AmazingStuffs Portfolio Case

These leather portfolios for men are entry-level, but tremendous in style and overall substance. AmazingStuffs happen to be the brand behind this model that is composed of PU leather. This is a more accessible material that helps keep the price low while not compromising on style or elegance.

It has space for a lot of different additional objects, offering so many pockets that you may not know what to do with them all! There’s also a three-ring binder that you’re free to detach if it’s not what you need.

You can use this as a leather art portfolio case or as a traditional executive padfolio. It’s versatile and fits in any context. It’s ready for the office or the meeting room and with all the ways you can use it, you won’t be needing another model!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

14) Samsill Vintage Portfolio

These leather portfolios for men by Samsill are yet another great entry-level model. Their version has everything that an up-and-coming businessman will need. It’s a synthetic leather portfolio that looks so good that people won’t even notice the leather isn’t exactly real.

No matter if you’re carrying it to the office or on your way home, it’ll catch everyone’s eye!

It’s a lightweight model that isn’t concerned with the non-essentials. There’s space enough for writing pads and a pen or two along with loose notes and business cards.

What else will a busy businessman need? These leather portfolios for men can be used as a resume portfolio or you can use it to carry your latest proposals to an executive meeting! It has the vintage look of a heavy book, giving the impression of a street-smart professional heading to high places.

Accessible and stylish, this is a model to keep!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

15) Khomo Universal Tablet Padfolio

Many of the leather portfolios for men on this list are geared towards traditional paper-and-pen toting. However, this entry from Khomo takes its cues from modern technology! What’s more professional than arriving at a meeting, then instead of whipping out a pen and notepad, you reveal a dynamic tablet?

You’ll then be able to take all your notes on it!

Unlike any other leather portfolio on this list, this is a smaller, compact padfolio that can slip with ease into briefcases of any size. It’s incredibly lightweight as well, allowing you to take it anywhere you need to look professional.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

16) The Leather Warehouse Padfolio

When you’re heading into an interview or an important sales pitch, you need to look as confident as you feel. Leather portfolios for men like this model is a great thing to take with you. With genuine leather used in the cover, you’ll be making quite the impression!

There’s a lot of space here for business cards, passports, and any other objects you may need. With the convenient flap-snap closing, you won’t have to worry about losing anything.

A number of the models on this list are either brown or black, but this model mixes both colors to great effect! That and this is an accessibly-priced model that’s great for students or rising businessmen. No matter where you are, whether you’re in a meeting or an interview, leather portfolios for men like this make a lasting impression.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

17) Bospa Padfolio

We’re closing this Men’s Gear list of the best leather portfolios for men on the market. It’s an entry-level model, with full-leather to make it incredible to look at. With this model, you don’t have to worry about compromising style for affordability. Its cover is sleek, thin, and perfect for any context.

These leather portfolios for men will fit in at your graduate class or during your next sales pitch. It might not be an executive leather portfolio, but it has all the features you need for regular business work.

This model offers a bunch of side pockets that can house everything you can think of, like notepads, spare notes, ebook readers or business cards. Overall, this model allows you to never be without everything you need at work. This leather portfolio has space for all you need and more.

Plus, you can rest assured with the one-year warranty provided by Bospa. Style, efficiency and affordability: what more does a man need?

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Grab one and go!

One of the most important things a man can do for himself at work is to make sure that he’s got his style down. Going in with a great pair of shoes or a fitted jacket only does so much to make an impression. Especially if you’re walking in there with a portfolio that’s falling apart.

Leather portfolios for men allow you to rid yourself of those flimsy plastic versions. You’ll never have to deal with any random breaks with your papers going everywhere. You’ll have the space you need without the need for compromise, and many can fit inside your already established briefcase for extra space.

Recycle the plastic and get what you, and every man really needs.

We at Men’s Gear wanted to make sure that finding the best leather portfolio for you was easy. With our comprehensive list above, you’ll be able to go through and find what it is you need. It doesn’t matter what matter about the size, quality of the leather, price, or the amount of extra stuff you need inside,

We’ve taken a look at everything and presented the information as clearly as possible for you.

The only thing left for you to do is to grab one, pay for it, and begin its use. Your success awaits you, and you should look as great as you’re feeling!

Top 27 MacBook Pro Sleeves (13-Inch And 15-Inch)

S

ince it was released, the MacBook Pro has been the choice of many students, employees, and business owners. It is particularly popular with those who want a high-powered machine with portability. However, when carrying it, you want to protect it as best as possible. That is why MacBook Pro Sleeves have become so dang popular.

The benefits of a MacBook Pro are various. It’s one of Apple’s flagship computer systems, after all!

All Apple does is make great products, however, they can be expensive items. If you own a MacBook Pro laptop, you should be concerned with how you’re going to carry it around and store it when it’s not in use.

Think about what you’re doing if you’re carrying it around without a sleeve. It’s like having a finely tailored suit you don’t take care of. What if you just shoved your suit in any old drawer or wardrobe without a care in the world? You’d just throw all that money you spent into the wind!

If that made you cringe or get angry at the carelessness you just read, take a breath. It was surely nightmarish, but it’s quite similar to the situation we mentioned. Thus, you really need to invest in the right kind of storage for your MacBook Pro.

The question you may have is, what type of sleeve should you invest in? Have no fear, the merry team from Men’s Gear are here to help you out.

In the following guide, we’re going to dissect the subject bit by bit. Before looking at a wide selection of the best MacBook Pro Sleeves available right now, we’ll also discuss why we feel you should choose one case over another. We’ll also go over other important considerations you need to make too.

What are the Main Benefits of a MacBook Pro Sleeve over a Case?

You may wonder why you should invest in a sleeve rather than a case. Although your case or bag may be good quality and handy for the rest of your things, there are many specific benefits you can get from using a sleeve. The thing about bags and other forms of transporting your MacBook Pro is that they might be useful, but they’re not 100% helpful.

Their concern is simply carrying most of the time. Since bags often are made for simply getting things from point A to point B, the device isn’t the #1 thing in mind. Keep in mind, several laptops can be carried in these bags. However, many models can be more robust than the MacBook Pro when it comes to how it’s made.

While these computers are amazing, no one will confuse them for being huge with the computer being able to take care of itself. This just isn’t what they do. Meanwhile, some Windows Laptops are actually made much better in this department.

However, they are also cheaper and easier to replace. Why take a risk even if it was a tough computer? It costs $2,000!!

That said, we wanted to go over why sleeves are more beneficial than just a carrying case you might get for a few bucks at a swap-meet.

Protection:

The most obvious benefit of choosing a sleeve is protection. Laptops, especially new generation MacBook Pros are extremely expensive and complex equipment. With that in mind, they need to be handled with caution and care, particularly if you want to get as long a life out of them as possible.

Laptop sleeves stop the lint that gathers at the bottom of your briefcases and bags coming into contact with your computer. As some have water-repellent surfaces and properties, they also provide your valuable device from damage that rainfall and spillages can cause.

Not all laptop bags are waterproof or even water-resistant. Nor do any of them stop particles from entering. Heck, most still have food in them somehow. You never ate around it, but it found its way in there. Concerned? You should be. These MacBook Pro sleeves stop both of the above problems.

Lightweight and Convenient:

While you may use a bag or briefcase most of the time, there are other times when you just want to pick up your laptop from one location and bring it to another. Bags and briefcases can be bulky and heavier than you may want to carry with you.

This is especially true if you’re just taking a trip to the local coffee house to work on that school project of yours.

It’s even great for taking to your office to work on that sales proposal. Overall, the MacBook Pro sleeves are made to be light and convenient to allow you the ease of just sliding the computer in it and going. Due to this, they can be really easy to carry and this can be very helpful.

Especially if you have other things you need to carry.

Slick and Stylish:

While good looks aren’t everything, but remember this not just now but later in life. A flashy Italian sports car deserves a contemporary and cutting-edge space to store it. Thus, it follows that a slick laptop like the MacBook Pro deserves a nice and useful sleeve to slip into.

Most of these sleeves come in great looks and designs. This means no matter what, people won’t look at you weirdly for having one. This is obviously great, but if you look good along with it…that is just added aide provided.

The Amount of Bulk MacBook Pro Sleeves Should Add:

While it definitely will depend on the model you buy, as no two MacBook Pro sleeves are completely alike, they won’t add too much bulk. Sleeves, as you’d imagine, are designed to be as compact and slim as possible so that they don’t make it harder to carry around your laptop.

It would hardly be advantageous to have a sleeve that, rather than making it easier, actually made carrying a laptop around harder. To help avoid the bulkier options out there, we made sure to continue discussing things. Check out our next few questions on that.

One thing to keep in mind is to consider what you’ll want to carry. Naturally, heavier items will make the sleeve heavier too. That isn’t too complicated to understand, of course. However, some people need a map drawn for them with this stuff.

What are the Main Things to Consider when Buying a MacBook Pro Sleeve?

Given the variety of MacBook Pro sleeves out there right now, it’s worth understanding some important factors you need to consider when buying one. Before you buy any item, you need to think about why you need it as well as what you’ll use it for.

While we likely say this about every item we discuss at Men’s Gear, it’s quite important as some simply don’t do it.

That said, we want to give you proper protection like MacBook Pro sleeves gives these amazing laptops. That is why we wanted to go over some things you need to be considering if you’re looking for a sleeve. Let’s get started.

Size:

Perhaps the most important of these factors is the sleeve size. The sleeve should fit around your Apple laptop snugly, to protect it effectively. There are two different sizes of the MacBook Pro, so you need to ensure you pick the right sleeve for your laptop.

In our guide, we feature a selection of sleeves for both.

Of course, these sizes are dictated on the type of laptop you have. That falls under the screen size, which obviously adds to the length and even weight of the product. The 13-inch and 15-inch laptop will be what these sleeves are made for.

Make sure you look at the specs completely to get the right sleeve for your MacBook Pro.

Material:

MacBook Pro sleeves are made from a wide variety of different materials, as you’re likely all aware. For those unaware, the materials used are leather, canvas, nylon, and Neoprene. To help choose between these seemingly excellent materials, it’s best you look at your own lifestyle and usage.

You can then properly consider some of the pros and cons of each material. To further help you there, we highlighted each below with some crucial pros an cons for each version.

-Nylon:

  • Pros – Various design options, water-resistant, lightweight.
  • Cons – Not as much protection as a material like Neoprene.

-Neoprene:

  • Pros – Inexpensive, padded, durable lightweight, shock resistant, water, and weatherproof.
  • Cons – Does not offer much additional space for accessories.

-Canvas:

  • Pros – Usually have numerous straps and pockets, durable and eco-friendly.
  • Cons – Stains easily, heavier than other materials, lacks waterproofing, and if wet takes a long time to dry.

-Leather:

  • Pros – Durable, stylish, often features many pockets and compartments.
  • Cons – Expensive, heavier than other materials, requires an additional layer of padding to offer effective protection, not stretchy.
Style:

The style of MacBook Pro sleeve perfect for you will always be very subjective. If you’re a hip young trendsetter, you may prefer a more colorful and trendier looking sleeve. Whereas if you’re a business professional who works in the city and has to show you take oh-so-seriously, you’ll want a slicker and more conservative sleeve.

There is something for everyone truly. In our guide below, you’ll see options of all kinds. This will allow you to decide the version you like best, as well as even the material you’d prefer.

Features:

While many are nothing much more than sleeves, some products offer special features that you’ll want to consider. For instance, some come with handles that are perfect for providing extra protection if you intend on carrying your laptop by hand.

If you’re looking for a way to keep everything in one place, you’ll be interested in a sleeve with pockets and compartments. There’s also a variety of different closure systems, such as Velcro, zippers, buttons, and snaps. All of these features offer their own certain thing for your sleeve, even down to the buttons and snaps.

Obviously, the type you prefer will be based on your own personal preferences. Thus, if you like zippers more than Velcro or leather over Nylon, you can make that choice. Then pick the item that fits this for you the best.

1) Incase Designs Slim Sleeve for MacBook Pro Retina

Up first is the Incase Designs sleeve that’s suitable for both the MacBook Pro 13″ and the MacBook Pro Retina 13″. Although it ultimately has a fairly simple design, it’s still a classy number. It’s constructed from durable 300D heathered weave Ecoya.

The Heather Black coloring and textured look of the material help to provide a sophisticated and classy vessel for carrying the already slick and contemporary-looking MacBook Pro. All in all, this is an affordable price and attractive sleeve that’ll keep your prized possession in good condition for a long time.

If you’re looking for a handy and simple sleeve that won’t break the bank too much, this might be it. MacBook Pro sleeves like this are somewhat simple, but yet the extra protection it provides as such a great price cannot be overlooked.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) Inateck 13-14.4″ MacBook Pro Retina Sleeve

Next up is the Inateck 13-inch MacBook Pro sleeve that’s made from water-resistant material canvas. One of the most innovative things about this is that it helps to protect your important computer from shocks and bumps. The outer layer is aided in this respect by the soft blanket of fleece with a foam padding underneath.

Your MacBook Pro can sit against this safely and securely to be protected in a major way.

It’s has a long zipper closure that provides easy access to your laptop. When you need to take it out and use it, you want something that makes it incredibly easy to do so. These MacBook Pro sleeves do just that. It’s relatively lightweight and slim in design, meaning it won’t bulk out your MacBook Pro too much.

It also won’t take up too much room in your luggage, backpack, or briefcase

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) Booq Mamba Sleeve for 15″ MacBook Pro w/ Touchbar

If you have the slightly bigger MacBook Pro with a 15-inch screen and touch-bar, you should give this awesome sleeve from Booq a consideration. The Booq Mamba is made from completely natural fibers, with a soft plush lining to help protect your MacBook from whatever life throws at it.

The amount of abuse, whether deliberate or accidental, that you put it through can be rough. You want a way to protect it from this, so MacBook Pro sleeves like this will do just that.

You’ll want to ensure there are no mishaps when you are getting on and off public transport. That said, it’s reassuring to know that it utilizes genuine and very robust YKK zippers. A must-have for the business professional in you that craves those slick lines with cool black exterior.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

4) Lacdo 360-Degrees Protective Laptop Sleeve

Looking for something with handles to keep a safer grip on your 13-inch MacBook Pro? This Lacdo 360-Degrees Protective laptop sleeve could be the ideal choice. What do we love about this sleeve? For one thing, it’s been constructed using weatherproof canvas.

This stops any vapor and water that could play havoc with your device.

It’s not a problem when you only have this to carry and get caught in a sharp rainstorm or live in an especially rainy area. The soft, 360-degrees shockproof lining protects you and the computer against static electricity as well. It also absorbs any impacts and reduces the effects of any accidental scratch and bump.

We also love the additional space this sleeve provides to keep power bank, chargers, cables, smartphone, and pens. All are kept in place with a smooth-gliding zipper. The mostly black exterior is given a splash of color in the form of the small strip of blue stitching.

Incidentally, this sort of matches the color of the interior.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

5) LENTION Split Leather Sleeve Case for MacBook Pro 13-inch

The first leather MacBook Pro Sleeve suitable for 13-inch laptops is this LENTION case. Split leather, for those who don’t know, is created from the hide’s fibrous part after the top-grain rawhide has been removed. It’s often referred to as second-grain leather.

This is the type of leather used on these MacBook Pro sleeves.

Favored for its durability and appearance, everyone seems to be a fan of this model. We cannot say we blame them for this. The sleeve’s stitching is made all the more precise and perfect by the use of a process called edge painting. This ensures the sides have a slimmer profile.

With its cool flap, secured by two magnetic snaps, this is a perfectly convenient way to carry and store your MacBook Pro. Unlike the harsh and rugged leather on the exterior, the interior has a soft velvet-like lining. This provides protective bedding for your laptop from all those daily accidental bumps, knocks, and scratches that occur.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

6) Kinmac Wine Red Canvas Vertical Style Water-Resistant Sleeve

If the lack of color has you a little depressed, you’ll love this Kinmac Wine Red Canvas Vertical-Style Water Resistant Sleeve. Compatible with the 13-inch MacBook Pro, it has an incredible 6cm thick luxury material on the inside that keeps your laptop from getting damaged from shocks and bumps.

Meanwhile, the same material on the outside provides a waterproof canvas material.

Kinmac has literally flipped the traditional laptop sleeve design with this model. Rather than being horizontally based, it has an intriguing vertical-style arrangement.

It’s more than just a cool tribute to your favorite wine. On the inside, it has a big pocket with a zipper that can hold anything from a tablet and smartphone to a power bank and even a mouse. We especially love the way the zipper only runs around one end of these MacBook Pro sleeves.

It transforms this into a cool pocket-style carry pouch for your laptop.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

7) BELFORD Handmade Top-Grain Leather and Felt Padded Sleeve

This high-quality and stunning top-grain Italian leather item from BELFORD offers a top-notch sleeve. Sourced from only the best tanneries in Italy, the company’s sleeves have a reputation for their quality. This sleeve is handcrafted by their expert leathersmiths.

These people are from a family that has produced three generations of extensive experience in tooling and hard-carving leather. Constructed with precision, it’s designed to hold your MacBook snugly while keeping it looking great.

This is another top load entry point sleeve, with the zipper only running around one half of the case. Soft suede and EVA foaming are used on the interior to provide shock absorption. This also provides protection for your laptop against spills, scratches, dents, and bumps.

The brown and the gray work well against each other to create stylish MacBook Pro sleeves you’ll be glad you spent just under $50 on.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

8) Targus A7 13-inch Sleeve with Ariaprene for MacBook Pro

From Targus comes the A7 13-inch sleeve made from Ariaprene and compatible with, shockingly, the MacBook Pro 13-inch laptop. Ariaprene is a high-quality synthetic material similar to rubber. It’s very flexible and when utilized in this sleeve, provides a high standard of protection for your computer.

A very plain, but classy exterior hides a complex and incredibly effective, fully copyrighted Tri-Cell Cushion System. What’s the deal with the Tri-Cell cushioning? It is a combination of mesh material that provides ventilation with foam padding.

This protects your laptop from accidental drops, which is perfect for that clumsy friend or family member. What would you expect from a company that’s been at the forefront of providing mobile-centered products since 1983?

Water resistant and durable, this is everything you’d want from a simple, but effective sleeve for your MacBook Pro. For the eco-conscious, Ariaprene is a great choice for material as it degrades over the course of time.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

9) Lavievert Handmade Felt Leather 13″ MacBook Pro Sleeve

As awesome as the Ariaprene is, this leather option from Lavievert is a beautiful work of genius. Sleek and incredibly lightweight, the robust but soft felt provides adequate protection against all dings, dongs, donks, bangs, and scratches.

The top-quality leather flap and magnetic button keep your MacBook Pro in place. The leather corners at either side of the base help to reinforce the design. Meanwhile, the gray color help to give it some added style and substance to these MacBook Pro sleeves.

Similar to the Ariaprene model, this sleeve from Lavievert is very eco-friendly, so your conscience doesn’t need to feel challenged. Although the model in the image is designed for the 13-inch MacBook Pro, this type of model comes in other options available for slightly more cents.

We stress “slightly more,” because it’s only around $30 more if that.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

10) tomtoc 360-Degree Protective 13″ MacBook Pro Sleeve

Available in a wide array of colors, the tomtoc 360-degree protective 13″ MacBook Pro Sleeve looks great. It also includes the patented Original CornerArmor design technology that keeps the bottom of the sleeve safe. In essence, this helps to keep your laptop safe from any bumps and drops as well.

Makers tomtoc claim it’s as effective as the airbag in your car. It features the same style of 360-degree padding around your device, with thick internal cushioning that assists with shock absorption. There’s also padding around the zipper to stop those little knocks and scratches from occurring.

This is the perfect size for a backpack or messenger bag, but it could easily be carried by hand. There’s also a place to store additional gear and equipment. Think stuff like those pens, chargers, and your smartphone. Of course, it should fit most things one would put in a frontal pocket.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

11) AmazonBasics 13-inch Felt Laptop Sleeve

This is another low-priced MacBook Pro Sleeve, direct from AmazonBasics. A trendy felt model, this is ideal for your 13-inch computer. Over the last few years, AmazonBasics has really set a high standard for producing reliable and effective items.

The felt laptop sleeve features a selection of different compartments. In the main section, you can slip the computer into a very small pocket for 8-inch tablets or other accessories, plus two pockets to the back. The soft and luxurious suede interior is anything but a basic product.

There’s an easy to use Velcro closure system that ensures your laptop is both easy to access and also incredibly secure.

Considering the low price, you’ll be surprised to learn there’s no plastic or even any metal used in these MacBook Pro sleeves. That said, there’s never a worry that you’ll wreck your laptop.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

12) Kasper Maison Italian Leather Laptop Sleeve

This Kasper Maison Italian leather laptop sleeve has beautiful material that will make anyone fall in love with it. The design takes inspiration from Swedish geometric shapes and minimalism. The price is quite a hike from the rest on our list, but trust us, it’s worth it.

It provides sophisticated protection for all of your devices and thanks to the awesome inclusion of a charging station, you can even charge your MacBook Pro while it remains in the sleeve. There’s so much going on with it, we don’t really know what to say.

For the businessman, there’s a card slot you can use to keep your business cards when you need to network at the local coffee house or drinking hole. It can even be useful for times when you just need to give that cute girl your number. No need to be shy about it.

To the back of these MacBook Pro sleeves, you’ll also find there’s a handy pocket for a notebook, papers, or smaller accessories. It’s made for the 13-inch style MacBook Pro, and we could not love it more.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

13) Incase Icon Sleeve for MacBook

The Incase brand is back, this time with the neoprene Icon sleeve for MacBook. This is a very simple, yet sleek and cool-looking design. Faux fur features in the interior to help provide some protection for your laptop from damage that could be caused by accidental drops and bumps.

It has a really nice streamlined profile that provides durability.

The interior walls, further to the faux fur inclusion, are lined to give extra support and the magnetic closure. This offers a quick and easy way to ensure your device is secure, but also easily accessible when needed.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

14) Picaso Lab Classic Sleeve for MacBook Pro

When you’re voted as one of GQ Top 100 Best Things in the World in 2018 and it’s pretty obvious you know how awesome you are. This item is tremendous to look at, and despite its high-quality and award-winning stature, it’s only around $70 (though prices vary depending on size and where you buy).

What’s more, you can have it personalized with a selection of fonts, etched directly into the leather. Choose a full name, a nickname, the initials, or a short message.

Each and every Classic Sleeve is handcrafted by Alex at Picaso Lab and it uses genuine Nappa leather. As if the GQ kudos wasn’t enough, Gizmodo named it their ‘best ever laptop sleeve.’ Even one of the founders of the Apple corporation, Steve Wozniak also commented positively on it.

There is not much more we can add that others didn’t already say about these MacBook Pro sleeves. We’d just advise you to look into buying the item as soon as possible. You never know how many will be remaining.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

15) MUJJO Sleeve for 15″ MacBook Pro

The MUJJO sleeve for the 15″ MacBook Pro is a really stunning combination of fine felt and vegetable-tanned leather. In keeping with the Apple ‘less is more’ styling of their products, MUJJO has followed suit.

That means that these MacBook Pro sleeves will not be one that demands you look at it, it’s one that’s just cool. It really doesn’t care whether you notice that or not.

It ensures that from the moment you lift the flap and slip your MacBook inside it, it won’t touch anything toxic or likely to damage it. It’ll sit comfortably in reliable and durable felt.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

16) Comfyable Laptop Sleeve for MacBook Pro 15-inch

The Comfyable Laptop Sleeve for MacBook Pro 15-inch has been specially designed for one of the flagship Apple laptop models. It does this by using a combination of soft fleece in the lining and inner cover, along with padding consisting of EPE foam on the interior to help cushion your device.

Unlike some of the items above this provides waterproofing. That means if you live in an area like Seattle or just have to navigate through a downpour and only have your laptop sleeve as protection for your MacBook, it’ll remain safe.

Also, in a similar vein to Apple themselves, Comfyable have taken their inspiration by ensuring that their sleeves are very minimalist. Clearly, MacBook Pro sleeves made with the same vision as Apple can never a bad thing.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

17) MOSISO Polyester Vertical-Style Water Repellant Laptop Sleeve

The MOSISO Vertical-Style Laptop Sleeve is tremendous for all it is capable of doing. These MacBook Pro sleeves are suitable for the 13″ MacBook Pro and offer a classy and modern sophistication to things. The sleeves are constructed from premium-grade yet eco-friendly polyester.

That makes it look good yet also offer a tough sleeve, capable of a lot. Despite its lightweight build, it’s more than capable of protecting your laptop from a multitude of haphazard situations and silly mistakes.

It’s also water-resilient but works in a water repellant fashion. Rather than absorbing the water, it forms droplets on the surface that can be easily brushed off. All in all, if you’re on the search for an uncomplicated, but good-looking and sturdy sleeve – don’t pass on this model.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

18) tomtoc 360-Degrees Protective Laptop Sleeve

The tomtoc 360-degrees model is back again. Of course, this is a different model only made for the 13-inch MacBook Pro laptop. This model has CornerArmor technology that protects the sleeve and its precious cargo from those accidental slips, bumps, trips, slides, and bashes.

Similar to the previous tomtoc model highlighted is the 360-degree protective fluff on the inside, especially around the zipper. This type of protection is surely something most would hate to pass up. The tomtoc brand has proven itself for a while now, so it makes sense to believe in their MacBook Pro sleeves. Especially this model.

With the handy handle, this is incredibly practical, yet stylish and cool. This also makes it extremely easy to carry around outside of a backpack, briefcase, or whatever else you might have put it in.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

19) LAPOND 13-inch Leather Laptop Sleeve for MacBook Pro Retina

Made from premium quality leather, this sleeve from LAPOND is a nice money-saving item with great features. This ultimately goes on to offer a complete package for those in need of any MacBook Pro sleeves. Not only do you get for a relatively cheap price, an impeccably smart laptop sleeve that’s durable and lightweight.

However, you also get a number of extras.

This item offers a mouse and charger case as well as a cable wire wrapper, which is pretty cool alone. Meanwhile, all items involved here are designed to help you stay organized and keep everything neat in your bag or car. We think this is a great starter pack for anyone looking to quickly protect their precious MacBook Pro.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

20) Lacdo 360-Degree Protective Laptop Sleeve

Lacdo is back yet again, this time with another 360-degree-style sleeve that provides padding on the interior for padding to protect the MacBook Pro. The front, back, and sides are protected from shocks, knocks, and anything else you might run up against.

Ultimately, this provides excellent and overall protective MacBook Pro sleeves. That said, there’s not much bad to say about these sleeves at all really. We’re not even done talking about it yet.

These sleeves are constructed from fine canvas, which offers a rugged and durable sleeve that also happens to be lightweight and waterproof. That makes it a must-have if you ask us.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

21) MOSISO Canvas Fabric Laptop Sleeve

It’s true we’ve featured a MacBook Pro compatible sleeve from MOSISO already, however, this model is striking and impressive to look at. That said, we just had to list it here even though much of it’s the same as previous sleeves. It’s made from waterproof canvas and has a polyester and fleece fabric interior.

This is backed by a foam padding that helps to protect your laptop from damage. This can come from issues you might deal with in transport. Imagine if you accidentally drop that expensive MacBook Pro! You thought iPhone screens breaking was your only problem in life.

This would be a literal hell! Yet these MacBook Pro sleeves can protect even if you did drop it.

The top-loading zippered entry point enables it to slide safely and effortlessly into place. It has been designed with the MacBook Pro 13-inch in mind, meaning it’s mostly made for that model of laptop. However, the thing that stands out about this is the breathtaking marble print.

That is a style we cannot overlook.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

22) tomtoc New MacBook Pro for Touchbar 15″ Sleeve

This model from the great brand of tomtoc has designed a sleeve with the slightly bigger MacBook Pro 15″ in mind. The synthetic leather used in this sleeve is of high-quality, as is the cotton it uses. This gives a very modern yet classic style.

However, this is only part of what it brings to the table. How does it protect your MacBook Pro?

It has a very soft interior padding that will protect your computer from those moments you wished you could do over. These MacBook Pro sleeves are made with a flap design top for easy access.  However, this sleeve also includes and a matching additional pouch for smaller items like cables, earphones, adaptor, or even a mouse.

This produces an overall impressive buy for a great price.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

23) Case Logic 13″ MacBook Pro Sleeve + Pocket

Case Logic is responsible for this simple, but effective 13″ MacBook Pro sleeve and the handy pocket that comes with it. This is the perfect storage and carrying option for your fancy MacBook Pro computer and iPad. After all, Apple products deserve to be carried together.

It features soft but durable material on the exterior with dual-density padded foam cushioning on the interior to hold your computer and device in place. This will help to prevent them from suffering damage caused by bumps, scrapes, shocks, and knocks.

It’s incredibly lightweight, which is a key thing or MacBook Pro sleeves if you ask us. This won’t add too much bulk to your bag or feel too heavy to carry from one location to another.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

24) UPPERCASE SlimSleeve Premium Vegan Leather Sleeve

This Vegan leather sleeve screams sophistication. It offers a very ethical twist compared to other models on this list due, in fact, to that very same Vegan leather.

While these MacBook Pro sleeves are undeniably simple in design, they’re also practical. The one major extra feature is a charging port, so you don’t even have to remove it from the safety of the sleeve to charge your 13″ MacBook Pro.

It’s handmade and it shows with a touch of class in the stitching. Although it’s simplistic, we think it’s simply beautiful to look at. Being beautiful but also great at keeping your MacBook Pro safe is a great thing if you ask us.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

25) tomtoc Slim 13″ Laptop Sleeve Case

The tomtoc brand keeps proving time and time again that they know how to make well-thought-out, practical, and stylish laptop sleeves. These MacBook Pro sleeves are certainly cost-effective, yet they’re also classy storage options for high spec and high-performance computers like these.

This particular sleeve is no different.

We love the contrast of the PU leather against the felt, the flap over top, and the slimline profile. It’s rather deceptively small and slim, however. In fact, there’s still room for storage of a Kindle, smartphone, and even tablet.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

26) Inateck 13″ MacBook Pro Sleeve

This Inateck product is certainly impressive to look at, in our opinion. These MacBook Pro sleeves are an elegant option that features a handle for easy carrying. This sleeve is made from premium quality neoprene on the exterior and top-notch polyester on the interior.

It’s waterproof, so you’ll never fear surviving freak showers that only seem to occur as soon as you step outside. Then you’ll get inside only to find your laptop has ceased to function because it’s been waterlogged. No one wants that, and the waterproof nature provided prevents it completely.

With a total of five different layers, your laptop will also be incredibly safe from bumps and scratches.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

27) Case Logic 15″ MacBook Neoprene Sleeve

This Case Logic 15″ MacBook sleeve is definitely a contender for the best sleeve on our guide. These MacBook Pro sleeves are slick, smart, and made from high-quality neoprene that provides a sturdy exterior.

Case Logic claim to be obsessed with organization and this sleeve is a masterful example of this obsession. There’s a  pocket for the power adaptor, which is something all good MacBook Pro sleeves really need if you’re getting our opinion on the matter.

On top of this is an included and fully dedicated yet easy to access pocket for a USB drive.

Everything has been given proper consideration and nothing left to chance with these MacBook Pro sleeves. How could we not love them? Actually, how could you not love them?

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Slip Your MacBook Pro In and Go

At the most basic level, MacBook Pro sleeves are not complicated things. People want a lot from them, but it’s not tough to live up to. They should want a great deal of protection for a laptop that cost them thousands of dollars to purchase, right?

To get the best, you want something that can provide safe storage for you to carry it in. There’s an overwhelming abundance of choice that makes it harder to pick one, which we completely understand.

This guide addresses that very thing and will likely make it a little easier for you. In this guide, we offer you a fair and honest summary of what we feel are the best of a huge bunch. Catering to the differing tastes of our Men’s Gear readers was always going to be a tough thing, yet it was a priority for us. We think we did great there.

You’ll also notice that as there are two different sizes of the MacBook Pro, which is why we added both types of sleeves in our guide. Some models are even available for both sizes. You have more than you need to help you pick out the best sleeve for your computer.

Say goodbye to bumped, scratched laptops and say hello to slick, professional looking laptops.

The 30 Best Wireless Keyboards

I

f your desk is slowly becoming a mountain of devices, screens, files, donuts, pens, and other obstacles, it may be time you got yourself a wireless keyboard. Instead of digging your way through the mess trying to find that paperclip, you could save desk space and tidy things up with a wireless keyboard. Wireless keyboards don’t just get rid of wires and trip hazards, they also consolidate devices.

A wireless keyboard can be paired with many different devices. They’re a true convenience item which will certainly make work and play seamlessly. We at Men’s Gear have been taking a good and hard look at these portable products and narrowed down our favorites to a top 30 – we actually shook our head at some, we promise!

To help you find the best wireless keyboard for your needs then check out our list below, but before we get into that, let’s give you a bit of a crash course on these products…

What Are The Main Benefits Of Wireless Keyboards?

Wireless keyboards have a lot of useful benefits to the right people. Some wireless keyboards have a multi-device capability. They can connect to more than one device at the same time, even if those devices are from different manufacturers.

This is especially true for those that connect with Bluetooth.

This makes switching between chatting on Facebook, taking a Skype call, and browsing Men’s Gear even easier. If you have your own home office and multiple screens on the go, then you’ll save a lot of desk space!

They also have the ability to transform your devices.

Instead of taking your bulky laptop with you on a business trip, just bring your tablet, smartphone, and one of these keyboards. You’ll have the same capabilities at a fraction of the cabin-bag space.

Most wireless keyboards are exceptionally portable too. They’re light, compact, and it’s not uncommon for them to fold up and fit in your pocket. One of the models we’ll show you below actually rolls up like a piece of sushi!

What Is The Average Range Of A Wireless Keyboard?

The range of a wireless keyboard can vary depending on the manufacturer. Most of the best wireless keyboards will have a range of around nine or ten meters. This is more than enough for most people’s needs. It’ll certainly let you float around the room during boardroom meetings or just let you control the TV without leaving the sofa.

One wireless keyboard below can even excel the standard ten meters by a couple more!

Overall, the range is more so measured with a clear need for a device to be present. If you take your phone with you and the keyboard can connect to it, then you’re good to go anywhere. The same for a tablet or another random mobile device.

The real issue truly is that most keyboards won’t leave the home or be separated from a device by much.

The major use for wireless keyboards tends to be Smart TVs or gaming. Considering the range won’t be too far with these needs, you should be good to go with any keyboard we list below.

What Products Are Compatible With Wireless Keyboards?

When it comes to compatibility, wireless keyboards can become a bit of a mixed bag. This tends to be where you need to do most of your research. No matter how awesome a wireless keyboard it is, if it doesn’t pair up with your devices, it’s as useful as a chocolate keyboard.

However, it’s far less tasty.

Most of these products can pair with smartphones, tablets, and laptops. However, it’s the manufacturers of these devices that will be of some concern. You need to make sure your chosen wireless keyboard will pair with the Apple Mac, the Galaxy phone, or the Windows PC you own.

You need to make sure your wireless keyboard will pair up to your device and its current software. Some keyboards will require a specific operating system, software level, or upgrade before becoming compatible.

Look for these three things in this order:

First, is the wireless keyboard compatible with *insert device type*? For example, is the wireless keyboard compatible with smartphones?

Second, is it compatible with *insert manufacturer* devices?

Finally, is the wireless keyboard compatible with *insert manufacturer* devices with *insert software*?

If these three questions match your needs then the wireless keyboard could be perfect for you. Fortunately, most manufacturers make their keyboards to cater for most people – why wouldn’t they?

1) Logitech K400 Plus Wireless Touch TV Keyboard

Logitech has been making several different types of computer accessories and technology for a long time. Wireless keyboards are just another among them. This model may not be flashy, but it has a lot of fans behind it online. Their wireless keyboard has been designed for your computer when connected to your TV.

It has a ten-meter range and a familiar layout you’ll mostly recognize from the office.

You can navigate the on-screen cursor with the touchpad or type to your friends on Facebook from the sofa. These wireless keyboards will last one-and-a-half-years before needing a recharge too. Due to being what they are, Logitech, they’re only compatible with most Windows, Android, and Chrome devices.

Sadly, they cannot connect to Apple devices.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) Matias Wireless Aluminum Keyboard

This QWERTY wireless keyboard comes available in four awesome colors, including space gray, silver, gold and rose gold. Unlike others on this list, you can actually pair these wireless keyboards up with the Apple devices. Both Macs and iPads will work.

However, they didn’t stop with Apple. They also made it for Windows devices and Android gadgets without trouble by simply using their Bluetooth feature. It has a one-year battery life, we’re serious, Clark…a year. It does come with its own charger, so this is actually a rechargeable long-lasting battery.

Impressed? We know we are.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) Logitech Living-Room Keyboard K410

Logitech is back again, showing off another wireless keyboard that’s thought about including your TV. You can navigate between both to create a convenient home-cinema setup. This is very convenient for people who truly need a product to do such.

These wireless keyboards have a built-in touchpad to maneuver around Netflix as you continue to be indecisive about what to watch and you can flick back to your laptop at any time. It has an exceptional 10-meter range and connects via a receiver.

Note, this product will only pair up with Windows devices.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

4) Lofree Wireless Mechanical Keyboard

Now, these are some really cool wireless keyboards! As you can see, it screams vintage. Well, not scream but more like a clicking sound that’s reminiscent of a typewriter. After all, that’s what it’s modeled after. It might look old, but it has USB and Bluetooth connectivity to pair to Mac, Windows, or Android devices.

You can even connect to all three at once and flick between them. This is great if you’re running a business and have multiple screens but want to save on desk space. If you do some overtime into the evening, you’ll also be aided by three different backlight settings

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

5) iClever Bluetooth Keyboard

Definitely one of the most modern and sleek wireless keyboards on the market is this iClever Bluetooth Keyboard. It’s perfect for travel and suitable for those business trips. It’s exceptionally lightweight and can even be folded into a pocket.

Yes, it can actually fold up!

The aircraft-grade premium aluminum folds in three ways to become one of the most compact and best wireless keyboards on the market. Due to being Bluetooth, it’ll pair up with all the big device manufacturers too!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

6) LEXKING Sirius-III Folding Bluetooth Keyboard

LEXKING brings us another compact and foldable model that will work from the boardroom to the runway. It folds straight down the middle to let you take it across town or across the globe. You can wire these wireless keyboards up to your devices or use its Bluetooth to connect to a whopping four devices!

It’ll connect to most laptops, tablet, smartphones, and computers – but it won’t connect to Android gear. Sorry, Android.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

7) Desk Sushi Wireless Keyboard

These wireless keyboards are in a class of their own when you consider all that it offers. When buying this product, you also get an attached Bluetooth speaker and a microphone. This allows you to make Skype calls from distances without having to put the speaker on.

Speaking of the speakers, they’ll last around eight hours or so. This means there’s no reason you can’t get through at least a full season of Friends.

It’s also exceptionally portable as you just roll it – hang on did we were about to say roll it up? We were! Hence the name, this wireless keyboard rolls up and is even easier to carry. Roll it up and head to class!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

8) OMOTON Ultra-Slim Bluetooth Keyboard

Now we turn to these QWERTY Bluetooth wireless keyboards by OMOTON. It will connect to your laptop, smartphone, and tablet from an impressive distance of ten meters. This will make meetings much more convenient and help you to multitask – yes even us men!

Other impressive features include an automatic sleeping mode after idle use and six-month battery life. It even comes with a terrific one-year warranty.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

9) Logitech Wireless Solar Keyboard

We don’t feature many refurbished products on our Men’s Gear buyer guides, but this refurbished wireless keyboard is worth all the hype. The refurbishment process includes a lot of testing to make sure you’re still buying quality and it comes with a 90-day warranty.

It doesn’t pair to devices with Bluetooth like a lot of them, however.

Instead, it uses a unifying receiver. Yet, the most noteworthy thing about this wireless keyboard is that it runs on solar power. That’s right! You can help the planet and equip yourself with a cool gadget at the same time.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

10) Airfox K60 Ultra Slim Wireless Bluetooth Keyboard

Next up might be one of the coolest looking wireless keyboards to date by Airfox. It’s a very compact Bluetooth keyboard that can fold into a third of its operational size, yet it actually has standard-sized keys.

What sort of wizardry is this?

It pairs with all the major operating systems and it’s made from durable quality aluminum. However, that isn’t what’s going to get you too excited. What will raise your eyebrow is that you can choose from three backlight colors at different levels of intensities.

Therefore, you can always use it in airplane cabins and those dim hipster cafes.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

11) Logitech K750 Wireless Solar Keyboard

We promise that solar-powered wireless keyboards are unique. It just so happens there are a few more on our list and this just happens to be one of them. There’s no hassle thinking about batteries and there’s no reason to leave all the lights on at night because it will keep going for three months in utter darkness.

The Men’s Gear worm community will be happy. These wireless keyboards connect with a receiver and will pair up with all Windows models. However, this is another Logitech model, meaning Mac owners should keep scrolling. Sadly, they still cannot work with Apple devices.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

12) KVAGO Slim Bluetooth Keyboard

The best thing about these wireless keyboards from KVAGO is that you get seven backlight options. All seven colors can be enjoyed as you pair your keyboard with Apple, Samsung, and other well-known devices via Bluetooth.

You also get to set the brightness of those cool backlights between three different intensities as your eyes prefer. You may get this model to help you take notes in lectures or to be the talk of the office canteen – for the right reasons!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

13) 1byone Wireless Bluetooth Keyboard

These are lighter wireless keyboards that aren’t going to break the bank, made by the 1byone brand. One by one, they’re becoming better known for their cool products, and this keyboard is part of their journey. The Bluetooth connectivity will allow you to pair up with many devices but be aware that that touchpad will not function with iOS software.

This is mostly a wireless keyboard for Android and Windows owners. Grab yourself 2 AAA batteries as you checkout and enjoy composing emails without getting a crank in your neck.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

14) Logitech K780 Multi-Device Wireless Keyboard

If you’re a freelancer or someone working at a desk with a lot of screens on the go, this Logitech design could be your space saver and your lifesaver. It will pair up to three devices at once and memorize each one, allowing you to flick between them with ease.

There really is no more need for three keyboards when you can have this wireless version at your fingertips. What’s also impressive about this wireless keyboard is its substantial battery life. Most people will be able to use it for an astonishing two years before having to put it back on charge.

Your only problem will be remembering where you kept the charger. Two years is a long time, so just put it in a nice storage space.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

15) Telesthesia Bamboo Design Keyboard

Maybe one of the top performers and one of the best-looking wireless keyboards you’ll find today is this Telesthesia Bamboo Design keyboard. It’s not a Bluetooth connecting product but instead uses a small receiver in the accompanying wooden mouse.

All keycaps are manufactured with bamboo, allowing you to type in silence.

All of these nice aesthetics on the keyboard will marry up with a wide variety of devices and stay that way for up to a whopping 15-meters!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

16) Logitech MK320 Wireless Desktop Keyboard

These might not be the most stylish-looking wireless keyboards or the most attractive, but not everything worth having is an oil painting. This model from Logitech is especially useful to Windows device owners. It pairs with Windows computers without any issues, allowing you to enjoy surfing the web without worries or wires.

It’s a smooth operator with quiet keys and comes complete with a mouse – even more value for money. This smart and light wireless keyboard is a solid option!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

17) Nulaxy KM12 Bluetooth Keyboard

If you’re a meticulous window shopper and have been following our every word, then you may be getting sick of hearing about connectivity and the devices they can match with. Sorry, but it’s important. The other readers randomly scrolling won’t even know we’re talking about them.

Unless they took a scrolling pitstop here because of this keyboard’s cool image above. We don’t blame them.

These universal full-size wireless keyboards by Nulaxy have something else worthy of discussion. It has a leather cover to protect itself, and it can be folded to become a stand for your smartphone, tablet, or iPad. This is very rare and very cool!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

18) Seenda Mini Bluetooth Keyboard

If you want something from the past then you no longer have to wait for our Men’s Gear top 10 Time Machines of 2065 buyer guide. These wireless keyboards may have you reminiscing about the game consoles of your youth because it looks like a retro game console control.

It’s about the same size as one too, as it fits in your hand. This will bring you convenient typing and allow you to scroll down your Mac, Android, or Windows device from a distance.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

19) Jelly Comb Wireless Keyboard

An apple a day may keep the doctor away, but Apple has kept the wireless keyboards away again instead. The Jelly Comb Wireless Keyboards are only suitable for various Windows operating systems. Jelly Comb give you a cool mouse with their keyboard.

The mouse even has increased sensitivity! Apparently, it isn’t sensitive to cheese. Shocking!

This is perfect for gaming needs as well as everyday use. It will stay connected up to eight-meters as long as you throw in the correct batteries.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

20) Jelly Comb K025 Wireless Keyboard

Jelly Comb Wireless Keyboards this close together? The horror! They might be made by the same bunch of tech-savvy types, but they’re definitely different from the last. It’s also one exclusively for Windows owners. These wireless keyboards include a small stand to make typing more comfortable – now that’s a key feature! Sorry!

The inclusive mouse can also be adapted to your preferred sensitivity setting. Where it does outshine the previous model is in its connectivity range. You can get an extra seven feet of distance out of this version. That may not seem like much, but it’s massive when you truly think about how far that is and add the other amount to it.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

21) Logitech Bluetooth Multi-Device Keyboard

These Logitech wireless keyboards look like it just fell from a spaceship because it’s that sleek and modern. Whether you choose the black or white keyboard, they’re both super cool.

The built-in slot lets you hold your device in front of the keyboard. This is perfect if you want to turn your tablet or smartphone into a laptop for the evening. Another awesome aspect of this wireless keyboard is that you can pair it up to three devices using Bluetooth technology, and switch between them seamlessly.

If any of those devices are Windows ones you can also make the most of shortcut keys!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

22) Rii Mini K12 Wireless Keyboard

Hook your laptop up to your Smart TV and control it with this Rii Mini K12 Wireless Keyboard. Did you just realize we already arrived into “the future?” It’s better than your ordinary TV remote because it’s compact enough that it won’t be a nuisance, yet it’s big enough so you don’t lose it.

Obviously, these wireless keyboards are more than a remote and can be a convenient alternative to sitting really close to your laptop or smartphone all evening. It works with all the usual devices and has a rechargeable battery to prevent you scraping through the drawer!

You know the one – the drawer with rubber bands, pens, batteries, egg cups and of course, that paperclip you were looking for earlier.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

23) Jelly Comb BK230 Wireless Bluetooth Keyboard

Reduce your cables, stop trying to trip up the cat and make more space with this Jelly Comb Bluetooth keyboard. Using sophisticated Bluetooth technology, you can pair this keyboard with an array of devices. Well, so long as it’s within a ten-meter radius.

You’ll be able to enjoy these wireless keyboards between two devices for up to 40 hours upon each two-hour charge.

To help you manage two devices at once, the product includes a stand for them. Place your smartphone or tablet on the stand and it’ll be like building your own laptop. It’ll also make the device sit at the perfect angle for unparalleled comfort.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

24) JOYACCESS Wireless KeyboardJOYACCESS Wireless Keyboard

We’ve shown you a lot of models that have excluded Apple-product owners. Well, it’s time for some revenge. The cool aesthetics of these wireless keyboards look like they belong to a Mac. The colors have even been chosen based on what colors Apple designers opt for.

While it will work with a Windows device, it certainly won’t match.

The fact you can operate the device at a ten-meter distance means it doesn’t exactly have to match. Simply stand next to your white-and-metallic goods in the kitchen and peer through your office door to do so.

The connection is made from a receiver rather than Bluetooth and operates at exceptionally low frequencies. It’s one of the slimmest keyboards out there and has the unique feature of letting you know the keyboard’s battery life. This is more impressive when you realize it doesn’t have a rechargeable battery.

We’re afraid the 2 x AA batteries are on you.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

25) TeckNet Ultra-Slim Wireless Keyboard

Another wireless keyboard that hits the benchmark of a ten-meter connectivity radius is the TeckNet Ultra-Slim Wireless Keyboard. This product has an energy-saving feature to ensure you don’t drain the battery unknowingly. The battery is rechargeable and lasts for around 200 hours.

This is a light and small keyboard, perfect for business trips and for students in those hungover seminars. No matter in which part of the Apple-Windows argument your loyalties lie, everyone will be able to take advantage of this quality wireless keyboard.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

26) Logitech K350 2.4Ghz Wireless Keyboard

These next wireless keyboards come with an option of adding a wireless mouse along with it. This is a wireless keyboard for men who suffer from wrist strains, arthritis, or even carpal tunnel. It has a curved layout to allow your hands to sit in a comfortable position.

The palm rest is cushioned to enhance your experience even further.

Finally, Logitech made a keyboard that connects with Apple products. Simply use it by plugging a receiver into your Mac. If you thought that the wireless keyboard we showed you earlier with two-year battery life has some stamina, this one is even better.

It’s the Michael Wardian (American marathon runner) of wireless keyboards. Slightly obscure references aside, it’s a top-quality wireless keyboard and good value!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

27) Adesso Wireless Ergonomic Keyboard

Another phenomenal option for men suffering from niggles or aching fingers is the Adesso Wireless Ergonomic Keyboard. It has a design that looks like an apprentice messed up, or something that should be in a modern art museum. However, it was made this way for a specific reason.

The problem with keyboards is that they’re straight and as we type our hands come in at an angle. Look at your elbows, they’re pointing outwards right now! To cater to our natural position and to make your working-from-home days easier, they’ve made their keyboard reflect how we actually type!

It will wirelessly connect to most devices within an estimated 9-meter radius and isn’t the bulkiest of wireless keyboards so you can enjoy it here and there.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

28) Microsoft Wedge Mobile Keyboard

The Microsoft Wedge Mobile Keyboard is certainly special. It’s naturally aimed for Windows device owners, but our Men’s Gear birdies have been telling us it will pair with some Apple products too. A bit shocking, for sure. However, it’s true.

You can get it in a retail or business option with the only difference being the business one is longer in length.

It connects to other devices using Bluetooth and has light keys to make typing easier – now that’s a key feature! These wireless keyboards also include a battery-status indicator. This will allow you to never get caught out before the big presentation and the cover transforms into a stand.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

29) Logitech K810 Wireless Keyboard

This extremely light wireless keyboard comes from a brand you’ve become familiar with now – if you weren’t already. This might be one of Logitech’s better-looking models if you’re asking us. It’s made from brushed aluminum to give it a sleek and ultra-thin appearance.

You can pair it with smartphones, tablets, and laptops from most manufacturers up to 9-meters away. You can even stay connected to all three and switch between them with the press of a single button. The coolest thing about these wireless keyboards is that the backlight will automatically adjust to the light in the room!

Phew, these wireless keyboards are getting smart. They’ll be entering quiz night soon!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

30) Rii i8+ BT Mini Wireless Bluetooth Keyboard

We’re finishing with a bit of color! This Rii QWERTY wireless keyboard has a lot to offer. It’s available in many colors, has gaming and multimedia controls, an LED backlight, and a touchpad. The touchpad recognizes single-finger and double-finger commands.

Overall, it looks amazing and something we’re pretty sure most of our office has now!

It’ll connect to nearly every device using Bluetooth from your Xbox 360 to your Amazon Fire TV. It’s a really small option and one of the better models for convenient travel.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Have You Wired Down Your Choices?

We certainly gave you a lot of food for thought in this buyer’s guide. It’s one of our most packed guides to date and offers lots of different wireless keyboards for different guys. All of which will have, well, different wants and needs. We’ve seen models from various brands including the likes of Microsoft, Logitech, and more.

There have been different ways of connecting, different connection ranges and of course a wide range of different features to get your head around. We hope you found the best wireless keyboard for you!

We also hope you browse more of our buyer guides soon – even if it’s ten meters away from your screen!

Top 12 Instant Cameras (Polaroid, Fujifilm, and Kodak)

T

hese days, we’re more used to getting instant gratification than ever before. We want to buy something – no problem, we just go online. Soon, it’ll be delivered right to our front door. It’s no wonder then that instant cameras are making a comeback.

The instant camera reached stratospheric heights during the 1970s and ’80s. Now, it’s back again for the 21st century and it has even more to offer. If you want speedy snaps to share with friends, you’ll find one of today’s top 12 instant cameras will be ideal.

When you’re excited by the idea of an instant image materializing before your eyes, you’ll love an instant camera. They’re not just a throw-back to a bygone simpler age, they’re actually a cutting-edge photographic tool. In fact, they’re one that could take your shots to a completely different level.

With so much choice out there it can be hard to know which model to choose. You don’t want to waste precious time fiddling around with settings or getting blurry shots. In today’s Instagram generation, you need an instant camera that can tick all the boxes.

With that in mind, we’ve taken all the hard work out of making the right choice. We’ve tested some of the top selling models on the market today, and we have the best of the best. Before we get to those, however, there are some FAQs to get to first.

What are the main things to consider when buying an instant camera?

Although instant gratification is your goal when buying an instant print camera, it’s important to take your time. You don’t want to make mistakes when it comes to your purchasing choice. The wrong instant camera can be a drastic mistake, as you may not be used to using certain kinds.

On top of this, you may not like how one functions.

This is not uncommon, as many people like certain types and prefer them more. Some photographers swear by one brand and never use anything else. We want to make sure you get what you want, but we don’t swear by one brand at Men’s Gear.

In fact, we love all types of brand and will show that below.

However, before we get to this we need to make sure you know a few things. There are some very important factors to consider before you buy. Check them out.

Ease of use:

You don’t want to spend ages fiddling with the film pack wasting time when you could be pointing and shooting. You need to choose a model that makes it quick and easy to set everything up. Most instant cameras are easy to use. It’s pretty much snap and go with them.

However, with the rise of the digital instant camera…they have gotten far more advanced.

Due to this advancement, instant cameras are not like those of the past that we grew up using on vacations. This means you may have trouble using certain types. It’s best to look at each version and see how they operate or look into their operation before you buy.

Affordability:

When you’re buying an instant camera, it’s important to remember the ongoing costs too. It isn’t just about the upfront expense of buying the camera. Some come with refillable film, which means you can take out the old and put in the new. This also means that some need to be developed.

Meanwhile, others are one-time use and that is all you get with them. All of these things are relatively affordable. If a camera nearly breaks the bank in the instant genre, you don’t need it. You could get a major camera for that type of price if we’re all honest here.

The instant camera is beloved due to affordability, so most will be relatively low with all its parts also being reasonably priced.

Creativity:

The best instant camera will give you creative options to choose from. Although simply pointing and shooting is great for beginners, at some point you might want to make adjustments and changes. Finding an instant camera that lets you customize your shots is best.

Obviously, proper cameras will let you set up some amazing shots. Creative options are a bit limited with these cameras honestly. That is more for the expensive type, so don’t assume white balance and all sorts of other things will be in all instant cameras.

However, the creative thing it does bring is the opportunity to be creative.

What we mean is, most instant cameras allow you to make the choice about what you capture. They’re often lightweight and some are even waterproof. This means you can go wild and find awesome shots. The instant camera just gives you the tools to be the creative person you always were.

Battery Life:

You don’t want to have to bring several sets of batteries with you wherever you go. You’ll want the freedom to be able to take a large number of shots before your battery runs out. The best instant cameras will let you take a minimum of 100 images before the battery dies.

Others do not use batteries at all. However, these are mostly disposable cameras. A lot of cheaper options tend to use less to no batteries at all. The more pricey the item, the more likely it is that it needs a recharge. Some come with certain types of batteries you can recharge at home too.

Ultimately, this depends on what you prefer.

Dual Functionality:

Some instant cameras are only suitable for use as an instant printing camera. Others have Bluetooth connectivity or a MicroSD slot, which allows them to be a printer type as well. This makes your purchase an even better value for the money since you can print the shots.

You can do it with ease from your smartphone as well as from the camera itself.

You can also store images on the camera and then peruse them later to choose which ones to print. This is pretty awesome when you think about it.

Battery Type:

While battery life is an important consideration, it’s also important to think about the type of battery each model uses. Some use AA batteries while others have an internal rechargeable lithium-ion battery. Some have a CR2 battery. The type to choose is really up to you.

A rechargeable battery may be the most convenient, although a model that uses AA batteries may be more appropriate. Especially if you plan to use your camera while out and about and have no power outlet available for recharging.

Film Type:

Not every brand of instant camera uses the same type of film, which could have an impact on your decision. Fujifilm cameras, for example, use Fuji Instax films. Whereas Polaroid cameras use 600 or i-Type film. Meanwhile, some other models use 4Pass.

The availability and the cost of the film type your chosen camera uses should be kept in mind. Film types are often overlooked in purchases for some reason. Don’t be that guy who forgets about it!

Portability:

One of the main reasons to choose an instant camera is its portability. Think about this, honestly. It’s a lot of fun to us while out and about with friends at parties or social gatherings. Therefore, you should look for a small, compact, and lightweight model.

This will allow any instant camera to be easily carried around with you. On top of this, it can fit into a bag or pocket on the way out of the door.

What are the main benefits of instant cameras?

Instant cameras offer a host of benefits that a standard camera just can’t offer. While they aren’t the perfect choice for every application, they’re a great way to have fun with friends. Here are just some of the benefits they provide:

  • User Friendliness – instant cameras are usually really simple to use. Many are just point-and-click models that let even a complete beginner take shots with ease.
  • Fun to use – an instant camera gives you a level of fun that you just don’t get from your regular DSLR. The excitement of seeing how your shots are going to turn out adds something to your photography experience.
  • Processing time – most instant cameras have a virtually instant processing time, although you do have to wait for the picture to dry afterward. That could take as long as 40 minutes.
  • Extra features – some Polaroid instant cameras come equipped with extra features. A flash is a common extra, which is quite useful. It’ll allow you to take shots in low lighting conditions. Some also have self-timers letting you join your friends in the shot.
  • Useful for practice shots – if you’re excited to find out how your shot is going to turn out with your regular camera, you can use an instant camera first. This was a common use for Polaroid cameras back in the day and its use in this respect is back on the rise. Also, instant cameras are great for taking instant images when recording unusual natural finds or for archaeological digs.
  • Heat resistant – instant cameras are also known to be more resistant to high temperatures than a regular DSLR camera. This makes them a good choice when on vacation in a hot climate.

What are the main brands of instant cameras?

There are several brands of instant cameras out there. Some are even synonymous with quality manufacturing and image production. There are three that stand out above them all, however. One of the biggest names has to be Fujifilm – they are one of the oldest Japanese brands in the photography industry.

Fujifilm is one few manufacturers still producing instant cameras today. Ultimately, due to being so well-known for them, it makes sense. Fujifilm’s Instax range is very popular and beloved by even professional photographers. Thanks to their fun colors and small designs, the Fuji instant cameras are ideal for taking out and about.

Another major name in the business is Polaroid. They became so well-known for their cameras that people actually called pictures “Polaroids” for a very long time. The Polaroid instant camera has a strong reputation in the photography industry and is the oldest manufacturer still making instant films and cameras today.

A third big name in instant cameras has to be Kodak. Like Polaroid, Kodak is synonymous with photography. The term “Kodak image” was massively popular for years, in fact. You can depend on a Kodak instant film cameras to produce impressive results.

Well-designed and highly functional, Kodak models cost a bit more than their rivals. However, the functionality and quality of their manufacturing make them well worth the additional expense.

How to take good photos with an instant camera

Since you don’t have a lot of time to spend setting up a shot with an instant camera, it’s important to have some expert tips in mind first. After all, you don’t want to waste your precious film since you usually only get 10 shots in a pack!

When you’re using a smartphone camera or a DSLR, you can take numerous shots and delete them if you don’t like what you see. With an instant camera, you don’t always have that luxury. That means you have to go back to the good old days when you used to have a one-time shot!

Whether you’re taking a portrait or a landscape shot, knowing how to get the most out of your instant camera is an absolute must.

Here are some tips to help you take good photos with your instant camera so you can impress your friends:

Keeping your distance:

Instant cameras usually have a minimum focusing distance of around 30-60cm. That means if you’re too close to the subject of your shot you’ll end up with a blurry shot. Keep the shooting distance in mind before you press the shutter button.

A lot of the cameras will have viewfinders in there to allow you a chance to see your shot. With newer cameras, you’re getting an HD thing today. Back in the day, you did not have to wait as much for a shot. Today, you need to as HD needs time to set up.

Usually, this takes less than 5 seconds, but that is a truly precious 5 seconds.

Distance shots are often the easiest to get in a fast period. Whereas an upfront type may take slightly longer to focus. Weird, we know.

Don’t stand too far away:

Although you shouldn’t stand too close to the subject of your shot you shouldn’t stand too far away either. Most instant camera prints are small in size. This means you won’t be able to see the subject of your picture if it’s too small in its frame.

5 to 6-feet away from your subject is ideal. Of course, you could be longer but this is often the best set-up compared to others.

Don’t obscure the flash:

It can be tricky to avoid getting your fingers in the shot when using an instant camera. You’ll often end up obscuring the flash because of the lack of handgrips and small size of the camera itself. Take care how you hold your camera before you shoot to ensure that you won’t be affecting the quality of your image.

The best way to do this is to consider how you hold the camera from the beginning. If you’re holding it high, you’ll likely feel your finger near the snapper. The bottom of your finger can be felt at this point. This means you’re up too high and of great risk to get your finger in the shot.

You want to make sure you have the knuckle and up in this area. This will allow you to get a better image without a finger jumping in the way.

Use natural light:

Whenever you can, try to shoot in natural light while using an instant camera. You’ll notice that your images can look very washed out when using other light sources. You might find that deactivating your flash will produce a better subject definition and contrast when shooting indoors.

Natural light is often the best thing to have. However, this can be an issue on overcast days or even ones where it’s far too sunny. The flash will be of use in the darker points, but never use the flash when the light is large. If you do, your image may turn out crazy.

Consider different angles:

You don’t want to waste your expensive instant film. That means you need to think carefully about the angle you choose for your shot first. Once you take the image, you’ll thank yourself for doing this. Consider whether you should shoot upwards or downwards towards the subject.

You may also want to consider if you have to move at any point. If so, you’ll need side angle shots or possibly overhead shots. All of this can be done with ease if you plan it out perfectly.

Choose the right subjects:

Not every shot looks great on an instant camera. Close up portraits lend themselves well to this type of photography. However, if you’re looking for detail you’ll need to stick to your DSLR. The subjects you’ll use will tend to be non-moving shots like buildings, statues, etc.

You’ll also take still images of family members on them too.

The ultimate goal really is to find the best possible shot. However, some subjects may not stop moving or you may not be able to get a certain shot. That is okay, as some shots are not for you to get sadly.

Choose the right background:

When using an instant camera, the best backgrounds are typically light-colored, blank, or white. This works especially well if the subject is dark in color. While it may seem a bit wrong, if you put a black man in front of a black building, some instant cameras will wash him out like a man wearing green in front of a green screen.

You can avoid this by simply picking the better building or you can simply have that person move up in the shot. This will allow you to set them apart from their background.

Double exposure experimentation:

Not every instant camera offers the possibility of double exposure. However, the best instant cameras will. You might want to try experimenting to see what kind of effects you can create. This is not really something you “need” in a camera.

Despite this, it’s still cool to have and most people love it.

Candid shots:

When using an instant camera, candid shots are often best. Asking subjects to pose doesn’t always lend itself well to this type of photography. You truly do want great shots that people are not always expecting. It turns out better and very organic.

Although, we’re not telling you to break into the women’s locker room and raid the showers to get images.

This will not only get you punched and/or kicked very hard but likely killed by some women. If not them, their boyfriends or husbands. What we mean is, catch your sister or mom eating at the cool Hardrock Cafe. Try getting a crazy image of your brother when you’re on a cool raft down some insane rapids.

As the first rapid comes up and he hits the sky scared for his life, it’ll be the perfect time to get him. They won’t expect these images to come out of your camera, but that is the point. It is organic and worth it really.

1) Fujifilm Instax Mini Instant Camera

If you’re looking for a user-friendly and affordable instant camera that’s perfect for beginners, the Fujifilm Instax Mini is the one for you. Powered using 2 AA batteries, it’s cheap and cheerful. It won’t blow you away with features, yet it’s convenient and low-cost to take for nights out with the guys.

The chunky, plastic construction features large buttons for ease of activation and the bright colors make it especially visually appealing. You get 10 prints per pack of paper and the end result is a credit-card-sized print that measures 54mm x 86mm.

There is an inbuilt flash that allows you to take shots in poor lighting conditions or indoors, meaning you have greater versatility over where you shoot. If you’re worried about your appearance when taking a selfie, you don’t have to be here.

These instant cameras come with a handy mirror at the front so you can see how you look first.

You can select different shooting modes quickly and easily by simply turning the lens ring. They even illuminate when being used so you can see at a glance which mode is in operation. You can take close-ups near to you with ease at just 35cm.

Thanks to the point-and-shoot design, it’s never been easier to take those shots on the fly.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) The Polaroid Snap Instant Digital Camera

The Polaroid Snap camera lets you relive the good old days of the classic Polaroid shots of yesteryear. Its compact size lets you easily put it into a pocket to take anywhere. Yet there’s no compromise on the quality and vibrancy of the photographs.

All can be instantly shared without any need for a computer connection.

Thanks to the Zink technology, there’s no need for any toner and the results are instant. You’ll be able to print out full-color shots that measure 2” x 3” and are completely smudge-proof. Thanks to the 10MP sensor, you’ll be able to capture quality images.

Compatibility with 32GB microSD cards means that you can also save your shots.

These instant cameras have various modes, also a selfie mirror to make sure you look awesome first. Images can be posted quickly on any surface due to their adhesive backing. You can choose from different filters and tones to get the perfect shot to suit your needs.

Whether you’re looking for a nostalgic or modern image, you can get the perfect picture.

The camera comes with an inclusive USB cord and wrist strap for extra value. As an extra bonus, this is a particularly affordable option. That makes it a perfect camera for taking on vacation.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) Fujifilm Instax Mini 8

This compact instant camera is small enough to easily fit into your pocket and light enough to use anywhere at 10.8oz in weight. Its rounded edges are stylish while its range of colors makes it especially attractive.

With its 60mm fixed-focus lens, you can capture shots from as close up as 2-feet up to infinity. The field of view is a little tighter than you might expect when using your DSLR or smartphone camera. However, you should still be able to get some great quality shots.

Powered by 2 easily replaceable AA batteries, these instant cameras are incredibly convenient. Lining up film is done with ease. Simply line the yellow stripe up with the mark on the compartment and you’re good to shoot away. Just to capture the old-school feel, there’s even an old-fashioned analog counter on the back to tell you how many shots remain.

Activating the camera is a breeze, you just have to get it to the right light exposure. The light settings you can choose from are bright, sunny, cloudy, or indoor conditions. There’s even a Hi-Key mode to intentionally over-expose images to achieve different effects.

The inbuilt flash means that you can easily take photos in poor light and indoors and thanks to the placement of the shutter button. This makes it a perfect camera for portrait shots. It’s also incredibly affordable, so you’ll easily be able to push the limits of what a camera can do with this model.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

4) Kodak Mini Shot Instant Camera

Packed with excellent features, this Kodak instant camera delivers impressive 10MP quality pictures in just seconds with point-and-shoot functionality. One excellent advantage of this model is that it has Bluetooth connectivity. This allows you to instantly send your favorite snaps to your Android or iOS smartphone or tablet for viewing and editing.

As an added advantage, you can actually send your images from your phone back to the camera to print. This just makes it doubly useful as a standalone printer as well as a camera. With its portable size, it can easily be carried wherever you want to go without compromising on power or features.

With its white balance and gamma correction, auto exposure and focus and 1.7 inch LCD viewfinder, you can really capture your creative side. It also has a long battery life, allowing you to take up to twenty prints on a single charge.

Meanwhile, its 4Pass printing technology produces stunning prints.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

5) Polaroid Originals 4723 Camera

If you love the old school Polaroid camera, you’ll love the Polaroid Originals 4723. With its original look and its user-friendly operation, this quality camera is an iconic model.

Using the classic 600 film type, these instant cameras couldn’t be easier to use. That’s regardless of you wanting to take black and white or color snaps. There’s nothing complex about this instant camera. You simply point-and-shoot and it does the rest for you.

The built-in flash allows you can take shots anywhere you like, even indoors or in poor lighting conditions. Meanwhile, there are no batteries needed with this model. With this, you won’t have to worry about the hassle of charging up every time you want to take your camera out with you for the day.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

6) Polaroid POP Camera

This Polaroid snap camera is an impressive 20MP model that brings quality to each image. Allowing you to snap pictures that measure 3.5” x 4.25” instantly, they even have the iconic Polaroid border for an old school feel.

There’s no need for any ink, computer, or printer when using this camera. It also has an intuitive 3.97” touchscreen, enabling you to see what you plan to photograph before you press the shutter button.

Suitable for shooting anything from portraits to landscapes, the Zink technology prints and dries without any need to flap or wait and the colors are vibrant and beautiful. There are also many different fun borders, filters, stickers, captions, and emojis to customize your shots.

As an added bonus, the Polaroid POP camera gives you the perks that come with other modern digital cameras. This includes HD video, built-in speaker, as well as a microphone. With a digital zoom and a built-in flash, these are impressive instant cameras despite their diminutive size.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

7) Fujifilm Instax Mini 90

The FujiFilm Instax Mini 90 is capable of automatically detecting the brightness levels of the surroundings. These instant cameras can adjust the shutter speed and flash to make photos the best possible quality. There are also a number of creative modes offered by this camera.

This includes a macro mode, kids mode, bulb mode, and double exposure mode. All allowing you to create the perfect effect for each shot.

The high-performance flash makes it a breeze to take shots indoors or at poorly lit locations. On top of this, its compact size and lightweight design make it very simple to take anywhere you need to go. With its stylish old-school appearance, this is one of the most attractive models on the market today.

Despite this, it doesn’t compromise on functionality.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

8) Polaroid Originals 9010

Designed to emulate the original Polaroid camera, these stylish instant cameras are incredibly easy to use. In fact, they perfectly capture the bygone era of instant photography! With an impressive 60-day long battery life, you’ll have no difficulty capturing all the photos you like.

A powerful flash comes with this camera, allowing you to take photos in dim light or indoors with ease.

The self-timer mode is a great addition to this instant camera, allowing you to get in on the action yourself. Meanwhile, the Bluetooth connected app lets you send images to anyone you like. Other creative features include double exposure mode, light painting mode, and even a noise trigger mode.

You can also choose between 2 different lenses. The portrait lens allows you to take snaps from as close-up as 1-foot while a standard lens is made for distant shots.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

9) Polaroid PIC-300 Instant Camera

From the popular Polaroid brand, this high-quality OneStep+ camera is very user-friendly with point-and-shoot technology built in. Despite its ease of use, it still boasts some fun features and it even has a Bluetooth compatible application that will show those features off even more.

These instant cameras are compatible with both i-Type film and 600 film types in either black and white or color. This camera is easy to carry, allowing you can take around with you wherever you want to go. Thanks to the energy saving mode, you can even save even more battery life.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

10) Fujifilm Instax Wide 300

If you’re looking for an instant camera that has the look and feel of a more solid model, the Fujifilm Instax WIDE is the one for you. Delivering bigger than average sized prints, it produces some seriously impressive images and yet it’s incredibly simple to use.

Although it has a larger size, these instant cameras have a plastic build. Therefore they weigh less than you might imagine, making it easier than you might have thought to take anywhere you want to go. The inbuilt flash is also larger than usual and is automatically operated so you won’t have to even think about it.

There are controls to help you adjust the fill-in option on the flash and the level of brightness. Meanwhile, the quality of the shots is exceptional. The cameras offer excellent prints that are close to the same dimensions as those of a standard photograph.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

11) Fujifilm Instax Square SQ6 Instant Camera

If you’re an Instagram fan, this Fuji instant camera is an excellent choice. It offers several different shooting modes including automatic, normal, macro, double exposure, landscape, darken and lighten. These instant cameras also boast an inbuilt flash with suppression mode.

This is something rare to see in an instant camera.

You can even get into the shot yourself with the self-timer addition. Especially if you don’t have long enough arms to take useful selfies. Two CR2 Lithium Ion batteries are included with some extremely long battery life. In fact, FujiFilm claims it takes up to 300 shots for it drain down. That is saying a lot.

The square format prints of this camera are ideal. Meanwhile, the selfie mode, choice of body colors, and three different color filters can be attached to a flash drive. That means it’s possible to get a wide range of shots to suit your mood.

This is a very simple camera to use, even if you’re a complete beginner. Plus, with its affordable price tag, you can take as many shots as you want. This is also the perfect instant cameras to give as a gift.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

12) Kodak PRINTOMATIC Digital Instant Camera

The iconic Kodak brand has produced the Printomatic instant camera to cash in on the demand for speedy prints. They use today’s Zink technology for excellent quality pictures that see a 2″ x 3″ measure. These instant cameras are capable of shooting in either color or black and white.

The inbuilt flash allows you to take shots in any kind of environment. Meanwhile, the user-friendliness of this model means that even a complete beginner can produce impressive results.

It’s incredibly compact and lightweight, making the camera portable and capable of taking nearly anywhere. Due to the MicroSD slot, you can conveniently store images and print favorite later on with ease. These instant cameras can either be used as a 10MP camera or as a simple standalone printer thanks to that incredible MicroSD slot.

The images are quite small – just under the size of a regular credit card. This allows easy picture storage. Plus the camera is very affordable, making it a perfect gift.

Unlike many of its competitors, this instant camera has an internal battery. Instead of having to constantly stock up on AA batteries, you can just plug in your camera via the USB cable and charge it up between uses. These water-resistant prints aren’t as high-quality as those produced by some.

However, the great functionality and great appearance make up for this.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Making It Snappy!

You could be looking for a fun camera to capture exciting times with your friends or long to recapture the good old days of the original Polaroid. Regardless, an instant camera is a really cool accessory to add to your photographic equipment.

Keep in mind, instant cameras are not supposed to replace your trusty DSLR or even your smartphone camera. They’re simply a really great way to enhance social events or to break the ice at gatherings.

If you’ve decided to make the investment in an instant camera, you won’t have to spend a fortune. Most models are very affordable, putting them well within easy reach of everyone. Even complete beginners with very little previous photography experience can use them with ease.

Too many people make the mistake of thinking that all instant cameras are the same, however, that couldn’t be further from the truth. In fact, there are some major differences between the different brands and different models on the market.

We pointed that out above.

To decide the instant camera that’s right for you, our buying guide presents you with all the considerations that you should keep in mind.

This should allow you to end up making the right decision. It doesn’t matter if you want to replicate the look of old-school Polaroid cameras. Nor does it matter if you want the same functionality of modern cameras with an instant print feature. A lot of them are two-in-one like this, giving you all you want.

By following our guide, you’ll avoid making a costly mistake. All while finding the perfect instant camera to capture the good times in the most fun and appealing way.

Top 13 DSLR Shoulder Rigs

P

icture this – you’ve spent the day taking photographs or filming footage, channeling your inner filmmaker. You sit down ready to check the fruits of your labor, excited about the professional results you’re sure to see. Then, disaster! Instead of beautifully shot images and video, all you have is a collection of wobbly images and shaky footage. Sound familiar? The solution is simple, DSLR shoulder rigs.

DSLR cameras are designed to be light, making them great for use over an extended period of time. However, they’re not the easiest to deal with for handheld shots or footage. Without using any of the brilliant DSLR shoulder rigs available, it’s likely your images will be vulnerable to the effects of the day. Making them turn out shaky or unfocused.

In the old days, cameras were much bigger. This actually played a valuable role in stabilizing hand-held shots. However, even those old-school cameras were often shoulder-mounted to stabilize the shots even further. Shoulder mounts are dynamic pieces of equipment which move along with the operator of the camera.

Unlike a tripod, filmmakers can easily move around and make every movement efficient to the shot. The hand-held approach to filmmaking might work for certain types of footage, but it certainly isn’t a one-size-fits-all approach. If you want your work to look like The Blair Witch Project, shaky filming might be the answer.

However, if you aren’t going for that, DSLR shoulder rigs will solve the problem admirably.

As you might imagine, not all shoulder rigs are fantastic. We’ve made it easier to decide on the right one for you so that you can avoid making an expensive mistake. Check out our list of the top 13 shoulder rigs on the market today and find the ideal one to suit your next filmmaking project.

What are the main benefits of DSLR shoulder rigs/ mounts?

DSLR shoulder rigs or mounts aren’t needed by every filmmaker. Not all projects have a need for them, to be honest. However, most of the top people in the business will have one or something similar to do the same job.

A shoulder mounted camera is perfect for a number of things, but it often can help deliver a proper narrative viewpoint. This puts the viewer right in the middle of the action. Think war or action movies, where we’re seeing the fight sometimes from a near point of view appearance.

The viewer goes from spectator to part of the actual scene.

DSLR shoulder rigs can ensure the camera’s proper can movement by helping it capture video or images in a controlled way.  Energy is present in the scene, giving an additional frantic element to major, climatic moments.

Shoulder rigs, as we mentioned slightly above, are perfect for action shots. They offer the stability you need for mobile and speedy shots. Tripods and monopods are unneeded here, and you feel closer to the action.

Thanks to their anti-shock, sturdy design they stabilize even the shakiest hands. This offers smoother-looking videos that are completely flicker-free. As an added benefit, they distribute the camera’s weight evenly over the shoulders for longer shooting sessions.

This is due to the ease of making things less difficult on the cameraman, making them less tired.

Carrying even the lightest DSLR camera around for extended periods can be tiring, and a shoulder mount eliminates that problem for a more pleasant shooting experience.

When you invest in a shoulder rig, you won’t have to worry ever again about shaky and wobbly footage making you look like an amateur. You’ll enjoy wonderfully smooth shots that are precise, well-focused, and professional.

What are the different types of shoulder rigs/mounts?

Not every shoulder mount is designed for the same camera or even the same purpose. The two main types are offset shoulder mounts and straight shoulder mounts. Due to what each can do and why they are both important, we felt it would be best to go over them with you.

DSLR shoulder rigs are incredibly useful, but you often need to know your way around the best.

Even the greatest shoulder mount will cause the user some trouble if it’s the wrong thing. It might also not do well for certain people if the type they use is fine for the camera, but not for them. That said, let’s check these different rigs out.

Offset Shoulder Mount:

Offset shoulder mounts are ideal if you’re using a DSLR with an LCD monitor that opens up sideways. This will allow the viewfinder to remain in front of the eyes of the operator instead of beside them. Overall, the viewfinder often makes a huge difference.

The reason this is so important to keep in mind is due to how you’re seeing the action.

Trying to record something you cannot see can really be troubling. Offsets allow you to see everything like you normally would through a camera. Offsets also are known for being used in a handheld fashion, like on the ground with a camera operator running or walking with them.

These are what you may call the “mobile mount.” Though both are mobile, the offset’s viewfinder ability makes it less complicated to use in this format.

Straight Shoulder Mount:

If you use a straight shoulder rig for the same type of camera you’ll find the viewfinder is offset to the side. This can make it harder on the camera operator, as they’ll have trouble viewing. On the other hand, if you really like this set-up than you can easily use an off-camera monitor for your DSLR.

You’ll also be able to place your monitor into the hot shoe mount of the camera as well. However, the most common way to use one is on a rail support system. This will allow you to get the shot, but you’ll be immobile as you’ll need the rails to push a dolly support-type of thing with you on it.

This can be great for shots, however.

These types of things are cheaper than an entire dolly set-up, so it can be a cheaper option to get the same results for independent filmmakers. However, if you’re using a huge studio, the huge dolly set-up won’t even be a discussion. It’ll be there.

How Their Design Plays A Role:

Shoulder mounts come in several designs. Some have flat metal surfaces that allow the camera to be attached to the top. As we referred to above, some have a rail system. While the right one for you will depend on your own preferences and filming style, the rail system is often considered to be better since it can be adapted to more shooting scenarios.

Also, a rail system can be added to over time. Adding on attachments is much simpler with a rail system and if you’re likely to need accessories like lens support or follow focus, a rail system will suit your needs perfectly.

Not every type of shoulder mount can carry the same amount of weight either. Even a small and apparently light DSLR camera will become heavy over time. Especially once you attach a telephoto lens or other accessories to it. The longer your shooting session, the heavier your camera will start to feel.

If you want to avoid the strain of carrying a rig, camera, lenses, and attachments, you might want to consider a type of mount with chest support or arm. The arm will rest against the chest of the operator, and this helps the camera’s front to be supported.

Many DSLR shoulder rigs are also supplied with a choice of counterweight options. When you add batteries, monitors, lenses, and microphones to your shoulder rig, it will start to be front heavy. You can combat the imbalance in weight by attaching weights onto the rear of the rig to rebalance it.

What are the major mistakes people make when buying shoulder rigs/mounts?

DSLR shoulder rigs won’t just make you look like a professional, it’ll also help to improve your stability during shooting. This is a simple fact of film-life for directors and camera operators alike. You’ll be able to film effortlessly for long periods of time without experiencing any aches or pains in your arms and/r hands.

However, if you buy the wrong shoulder rig, you’ll end up causing more problems than you solve. Let’s take a look at some of the mistakes that filmmakers commonly make when choosing a shoulder mount.

Material:

DSLR shoulder rigs are versatile devices, but if you’re going to get the most out of your purchase you need to consider the material it’s made with. Some are made from steel, which is very durable and long-lasting. On the other hand, it’ll be heavy to handle for extended periods.

An aluminum rig is going to be just as durable but will be much lighter and easier to carry all day on a longer type of shoot. This makes it a much better choice. It’s also worth looking out for a powder coated rig since it will be corrosion and rust-resistant. This makes it ideal for outdoor shoots.

Rail System:

We keep talking about the rail system, but that is simply due to the importance it has. The primary concern it’s for is the stabilization of your DSLR camera. If it has been well designed, it will make your shots stable even if you aren’t as skilled as you thought you were!

Make sure that you select a rig that has a good rail system with a diameter that properly fits your DSLR. You also want it to be made from a durable material like carbon fiber. If you make the mistake of choosing a rig with a poorly designed rail system, you’ll be throwing your money away.

Simply put, the stabilization won’t be good enough to ensure smooth footage. Meaning you need to look out for this big time!

Matte Box:

When buying your rig, look at the placing of the matte box. This is essential for securing your lens filters, something you’ll obviously want to to do. If you’re planning on using these accessories, you need to ensure that your chosen rig’s matte box is in the right spot for you.

The role it plays is pretty crucial to the safety it can provide, of course.

You’ll want to make sure that it can accommodate the type and size of filters you’re planning on using. People often buy stuff like this without considering the stuff they’ll use. Before you do, make sure you have a list of what all you’ll need that should fit into one of these.

Follow Focus:

Follow Focus is a relatively big deal thing to consider, but what is it?

This first needs to be described going over what type of focus people like. Some camera operators like when their camera auto-focuses. Basically, it focuses on the type of shot it will need to do in order to get the complete focused image without blur anywhere.

If it does, it typically gets everything in front of it with blur only happening at distance images.

Meanwhile, other operators like to manual focus. Meaning they do not want an auto-feature affecting the type of image or video they’re working on. They want complete control. They want some blur at times or some far off look. Perhaps they want to focus on closer objects than an entire image or a further one while they’ll unfocus the front objects.

It’s truly up to them. Mounts will be big to consider here because they can be in the way of trying to focus your camera. If you cannot reach in easily to focus the camera during shoots on the fly, it can really be annoying for these types of people.

Auto-focus types won’t care either way.

User-Friendliness:

One of the primary reasons to buy a DSLR shoulder mount is to make shooting videos easier. If you buy a rig that isn’t easy to use, you’ll be wasting money. Choose a lightweight rig is simple to use in whatever environment you’re going to be filming.

Make sure the design is well-balanced and has all the essential features you need to get the most out of your filmmaking. You’ll be golden when you do. If you struggle when attempting to use any DSLR shoulder rigs, then this could be an issue. You want a user-friendly approach.

You’ll be using these things a lot, of course. That means you need the best for you that YOU can operate easily and won’t cause you any grief.

Balance:

What kind of camera will you be using for your filmmaking? If you’re planning on using a larger model you’ll require a shoulder mount that’s able to effectively balance that extra weight. Otherwise, you’ll find it difficult and awkward to handle your equipment, especially on a longer shoot.

Balance can be a huge asset to consider for a ton of reasons on top of this. Think of the word itself, as well as what it means. You’re balancing. Imagine having one side with too much weight on the right or left. It can really do a number on your body but it’ll also look bad when you look back at the footage. It’ll be tilted!

You want even distributed weight for sure.

Add-Ons And Extras:

Planning on adding accessories like battery packs, microphones, and monitors to your set-up? You’ll need to make sure that your chosen rig can accommodate them. Most DSLR shoulder rigs can hold up just fine to a lot of add-ons. However, some can only handle so many.

If you can take away or add on features while you’re out on a shoot, your shooting experience will be better. Overall, you’ll want to have things close by. This makes things easier in every way, so you’ll want a rig that can handle this. However, again, the biggest thing to consider is simply the amount of the extras and even what these add-ons might weigh.

1) Ikan ELE-OFLY Flyweight Offset Shoulder Mount

The Ikan ELE-OFLY is a great choice for both professionals and amateurs on any project they might be working on. Its soft padded shoulder support is comfortable to wear. It’s surprisingly light on your shoulder even for extended periods of filming.

Meanwhile, the rubber handles are comfortable to hold and ensure the best possible grip during use.

Designed for use with DSLRs, this mount fits perfectly in its frame, offering top quality, reliable performance. These DSLR shoulder rigs truly come with all the features of a professional rig. Best suited to small and mid-sized cameras, it can be adjusted easily to obtain optimal comfort even when shooting from unusual angles and heights.

If you’re a beginner, there’s no need to worry about getting to grips with the ELE-OFLY. It is very intuitive and user-friendly, making it an easy rig to operate. On top of this, it only requires minimal assembly, so you can put it together without much of a challenge.

The 15mm rods also allow for vertical adjustments to keep the camera at the perfect height for you every time.

Solidly constructed from anodized aluminum, this rig is durable and strong while also being light enough for extended use. Overall, this makes it quite useful for all kinds of projects you might need it for.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) Movo MFF400 Premium Motorized Shoulder Mount

The Premium motorized Movo MFF400 shoulder mount is compatible with virtually all DSLR cameras. It’s ideal for either professionals or amateurs to use, making them a universal product to have for either. Strong enough in construction to last for the long haul, this well-designed model contains highly durable, premium motors.

Together with zoom memory, it allows for smooth photography and a more precise and accurate focus. You’ll be able to use these DSLR shoulder rigs all day long and still enjoy smoothly operating motors.

Boasting silent operation, this mount gives you full control over every shot. It truly could not be easier to use. This is thanks to the speed settings on the control switches that are placed in a highly accessible location. It comes protected by a one year manufacturer’s warranty and has a very affordable price tag for peace of mind.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) Neewer Film Making Kit

From the terrific and high-quality Neewer brand, these DSLR shoulder rigs are the perfect thing to have for any filmmaker. It comes standard with a follow focus, matte box, and shoulder mount itself. Overall, this gives you complete flexibility to shoot indoors or outdoors while maintaining ultimate portability.

Designed to be entirely gear driven, it ensures accurate, slip-free movement. Meanwhile, its adjustable locking system ensures the perfect comfort and functionality every time you pick up your camera. Thanks to its flexible design, it couldn’t be simpler to adjust this rig to different shooting modes.

On top of this, the handgrips and shoulder mount are well padded for comfortable shooting even over long periods of time.

Capable of supporting a maximum lens of up to 77mm, these DSLR shoulder rigs are made from ABS and anodized durable metal for lightweight support. All of this makes it designed to stand the test of time. You can even mount the gear drive on either side to suit your needs whether you are left or right handed.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

4) Neewer FilmMaker Portable System

Back yet again with the Neewer brand, we know they can kill it when it comes to DSLR shoulder rigs by now. They do it again with this product, which came to the shock of no one.

These highly portable DSLR shoulder rigs make filming outdoors a breeze. Its lightweight frame makes it easy to transport wherever you need to go and its maneuverability is outstanding. It can secure the majority of DSLR brands while its sturdy construction stabilizes even the shakiest hands.

Its handles are well padded with foam for extra comfort during long shoots. Meanwhile, the comfortable and broad shoulder pads ensure that you won’t suffer from any pain while filming. There’s also plenty of room on this rig to add on any accessories you need.

Its ¼” universal screw holes are ideal for supporting virtually every camera with plenty of space for add-on lenses and accessories. Made from highly durable and strong aluminum, this is a lightweight product that is still built incredibly.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

5) SunSmart DSLR Rig Set

SunSmart comes into the batter’s box with this stabilizing shoulder mount that ensures you can film completely shake-free. It can be easily adjusted to accommodate your height and can even be mounted with a follow focus to allow for even more accurate focus control.

Constructed to withstand heavy-duty applications, these DSLR shoulder rigs are made from stainless steel and aluminum. Its ¼” universal thread means that it can easily be mounted onto a standard tripod for even greater flexibility.

With its gear-driven design, this shoulder rig ensures accurate, repeatable, and slip-free focus movement. Its adjustable slide-mount mechanism can be adjusted to fit a wide variety of lens in different diameters as well. The gear drive can either be mounted on the right or left to suit your needs whether you’re left or right-handed.

All the while, the padding improves the comfort of use and the swing-away mechanism ensures speedy lens changes.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

6) Morros DSLR Rig Movie Kit

If you have very shaky hands, the Morros DSLR rig movie kit is the ideal solution. With its low price tag, it’s perfect for amateurs who want to take their filmmaking up a notch. Meanwhile, pros on a budget will love it too.

With its versatile and durable design, it even has a focus flow knob for precise control focus and optimal results.

Despite its relatively low price tag, the Morros rig is built to last with an aluminum heavy-duty frame which is robust but lightweight. It is also designed to be corrosion and rust-resistant for outdoor use. Its gear-driven, innovative design means impressive accuracy.

You’ll enjoy repeatable focus movements that improve your footage quality.

The non-slip grip on its three handles and adjustable slide-mounting design makes it even more effective. The ¼” thread also means that these DSLR shoulder rigs can be attached with ease to any tripod for even greater flexibility.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

7) Movo SG100 Shoulder Rig

There’s no need for any of the DSLR shoulder rigs to be heavy or bulky in order to offer optimal stabilization camera. The Movo SG100 mount is easy to maneuver and helps you to save energy during a long day of shooting.

With its well-balanced and lightweight design, these are some incredibly sturdy DSLR shoulder rigs that are suitable for use with virtually every DSLR. Eliminating hand-shake admirably, it boasts a cushioned handle and shoulder pad for even greater comfort during long periods of use.

Thanks to its heavy-duty aluminum construction, this advanced support rig is very durable and capable of supporting weights of up to 5lbs. Making sure there are no worries about breaking or bending. This model also comes complete with an SGW-5 counterweight to add more stability.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

8) Jag35 KSRV2 Full Shoulder Rig

The Jag35 KSRV2 camera rig boasts active stability control for even better results. Paired with a full 2-rod counterweight system, it offers two sturdy yet wide handles. Overall, this combines for the perfect footage!

Thanks to its intuitive design, these DSLR shoulder rigs allow the operator to get to grips with the equipment quickly and easily. Despite its ease of use, it boasts plenty of impressive features. The two-rod back section ensures there’s plenty of space for attaching all kinds of accessories without affecting the balance of the rig.

The front of the rig stays uncluttered so you’ll be able to easily focus on the target of your filming. It also allows for quick lens changes and easier camera operation. With its tall and well-balanced top handle, it’s possible to easily capture low angle shots.

Thanks to its versatile design, it can be easily customized, rearranged, or upgraded to suit your individual filming needs for every project.

It’s easy to smoothly tighten to rails or to remove and add handles as necessary thanks to the array of configurations that this rig makes possible. The surface is incredibly smooth and capable of us with any brand of rods. Since the knobs are also machined for a stronger, tighter grip, you can ensure the most durable and rigid rig.

To top it off, since it is a single knob system, disassembling and assembling your equipment is speedy and efficient.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

9) Ikan ELE-CINEFLY DSLR Shoulder Mount

If you’re looking for convenient DSLR shoulder rigs capable of being customized to meet your individual shooting requirements, the Ikan Cinefly is ideal for you. Its non-slipping metal rosette system ensures that the handles are very simple and quick to adjust.

This allows you to bring your arms closer into your body so you can guard against fatigue during long periods of use.

This rig comes complete with the Ikan BlackMagic cinema camera baseplate that features well-placed exhaust holes to ensure optimal airflow. This can guard against potential overheating that could cause damage to your equipment. It can also be used with the Ikan DSLR baseplate for even greater versatility and convenience.

It’s surprisingly lightweight, despite the sturdy construction. It’s designed with cinematographers and filmmakers in mind, as they need quality products yet affordable pricing. This rig guarantees a solid construction together with impressive reliability for outstanding performance.

Designed for speed and ease of assembly and disassembly, this rig works perfectly with any brand of DSLR or any other small cameras. Its small baseplate features tension knobs which are fully adjustable for high-quality, stable shots every time.

Its heavy-duty grips paired with the 18” rod system means that adding all the accessories you need will be simple.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

10) FilmCity DSLR Shoulder Support

Durable with outstanding build quality, the FilmCity DSLR shoulder rigs will give you all the professionalism you need at a price that even an amateur can afford. With its stylish and sleek appearance, it boasts a number of handy features that will take your filmmaking to the next level.

Its quick release plate is a convenient addition, taking it a mere few minutes to set up and disassemble your equipment. Its shoulder support pad is very comfortable, allowing you to film for extended periods without suffering from any strain or pain.

Meanwhile, the inbuilt counterweight ensures that you’ll be well balanced and stable.

This is the perfect piece of equipment for a run and gun shoot and offers outstanding value for money. Even though it is very lightweight to carry, it is surprisingly durable. Its adjustable brackets can be moved from 6” up to 9” to suit your requirements.

The inclusive matte box is also capable of accommodating lenses of several sizes, up to a maximum of 95mm to suit a range of needs. It also has adjustable top and side doors as well as 4×4 filter holders and a front-located height adjuster for even greater convenience.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

11) Neewer DSLR Shoulder Mount

Stop us before if we’ve mentioned the impressive Neewer DSLR shoulder rigs. Chances are, you won’t be disappointed by this product. With its durable and versatile design, this mount improves the quality of your video for even more professional filmmaking.

Designed for use both indoors and outside, this DSLR shoulder support rig has a sturdy construction that retains its shape perfectly. This is regardless of which brand of camera you use. Suitable for both camcorders and DSLRs, it’s very versatile and flexible.

Lightweight enough to take anywhere, this maneuverable rig is comfortable and won’t strain your wrists or hands while you shoot video footage. Both hands have been equipped with a rubberized non-slip grip for extra comfort and support.

Meanwhile, the angles and position of the rig can easily be adjusted to improve your video quality.

Very customizable, these DSLR shoulder rigs feature a C-shape holder that supports the vast majority of add-ons and accessories like lenses. That means you’ll get even more use from your rig. Its aluminum construction is robust and long-lasting yet surprisingly light, and it won’t break or bed over time.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

12) Ikan TT-03-TL Shoulder Mount

The Tilta TT-03-TL DSLR shoulder rigs come complete with a follow focus and counterweights making it a great option if you’re looking for value for money. Built with the needs of professional cinematographers and videographers in mind, this rig offers quality at a surprisingly low price.

Extremely reliable, it has been designed to be solidly constructed and it boasts every essential feature to guarantee a professional level of performance. It comes with a baseplate designed for use with DSLR cameras as well as a follow focus that has adjustable hard stops.

Compatible with virtually every DSLR camera, this rig’s baseplate can snap quickly onto its 15mm support rods for a removable registration pin. This keeps the camera firmly in place and stable during filming.

The inclusive follow focus simply snaps onto the rig, while its adjustable tension controls and adjustable hard stops ensure completer precision focusing that works perfectly with a photo-type lens. It also features two counterweights with a 15mm rod adapter to mount onto the rear of the rig allowing the weight to be evenly distributed.

This ensures perfect comfort even during a long day of filming. To guarantee this further, the rods have mounted handgrips that can be adjusted through three different points and feature texture for a sturdy and solid grip.

You’ll also benefit from a carrying case that comes free of charge with this rig. This makes it a breeze to transport or store between uses.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

13) Neewer Film Movie Video Making Kit

Coming from the Neewer brand, these robust DSLR shoulder rigs come with everything you need to get started with filmmaking. It comes complete with the shoulder mount, matte box, follow focus, top handle, and C-shape bracket.

Designed for use with mid-sized and small cameras, they’re perfectly compatible with your DSLR.  Plus, this model boasts with features that can help lead to high-quality shots. The extremely affordable price tag makes this a great cost-effective option for beginners who are making their first jump to filmmaking.

The inclusive C-shaped bracket features a top handle grip that can transform the rig into a hand-held, which allows for filmmaking on the go. It comes with an inclusive counterweight, which distributes the rig’s weight to better the stabilization and balance.

You can adjust the height of the matte box by up to 45mm to suit your camera’s lens size and it can also work with a standard 15mm rail for extra flexibility. The inclusive follow focus allows for more precise shooting and focusing as well, making shot options endless.

The soft shoulder pad ensures complete comfort of use, even for extended periods. Meanwhile, the dual-hand handgrip is comfortable to use all day long. Quick to assemble and disassemble, this user-friendly rig is ideal for people at any stage.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Focusing On Shoulder Rigs

If you’ve decided you need a shoulder rig, congratulations! To us, it’s the perfect way to get the best footage and shots possible. We feel one of these DSLR shoulder rigs we highlighted above will do the trick.

Designed to take all of the hard work out of shooting, a shoulder mount will take the weight for you and eliminate all the problems associated with hand-shake.

Never again will you need to worry about the jitters after that super-strong espresso before filming!

Whether you’re a filmmaking pro or you’re just an amateur starting out on your shooting adventure, it doesn’t matter. One of these high-quality DSLR shoulder rigs may turn you into the next Steven Spielberg! You’ll love the convenience these rigs provide, especially due to their ability to work both indoors and outdoors.

On a low budget or capable of spending a little more on your filming equipment, you’re sure to find a shoulder mount among our top 13 selection to suit your individual needs. We’ve done the hard work for you. We’ve brought you all the key information you need to make a well-informed purchasing decision and avoid making an expensive mistake.

Whatever suggestion we threw out that best suits your needs, you can be convinced that you’ll be benefiting from great quality and excellent value for money. It’s time to make a snap decision!

15 Best Gimbal, Stabilizer, And Steadycam Accessories For The DSLR Camera

A

re you sick of looking at your videos and images and feeling embarrassed by their poor quality? It’s no fun being the worst photographer or videographer among your friends, but now you can cheat the system with a DSLR gimbal, stabilizer, or even a steadycam. These accessories for the DSLR camera are simple to mount.

They’re the perfect way to get rock-steady, smooth footage and shots for absolutely zero hand-shake.

It’s insanely hard to take high-quality photographs or film while also keeping the camera completely steady while you move. If you’re going for a professional look, this lack of steady nature is something that’s best avoided. You run the risk of looking like an amateur if everything looks blurry or shaky.

Tools like stabilizers and gimbals are popular choices for improving video and image production quality.

Adding one of the top DSLR camera gimbals or stabilizers to your raft of camera equipment is an affordable solution. Of course, that’s as long as you make the right choice of product. As you might imagine, there’s no shortage of different options on the market today.

As always, some are better than others. Make the wrong choice and you could end up making a very expensive mistake.

Our helpful reviews are designed for making it easier than ever for you to pick the best accessories for the DSLR camera available.

If you’re ready to take shots that would put the paparazzi to shame, read on and discover our best 15. We’re sure that whatever you’re looking for, you’ll find something in our selection of top performers on the market. Whether you’re an amateur or an aspiring professional, you’ll love our selections.

What is the difference between gimbals, stabilizers, and steadycams?

Knowing the difference between all of these accessories for the DSLR camera can be very difficult. We understand, so we felt the best way to help you out was to go over them one by one. While this won’t be massively in-depth, it will give you a small understanding of what each product does.

Meanwhile, you will learn specific information about the products below.

That way, you’ll sort of understand as we go until the very end. We’ll call this portion your “DSLR Accessory Crash Course.” Look, we never said we were good at naming things. In any case, check this out.

Gimbals:

When you need floating and smooth quality footage, you need a camera gimbal. Making quality cinematography is accessible to anybody with the right kind of one, and there are two different types to choose from. One is a simple weighted design while others are electronic.

The latter uses brushless motors and software for a more precise balance. Since 2015, camera gimbals have become cheaper and more commonly used by people wanting to keep still while taking photographs, or shooting video.

The majority feature three motors (or axis) so the camera stays steady even when rotating in any direction. These accessories for the DSLR camera are lightweight and so don’t weigh you down even when shooting for extended periods.

Stabilizers:

For those unaware, stabilizers are far different than gimbals, as they don’t have any motors and must be balanced carefully for optimal results. Stabilizers are very affordable when compared to gimbals too. However, the largest versions are also the heaviest. This can be difficult to use or hold for extended periods.

Stabilizers are designed to cancel out the effect of walking or moving on your shot’s quality. Accessories for the DSLR camera such as these are perfect for taking action shots any time. They are also ideal for using outdoors either for professional or amateur use.

Steadycams:

Steadycams have been around for a long time. Invented back in 1975 by Garret Brown, the Steadycam was innovative when it was first introduced, Even today it is invaluable in helping to keep DSLR cameras still during shooting.

There are three primary types of steadycam: the stabilizing wheel (or handles mount), the vertical steadycam that is ideal for heavier DSLR cameras, and Merlin steadycams which are ideal for use with lighter and smaller DSLRs. Though they are often like the stabilizer and gimbal, thus forgotten about more often, they are still excellent.

The wheel version is the cheapest but the footage is often not as smooth as one would want it to be. However, the other versions are just as useful. They simply will work for what you need most, but this also means that these accessories for the DSLR camera mostly come down to user interest.

What are the main things to consider when buying a gimbal or stabilizer?

If you’re ready to buy your first gimbal or stabilizer, there are lots of things to keep in mind. When making a buying decision for any accessories for the DSLR camera, you need to consider these things because of the value you’re wanting. Imagine paying hundreds to get something that doesn’t work or breaks with ease.

It would be terrible, right? Due to this, we felt it might be best to make you aware of those little things and why they are so important.

At the end of the day, if you consider them before you buy…you’ll be grateful later. Have we ever steered you wrong before? Except for that one time in Belgium, of course. We told you that wasn’t our fault. Anyway, check this stuff out below and remember it going forward.

Weight:

The majority of gimbals today are three-axis, allowing them to rotate smoothly in every direction for better stability. However, the motors add extra weight and cost while reducing battery life. This means that weight is something you have to consider when buying one.

You need to choose a gimbal that suits your camera’s own weight. Every gimbal on the market has both a maximum and minimum payload, making it vital to not exceed these limits each can handle. If you overdo it on the max side, you could risk not only breaking the gimbal but possibly that expensive DSLR camera.

Don’t forget to add the weight of your batteries, microphones, and lenses to the weight of your camera when calculating the maximum payload. Accessories for the DSLR camera such as these can be heavier or lighter depending on the make.

However, several can hold a lot of weight too.

Length Of Use:

Will you be holding your gimbal or stabilizer for an extended amount of time? You need to consider this when it comes to your stabilizer or gimbal before you buy. While it sort of goes with our last point, the length of use truly can be determined on the weight of it.

While your own cardio or strength is something to consider here too, the weight of something can be an issue on its own.

Remember that it could be very tiring for your arms if you carry a heavy model around all day. This is why you have to consider your own limitations. Meanwhile, the weight itself is a factor only because you’re literally having to carry something.

Regardless of size, that is still something you have to do.

For some things like this, there are holders that you can use to hold them up. This could be useful for professionals who would use these accessories for the DSLR camera more often.

Camera Attachments:

Some models are only designed for smartphones or GoPros, so you need to ensure that the one you choose is suitable for use with your DSLR. Usually, choosing a model with a ¼” thread allows you to attach it easily to any standard DSLR camera.

The bigger note is that people often overlook what their needs are and simply just click and buy.

If something works for the DSLR, it’ll be labeled as such. That said, you should be able to find this right away when it comes to your needs.

Build Quality:

Cheap models are usually made from cheap plastic and that isn’t ideal if you’re planning to use yours on the go or very frequently. Due to more frequent use, damage could easily occur. Eventually, you’re going to use it for something that it eventually won’t hold up against.

On the go, you’re risking the same issues. If you’re using one of these accessories for the DSLR camera for storm-chasing…chances are they shouldn’t be made with cheap materials.

It’s best to look out for a model which is manufactured from either aircraft-grade aluminum or nylon-reinforced plastic. Both will be more durable and remain strong through anything you might need it to do. Chase a storm, record a football game from the sidelines, you name it. This material will hold up.

Battery Life:

If you’ll be using your gimbal for extended periods while out and about, you’ll need to pay close attention to its battery life. Some models have a life of more than 20 hours, which is ideal for full days of filming. Obviously, when it comes to anything you’re using on a shoot, the battery power is essential.

Clearly, 20 hours is great, but we also advise you get more than one battery for anything needing one. Preparation is useful. Some gimbals have removable batteries, making it ideal to have those back-ups around.

Carry Case:

Not every gimbal or stabilizer comes with a carrying case, however, it might be something that’s worth considering. A dedicated carry case will make sure your equipment doesn’t get broken by being carried in a bag that isn’t designed for the purpose.

This is useful for a number of reasons, and we just addressed one regarding the fact that it keeps the equipment safer.

How do these accessories for the DSLR camera protect your camera? Ease of the carry is one way, just as an example. When in a bag, it won’t be moving or awkwardly carried. Meanwhile, any removal parts won’t disappear on you and become lost.

This allows you to keep everything in one area, allowing the smallest of parts to never leave your bag. Well, until you want them too, of course.

Reliability:

Being reliable is essentially an easy thing to understand. When you think about it, the term in itself is not hard to comprehend. You want something you can rely on, therefore something that won’t let you down. In the world of accessories for the DSLR camera, that means you get what you pay for.

Sure, you could go the cheaper route. However, you get what you pay for in the essence that cheaper material creates a cheaper product. If you want it to last, the model you need to be concerned with is the one that best fits your needs and ONLY your needs.

You’ll then want proper material not made of hard plastic to be present. If there is no metal of any kind near this item, it likely isn’t made well enough to last.

Waterproofing:

Some of these accessories for the DSLR camera we’ll go over today, as well as ones we may not, are designed to be waterproof or water-resistant. Of course, those two terms are very different. Waterproof being that it be underwater for extended periods of time without any major risk of it damaging the product.

Meanwhile, water resistance means it can be for certain periods of time and often only up to a certain foot level.

The waterproof kind would be the type you see people use in underwater shoots. Documentary types may use it to film something that is going to be shown on Discovery Channel next year. Water resistant material would be used for things like storm-chasing or anything involving rain.

Possibly, it could even do light underwater work too.

Set Up Time:

Who wants to spend a ton of time setting up a stabilizer or gimbal? No one, that’s who. That means it’s important to pay close attention to set up times. You won’t want to waste valuable time if you’re under time pressure in setting up your equipment.

This can be a make or break thing for some items in this field, as it rightly should be.

Setting anything up for an extended period of time takes valuable time off the clock. That said, you may struggle when you first buy and begin using a product. Getting used to using it will make it easier for you to set it up each time. The average you need to have something ready to go is somewhere under 2 minutes.

If that isn’t possible, it isn’t worth buying.

Compact Design:

The compactness of a design can be extremely crucial. If you’re planning on traveling with your equipment you need to think about its size and how easy it will be to transport with you. The compact nature is not exactly 100% needed for these things, as many great models can be larger.

However, if you’re going to travel a lot on planes….this is a big thing to consider.

The reason has to do with what can go on a plane in the carry-on versus what cannot. Airlines are well-known for losing luggage. This means anything like a camera and/or its equipment needs to be carry-on if you can manage it. Most of the time, it’s possible.

We have a lot of accessories for the DSLR camera on our list that is small enough to take anywhere.

That said, most should be compact enough to fit what you need. Those that are not exactly compact are present on our list of great accessories for the DSLR camera for being just that, great.

Budget:

Although quality is obviously the most important factor to consider, you also need to pay attention to your budget. Obviously, you want to avoid buying the cheapest model on the market. However, you need to always try to buy the best you can afford.

If you feel that the only types you can buy are made very cheap…then save your money.

It’s okay to wait, as you’ll have the end result of a great product that’ll more than pay for itself after the many uses you’ll have. It’s like buying a $500 Windows laptop every year for 5 years instead of a MacBook once. Sure, the MacBook may be $2,000.

However, if you’re buying 5 laptops at $500 then you’ve paid as much or more than you would have for the ONE MacBook.

The same premise is here too. Wait to buy if you must. If you need something right away, just keep in mind that the cheaper models are made to be like disposable cameras. They were never meant for long-term professional use.

How do I properly use a gimbal or stabilizer?

Gimbals and stabilizers are pretty simple to use and they’ll make a big difference to your shooting. Well, as long as you know to use them of course. They can give your shots more creativity, exploration, and life overall.

However, it’s important to recognize that there are lots of nuances that you need to think about when you shoot with a gimbal or stabilizer.

These products are specially used for certain reasons. That means the jobs they do are obviously useful. However, it also means that you need to keep a lot in mind before buying and using them. We thought we’d go over a few.

Balance:

Whenever you use a stabilizer or gimbal, a top priority to consider is the balance. Most small models don’t need you to do a ton to balance them properly. Usually, they can be set-up relatively quick and you’ll balance everything up without much issue.

However, larger models need you to work a bit more to produce the best results. What we mean is this.

Larger models typically are going to be so large that they need to be balanced up special, with real dedication put into it. Imagine it like the game you played as kids involving coins. You’d try to balance a quarter, but for the life of you, there were some quarters much harder to balance.

It was not the quarter itself sometimes, but the surface it was on.

Meanwhile, the penny was much easier to balance as was the nickel. One due to their size and the other due to the thickness of the coin. The bigger the coin, and the thinner it was, the harder it would be to balance. This is the same situation.

Smaller is easier and takes less time while larger takes more time. The more you do this, however, the easier it gets.

Carrying Style:

There are several ways to carry a gimbal or stabilizer. If you hold the handle at your chest height you can either keep the camera upright and below the handles or inverted and above the handles. The third possibility is grabbing its center handle, then going lower towards the ground.

Some models even allow you to grab the side handle, turning it upright to briefcase mode. Inverting the camera lets you get higher perspectives or overhead shots. All of this while using the center handle. This is ideal for those interesting shots where you have to follow someone as they walk, filming their feet.

The briefcase mode is perfect for low-angle shots.

Controlling Your Camera:

This is vital when using a gimbal or stabilizer. If you tilt or pan, your gimbal will tilt or pan the camera. Some models feature thumb controls, however. This is extremely useful, trust us on that. With them, you can control your camera no matter where you’re facing.

Some models also allow you to refine and adjust the smoothness using an application. Today we have truly graduated to the “there’s an app for that” line. Welcome to the future!!

Camera Movement:

You can use your gimbal or stabilizer to experiment with a wide range of movements and shots. A dolly shot can easily be obtained by walking, running, or biking while holding the camera. A jib shot is much more conveniently since you can get a lowering or rising shot by simply squatting or bending.

A pass-through shot is also possible by fitting through smaller spaces thanks to the compact size of a gimbal for DSLR cameras. The lack of shake allows for these shots to come in smoothly, regardless of how you choose to use them. Truly, you can do whatever you want and the shot will come back looking great.

Just don’t jump off any roofs, alright?

1) The Roxant Pro Video Camera Stabilizer

The Roxant Pro stabilizer weighs under 2lbs, making it very easy to handle even for longer shoots. As an added advantage, it has a comfort grip handle that makes it easier to hold for extended periods. Promising outstanding balance, the Roxant Pro is a top choice for performance.

It’s also very affordable, with an offering of a great lifetime warranty by the manufacturer to give you extra peace of mind. Not all accessories for the DSLR camera are going to get this type of warranty, so Roxant truly went above and beyond.

Its pro-style stabilization ensures less shake and motion for a shot, all while the customized lower arm material ensures that sway won’t be a problem. An interesting note is that this was designed for DSLR. However, it can also work with a wide range of other cameras from smartphones to GoPros.

Overall, this stabilizer can support a payload up to a maximum of 2.1 lbs. It also offers three separate counterweights so you can get a price adjustment.

Whether you’re shooting in a tight space or while moving, this stabilizer will do the job admirably. You can even benefit from a free video training tutorial to get you started. With its superior solid construction and design, this is a model built to last. True quality comes from this item, that’s for sure.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) DJI Ronin-M Gimbal Stabilizer

The DJI Ronin-M 3-Axis Handheld Gimbal Stabilizer allows you to capture impressive shots you may have otherwise been unable to do. Able to effortlessly switch between three different operation modes with no need to adjust settings, this stabilizer weighs just 5lbs.

This means it won’t weigh you down during a long day of shooting.

This model is surprisingly sturdy, despite its design of being easy to transport. It’s capable of supporting a camera setup as heavy as 8lbs. As an added bonus, it couldn’t be quicker or easier to set this stabilizer up.

In fact, you can likely begin shooting professional-quality footage in under five minutes. All you need to do is mount your DSLR, balance it quickly, then press a button.

Featuring upgraded Auto-Tune Stability, this stabilizer boasts precise technology for balancing and turning without any need for tools. Allowing you to get tight shots that look amazing. It has also been designed with a top handle, capable of being twisted off to make it smaller. This makes it easy to unpack or pack up in seconds.

These accessories for the DSLR camera are durable enough to be used in rough environments, with a strong frame made from a quality single piece of fine-tool magnesium.

The magnesium construction ensures an exact shooting experience without compromising on maneuverability. The U-shaped arm that holds the camera plate eliminates any common imperfections. All for greater reliability and stability with no potential of any pieces moving apart or coming loose.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) Zhiyun Crane V2

The Zhiyun Crane V2 has been designed for use with DSLR cameras, coming in at a weight between 0.77lbs and 3.96lbs. This gives you quite a range of devices to choose from. It’s actually the first gimbal to ever be handheld, as well as feature CCI (camera control interface).

These accessories for the DSLR camera allow the focus and shutter of the camera to be controlled using buttons located on the handle of the gimbal.

There are three different operational modes to select from while the simple and quick mounting system requires no tools. Meaning reduced set up and pack away time. With its three-axis 360-degree rotation, it’s possible to enjoy impressive and smooth filming in any direction without any shake or wobble.

Every motor of this gimbal has automotive grade magnetic encoders, ensuring it can sense the smallest change intervals of as low as 0.02 degrees. This model was the first to achieve three 32-bit MCUs, which run parallel at 4K HZ. All of this allows it to film low to high angle shots with ease.

Paired with an efficient proprietary control algorithm, the powerful microcontroller is paired with an advanced servo-control algorithm. Allowing it to compute or control the camera with an accuracy of 0.001 degrees, in just 0.25 of a millisecond.

You can also connect the inbuilt wireless control model with the smartphone app or Zhiyun’s proprietary gimbal remote control. Supporting two 25400mAh batteries that come included with the package, it provides up to 12 hours of operating time.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

4) Neewer Carbon Fiber Handheld Stabilizer

Surprisingly lightweight yet capable of a 6.6lb payload, the Neewer Stabilizer is terrific. Designed to be handheld, it’s also made specifically for the DLSR and happens to be one of the best accessories for the DSLR camera today

This compact system means a dolly or tripod are a thing of the past for creating a smooth video on the move.

Featuring a camera platform that boasts y and x adjustments, the Neewer stabilizer also has several mount holes. These allow you to position your camera in many different ways. Its weight plate has four separate weight discs, making it easy to balance the camera more effectively.

You can either remove or add to these depending on your needs due to screw threads for easy fitting and removal. Suitable for use for low and high angle shooting, this stabilizer has low friction joints and high precision bearings. Its stretch adjustment also improves the weight ratio, reducing the clump weights massively.

There is also a quick release plate, useful for any camera that has a ¼” or 3/8” thread. As the bidirectional base plate also has a fine adjustment system it’s possible to freely adjust it in any direction.

Made from strong carbon fiber, this stabilizer is durable and solidly built for a long lifespan. Meanwhile, the grip has a comfortable sponge covering for an easier handling experience. You’ll also benefit from a free carrying back for easier transportation and storage.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

5) Glide Gear Geranos VII Stabilizer

This DSLR three axis gimbal stabilizer has been designed to allow for impressive cinematic style videography while on the move. All in one conveniently small and light package. With its advanced encoders, the Geranos stabilizer offers a limitless range of camera movements.

Meanwhile, it only weighs 2.8lbs without its batteries.

Designed to be small enough to stow away in your backpack, this lightweight model won’t be hard to deal with for long periods. It’s also simple enough to carry around anywhere you need to go.

It couldn’t be easier to operate with its single button as well. These great accessories for the DSLR camera feature full 360-degree rotation for smooth action shots in all directions.

It offers a number of other excellent benefits you will love. Those include three programmed controls, the possibility of toolless balancing to save on time, and arm and vest mounting for ease of use on the go. It comes complete with a set of batteries that can provide up to eight hours of continuous filming on a single change too.

If that’s not enough, it also comes with a hard case for convenient carrying between locations.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

6) Ikan Beholder 3 Axis Gimbal Stabilizer

The Ikan EC1 Beholder Mirrorless 3-Axis Handheld Gimbal Stabilizer has been specifically designed to meet the needs of professional filmmakers. It offers them an amazing single hand-held stabilizer to suit small and medium-sized DSLRs with a weight of up to 4.5lbs.

Yet these accessories for the DSLR camera can be used by regular, amateur filmmakers too.

Lightweight and simple to use, the Beholder EC1 can easily be carried around. It comes complete with a free carrying case to make that even easier. Made from strong and durable aluminum, this rugged stabilizer is ideal for use outdoors.

Meanwhile, its 360-degree rotational ability ensures smooth filming at all angles.

Featuring an OLED display screen, it’s possible to see which operating mode is being used. All while its eco-friendly battery indicator shows when a recharge is required. This model is also equipped with a 12-bit encoder and 32-bit controller for excellent performance and professional-style filming.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

7) Moza Lite II Motorized Handheld Gimbal

The MOZA Lite II: offers an outstanding stabilization system for professional quality film production. With its lightweight yet very solid frame it weighs just 4.8lbs yet supports an impressive maximum payload of up to 11lbs.

Supplied with its own hard carry case, these accessories for the DSLR camera couldn’t be easier to take wherever you need to go. It also comes with a battery charge and camera mounting plate so you can get up and running quickly.

The Moza Lite II is compatible with the Moza Assistant app for easier control, which has become quite popular among gimbal accessories as of late. It is also protected by a 12-month manufacturer’s guarantee for your peace of mind. Its battery life is reasonably long, lasting for around 6 hours before requiring a recharge.

Quick and easy to set up and take apart, this impressive piece of equipment will ensure smooth shooting and high-quality footage.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

8) Neewer Aerospace Handheld Grip

This specially designed dual handheld grip is perfect for use with the Neewer Crane/Crane M 3-Axis, Zhiyun Crane, or Zhiyun Crane M 3 Axis Stabilizers. Allowing you to quickly shift between two-handed and one-handed operation during shooting, this camera grip has a non-slip design to allow for easier holding and operation.

Durable and lightweight, these accessories for the DSLR camera are made from aerospace grade aluminum alloy for easier portability yet robust construction. Designed to help you save time and energy while filming, this model features two ¼” screw holes.

This makes it easy to attach further accessories onto your camera for even greater shooting convenience.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

9) Letus Helix Jr Aluminium Brushless Gimbal

If you’re looking for the most lightweight and compact three-axis gimbal, the Letus Helix Jr is a great choice. Having been fully optimized for use with DSLR cameras, this model features a flat-bottomed design. Allowing you to easily set it down on any surface with no need to use a stand.

Ideal for both professional and amateur use, its small dimensions make it suitable for fitting easily into backpacks even without disassembly. This means you can shoot virtually instantly without waiting for setting up time.

Made from lightweight magnesium alloy, these accessories for the DSLR camera isn’t only durable and easy to hold and use for extended periods. It also has improved vibration dampening properties for even less camera shake during use.

Weighing only 4lbs, the Letus Helix Jr also boasts encoded motors for even higher level performance.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

10) Pilotfly H2 Handheld Gimbal

Introducing a new and more flexible way to shoot video, the Pilotfly H2 gimbal is powerful, efficient, and effective. It’s designed to be the best single-handed gimbal for use with DSLR cameras. It features an ergonomically designed lightweight handle, which basically means everything involved in it is efficient with no random issues.

It’s equipped with a user-friendly four-way joystick, battery/power status, LED light, and mode button. These accessories for the DSLR camera also have brushless motors with fully integrated MCUs.

Using this gimbal, you can turn both of the axes a full 360 degrees without worry of possible damage to the cables. The three-axis is made from CNC aluminum alloy for extra robustness without adding additional weight. Surprisingly, the gimbal can still support a maximum payload of 4.8lbs.

Meanwhile, its battery lasts up to an impressive 26 hours of continuous operation.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

11) Beholder DS1 Handheld Stabilizer

The Beholder DS1 Handheld Stabilizer is one of the best accessories for the DSLR camera on the market today. This model allows you to rotate a full 360 degrees without dead augmentation. The design of the stabilizer was to support the GH series scroll and external remote control.

On top of this, the Beholder DS1 is capable of supporting a maximum DSLR camera weight of 3.8lbs. This makes it light to carry, however, the max weight would be low for bigger cameras. Possibly even for bigger projects too. However, stabilizers like this are effective with smaller cameras.

Usually. DSLR cams are light anyway.

Promising a fast response, the DS1’s system has dual sensors together with improved accuracy and stability. It is the first dual-level sensor 5D handheld 3 axis gyro stabilizer in existence. Suitable for all kinds of angles and shooting styles, this model comes with its own carry case for easy transportation and storage.

It is also very lightweight at only 2.2lbs even when the battery is installed. The quick release plate makes it easy to set up. This allows you to not waste time on setting up the thing or packing it away after you’re done.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

12) FeiyuTech a2000 DSLR Camera Gimbal

Ideal for professional use, the FeiyuTech a2000 has integrated anti-shake technology for even easier stabilization.  This model can support a maximum payload of 2.5kg (5.5lbs). Thanks to the downloadable firmware, you can keep your purchase up to date and functioning at an optimal level.

Thanks to the easy-to-use damping sliding arm, it couldn’t be simpler or more convenient to adjust the balance. Regardless of the weight of your attached DSLR, this will work perfectly. Meanwhile, the built-in shutter cable allows the gimbal and camera to be connected.

This allows you to control the zoom and shutter buttons remotely.

As an added bonus, the downloadable app allows you to do time-lapse photography as well as automatic shooting to be set up remotely. Truly great accessories for the DSLR camera, this model also features a detachable handle. This allows you to add other accessories in the future.

It also makes it simple to switch between single and dual handle options.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

13) Zhiyun Crane M3 Gimbal

With a battery life that lasts for a full 12 hours, this gimbal will remain functioning without needing a recharge for nearly a full day of filming. These accessories for the DSLR camera allow for a handled and inversion style shoot, with a 360-degree rotation offered when it’s in locking mode.

Thanks to the large and flat area of its 4-way rocker, it couldn’t be easier to control speed and direction precisely. It also offers a more convenient and comfortable operation than the standard 5-way joystick. Due to tools not being required to mount the camera, adjusting the balance is quick and simple to achieve within s minute.

The downloadable compatible app allows for convenient remote zooming out and in as well. Thanks to the ¼” screw at its base, this model can be used with extension rods and tripods to suit different needs. Though only capable of supporting a maximum weight of 1.4lbs, this is truly a professional quality model that produces shake-free results.

However, we’d advise you only use it with the smaller DSLRs. For, well, obvious reasons.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

14) Sutefoto S40 Handheld Stabilizer

The Sutefoto S40 Handheld Stabilizer is a quick balancing model with the capability of shooting 360 degrees completely stable. Offering a quick release plate, your camera can be set up with it and packed away in under 30 seconds. It’s also capable of supporting any DSLR camera, with most never exceeding 3.3lbs.

With its lightweight and compact design, this model can easily be carried anywhere you need to go. Meanwhile, its aluminum construction is black powder coated to protect against rust or water damage. It is equipped with six removable weights that you can adjust to suit your filming needs.

These accessories for the DSLR camera are perfect for both low and high shooting, offering low friction joints and high precision barrings. Meanwhile, its anti-skid handle is a non-slip version, giving a comfortable hold for extended periods of time.

It even comes with its own carrying bag for proper storage and easy transportation.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

15) Came TV Optimus 3 Axis Gimbal

The CAME-OPTIMUS gimbal features encoders for professional level performance and even allows for single-handed operation. With its new frame design, it can be operated in an underslung or inverted option, while its motor can rotate through a limitless 360 degrees.

Of course, this offers even more flexibility and range during operation.

With a battery life that lasts up to ten hours on one charge, these accessories for the DSLR camera come complete with a wireless joystick remote. This allows you to access the gimbal and control it without a need for being near. It also offers a quick release plate that ensures little to no adjustments.

This allows a faster and simpler camera balancing operation. There is also one free additional battery supplied with each model for an even longer battery life. Thanks to the 12-month manufacturer’s warranty, you can have complete peace of mind in your purchase as well.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

A Snap Decision

If you’ve decided that a gimbal or stabilizer is the perfect tool to get impressive footage, you need to know how to make the right choice for sure. We felt we offered the most useful advice you’ll need to make the perfect decision to suit your needs.

You might be an amateur who’s excited to start a YouTube channel of your very own, or if you might have professional ambitions. You need a seriously impressive piece of hardware, and we understand that around here. That said, you’ll find something on our list to accommodate your requirements.

We make it easier than ever for you to make an informed choice so you won’t end up making an expensive mistake. Buying any accessories for the DSLR camera can be very difficult to accomplish, regardless of what they are. We feel your pain.

We did the research for you and that means you’re going to really love the choices we went with.

Channel your inner filmmaker with one of these cutting-edge stabilizers for your DSLR camera today. Then enjoy outstanding footage each and every time you set up a shot. Maybe we’ll see your stuff making millions of views on YouTube or making billions at the box office one day.

Good luck, Mr. Director!

Top 14 Shotgun Microphones For The DSLR Camera

A

re you ready to become the next hot thing on YouTube? Finding a way to improve the sound on your video must be pretty high on your agenda. Whether you’re vlogging or making your own home videos, you’ll run into times when your best sequence can be ruined. All due to audio that is filled with background noises, static, or strange distortions. DLSR Cameras are popular in this community. However, most need shotgun microphones for the DSLR camera to help them.

Unfortunately, your bad audio is likely to be the result if reliance on your camera’s inbuilt mic to record your sound.

If you’re shooting video on your DSLR camera, an external microphone is the only way to go. An external mic will filter out all those unwanted noises, focusing only the sounds you need to capture for your high-quality video. Shotgun microphones for DSLR cameras are the perfect solution.

They are designed to be lightweight, simple to use, and sturdy. These microphones are an ideal option for any would be Vlogger, effectively capturing dialogue, interviews, and voice-overs effortlessly.

How do you go about going through the many shotgun microphones for the DSLR camera to find one for your next project? There are lots of different options out there. As you might expect, not all of them are going to make your audio sound like the Hollywood blockbuster that you had in mind, however.

To save you making an expensive mistake, we’ve done all the hard work of finding the best camera microphone options on the market so you can make an informed decision. Are you ready to channel your inner Steven Spielberg? Then read on and discover the top 14 shotgun microphones for the DSLR camera.

What are the different types of mics for a camera?

There are a number of different microphones for various types of camera. However, each one is best suited to a particular filming environment. This is also something crucial to the camera you are using. There are several shotgun microphones for the DSLR camera out there.

However, if you pick one made for the Sony Handycam, it simply won’t work for the DSLR.

This is something a lot of nieve or less tech-savvy people assume when they jump into stuff like this. They buy products that do not work together. We did not want to do that to you, so every shotgun microphone we highlighted will go with the DSLR camera specifically.

However, it’s more than just what type of camera you have. It’s also about the mic itself.

See, there are several different microphones available. All do different things. Some of them are heavily needed to get the kind of audio you want and need from it. Others are unneeded or simply overkill. That said, we wanted to make you aware of a few of them.

Shotgun Microphones:

First up revolves around what this list is all about, the Shotgun microphone. These are by far the top choice for anyone using their DSLR camera to capture sound. Perfect for use in all kinds of environments, they’re great for outdoor or indoor interviews, shooting vlogs, or making YouTube footage.

If you’re keen to capture video and audio on the fly, a shotgun mic is perfect thanks to their ability to either be attached to a boom pole or the camera itself. As a directional mic, it can capture audio in any direction you point the lens, and the audio capture is impressively high quality.

There are little things you’ll need to be aware of when using them, some of which we’ll go over more in-depth later.

These mics are capable of picking up a ton of audio, and often ignore things around them. However, it will pick up things like the wind as well unless it has a “condom” on. We know it sounds funny, but exactly as the rubbery stuff does for Mr. Johnson, they too need protection.

By having one on, a coverage if you will, it keeps “ambient sound” out. Thus offering you better audio in the direction you have chosen.

Handheld Microphones:

Handheld microphones are a great option for interviewing or presenting/hosting. They’re often used in churches, at political events, and more. These mics are great for reducing ambient and background noise and are ideal for use in crowded spaces.

There are a few additional accessories required to use a handheld microphone if you want to use it to record sounds to your camera. While handheld mics are a great cue when interviewing someone to tell them when it’s time to talk, it’s important to hold the mic to their face.

However, you do not need it to be at the lips. Many pick up sound from a respectable distance.

Like shotgun mics, they also need protection. This is mostly due to the “pops” you might hear. Especially on the “P” sounding words. Even “S”-words (not that kind, Fred) can interfere with quality. Putting coverage on the mic allows you to pick up the audio without any random pops that could ruin an otherwise incredible interview.

Lavalier Microphones:

Often referred to in the business as “lav mics,” the lavalier microphones are a great choice if you’re recording in a controlled environment. Designed to clip onto clothing and worn close to the mouth, they are regularly seen on vlogs and talk shows.

Less sensitive than other types of mic, they aren’t ideal for outdoor use, but they’re very discreet and are therefore great for interviews. If you’re recording indoors, these are a great choice. However, remember that you need every person that you’re interviewing to have their own mic connected and set up for them.

Lav Mics are usually very good at picking up any sound they need to in a “direct” placement. They can have a distance of your chest to your mouth where handheld needs to be a little closer. However, unlike handheld mics, they are unable to capture anything other than direct sound.

Yet this can also come with added issues of rustling cloth sounds or finger touching. Be warned when in use. If you know how to use them, they may be your new best friends for direct vlog videos.

Headset Microphones:

Primarily used for presentations in noisy environments, a headset mic is perfect for interviews in crowds. They allow voices to be isolated in post-production. They aren’t great for a standard YouTube-style video, however, since they can produce a breathy sound quality.

They’re also bulky and quite unappealing to wear, especially if you want to look your best in front of the camera! These are more common in the world of radio. You may also be well-versed with them if you’re a person who likes to play video games online.

While these are a cheaper version normally, they essentially are what we’re referring to here.

Why is a shotgun microphone a good option for a DSLR camera?

Shotgun microphones for the DLSR camera are a top choice for recording sound since they boast a precise pick-up pattern. They are ideal if you won’t be moving around a lot or if you’re being assisted by a boom mic operator.

However, since they can be used on top of cameras so easily, they can be mobile relatively fast. Allowing you to take them with you on remote shoots.

They have a hyper-cardioid or super-cardioid pattern for optimal sound quality. They do need to be placed close to the source of a sound, but most are small enough to be kept out of the frame of the shot. This means you won’t need to worry about bits of your microphone being visible in the final version.

Unlike with boom microphones, often used for talk shows.

One further advantage of using shotgun microphones for the DSLR camera is that there’s no need to wire everybody up. This would only be necessary if you were using lavalier mics. This makes shotgun mics a brilliant option if you’re interviewing several people.

Also, if you’re shooting outside shotgun mics offer many options for wind control thanks to furry or foam condoms we referred to earlier. The world likes to call them “windshields” to be appropriate. However, we dare you to ask a media professional and they’ll back us up.

What are the main things to consider before buying Shotgun microphones for the DSLR camera?

There are a number of useful features that are vital for the quality of sound you can produce. You need to keep these in mind when you’re looking over shotgun microphones for the DSLR camera you want to buy. There are so many things to keep in mind that you may not even realize it. We cannot let you make a mistake knowing we could have helped.

That isn’t the Batman way. Since we at Men’s Gear like to be like Batman, other than the weird and illegal vigilante stuff, we’re here to help. That said, here is a quick overview of some of the key aspects to consider when you’re buying your first shotgun mic:

Range:

A shotgun microphone has several different ranges so you can select the right one to suit your needs when filming. What is a range when it comes to a microphone? We’re glad you asked. The range encompasses everything in a certain area of the microphone.

Basically, if you can stand 2 feet from someone and get relatively perfect audio, great. However, if you cannot get it well after 5 feet, then you have a low range.

Most can do a relatively useful distance of 10 to 20 feet away from where you can hear audio. Obviously, the closer you get the louder things will become. The person at a distance may need to speak louder to be heard at a greater distance too, which is obvious stuff.

Shotgun microphones for DSLR cameras were made for close-range material, keep in mind.

Battery Life:

As with anything technology related that uses batteries, you’ll want to know how long power will last. The battery life can vary significantly between models of shotgun microphones. This means you need to take the time to check out how long the battery will last between charges.

This is especially relevant if you’re planning on using your microphone outdoors. There are limited opportunities for a recharge in most outdoor venues. Nor are there many places to plug in if your microphone can work with both. A lot of professionals tend to have more than one battery for this very reason.

This is present for both the battery and microphones they use.

We recommend getting a few to always be ready, as they are relatively cheap. Plus, you already get one with the microphone upon buying it. Getting more than one will ensure the best results. However, if your battery can last 90 hours on full charge, you may not need to use more than one.

Many we added below certainly fit that department.

Weight And Size:

Most shotgun microphones for the DSLR camera are lightweight and small to suit the needs of all DSLR users. DSLR cameras are designed to be compact and easy to operate on the go. This is useful, as it’s functional for all people regardless of age, gender, or what have you.

That said, you won’t want to make yours any heavier than it is already. You can make sure to choose the lightest and smallest shotgun mic to avoid adding any extra bulk or weight to your camera. While some good microphones can be slightly heavier, this isn’t a bad thing.

You just have to be capable of handling it on your camera consistently.

Build Quality:

A DSLR microphone can be costly, but most are made from high-quality materials for the sturdiest build. This is especially important if you’re going to be shooting outdoors. Obviously, you’re going to want your mic to be durable enough to survive outside.

A higher-end model will often be made from metal for impact and element-resistance. The cheaper models will be made out of plastic or other cheap materials similar to this. Of course, this isn’t necessarily a bad thing, but some are flimsy and brittle and are therefore better suited for indoor use rather than outdoor shooting.

This means you’ll need to know what you’re planning to use your camera for. As it will also allow you to know what needs you’ll have for your microphone too. Once you know, you can decide on the time that would be best for you. Cheaper or more expensive, both are usually fine.

However, no matter what you plan to do…the more expensive versions are better made.

High Pass Filtration & Frequency Response:

Our ears can register sounds between 20 and 20,000 Hz. Your mic’s frequency response is important here. If it can be close both ends of the range, that means the sound it gets will be a lot more realistic. Most rightly prefer very low frequencies not to interfere with their recordings.

In order to do this, you need to have a quality product. Shotgun mics with a high pass filter can muffle those low-frequency sounds that would have otherwise registered. Of course, those covers we referred to before will also be present. As they can grab sound without random issue too.

Thus helping frequency as well.

Super-cardioid or Cardioid Pickup Pattern:

The pickup pattern of your mic is a visual representation showing the area in which sound will be picked up. Some microphones can register equal amounts of sound in every direction, including the back and front. However, this isn’t the case with shotgun mics.

Shotgun microphones for the DSLR camera have a tightly focused pickup pattern. The super-cardioid or cardioid patterns are ideal to pick up sound only from the front of the camera without picking up any sound from the back or side of the mic.

Basically, if the camera is facing you but we need to get sound of what you’re looking at off-screen. super-cardioid won’t help that.

Super-cardioid microphones are slightly more focused. However, they also need to be positioned more precisely if you want to eliminate the possibility of unwanted rear noise. Overall, these types of mics are great at getting audio they are facing as well as cutting out noise from the back that you want to avoid.

Normal cardioid mics won’t do that as efficiently.

Accessories:

Different accessories come with different mics. Simply choosing an expensive mic doesn’t necessarily mean you’ll benefit from extra accessories. Nor does that mean they’re going to be of good quality. Check out which accessories come with your microphone so you can make sure that everything you need is included.

Some of the accessories include mic condoms (windshields) for outdoor filming (either padded to cancel out breathing sounds or furry to disperse the wind). Shock mounts to eliminate vibrations when moving the camera, and cables that allow you to power your mic or connect it to a boom pole.

These either come separate, completely combined or a small combo of the few.

How hard is it to set up shotgun microphones for the DSLR camera?

Although it may seem complicated to set up shotgun microphones for DSLR cameras, it won’t be as hard as you imagine. There are three different options when it comes to setting the mic up. Option one is to capture your audio separately and then sync the audio during the editing process using third-party editing software.

The second option is to connect your mic with an XLR adapter to your camera. The advantages of this setup are that you can benefit from power for microphones and have a small independent power source. On top of the ability to monitor sound and disable the internal audio gain control of your DSLR.

The third option is to directly connect your mic to your camera via the mini-jack input of your DSLR. This produces surprisingly good audio quality especially when you’re filming for YouTube or the internet

Overall, all options are easy to do and take less than 2 to 5 minutes to complete. Once you get used to it, things may take less than 30 seconds even.

1) Rode VideoMic Compact Microphone

If you’re looking for small shotgun microphones for the DSLR camera, the VideoMic Pro is a great choice, plus lightweight. Even with the 9-volt battery is attached, no real extra weight is present. Overall, this allows it to be carried around with ease.

The battery is powerful enough to run for 70 hours of use. The small dimensions of this mic allow it to be used on smaller DSLRs, making it compatible with any DSLR. The intuitive controls can be found on the back of the mic, with 3 different positions for the upper switch – high-pass filter, on, and off.

The filter perfectly handles noise, allowing it to remove low frequencies and wind noise.

There are three different gain settings, +20dB, 0dB, and -10dB. The unusual+20dB setting allows cameras with poor gain circuitry a way to work with the mic.

The custom shock mount is a shoe-style design. The base includes a screw thread to attach the mic to a boom pole. Rubber shock-absorbers fix it into place, with spares added for extra benefit.

This mic features a super-cardioid pickup pattern, which removes excess background noise. There is also a foam windshield provided as standard. Also, if you register for the manufacturer’s warranty, you get a fluffy windshield too. All with an impressive 10-year guarantee, so why not?

There’s also a very similar item on our list at number 14 which includes a fluffy sound attachment.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) Audio Technica Camera Mount Microphone

Whatever type of environment you’re capturing audio in, this Audio Technica microphone model is a good choice. Suitable for both outdoor and indoor use, it has a line-cardioid selectable mono mode and a mid-side internally matrixed stereo mode.

This means that you’ll have all the flexibility to focus your recording on just one sound source or alternatively to wider the recording field to give extra sonic realism.

These shotgun microphones for the DSLR camera have a 3-position input pad that can be adjusted to 0dB, -10dB, and -20dB. This allows both loud and soft sound passages to be captured with no distortions. It’s also possible to select a low-frequency roll-off so that unwanted ambient noise is not picked up.

An AA battery is required to power this mic; a surprisingly convenient solution, and powerful enough to ensure excellent performance with a high max SPL. The integral camera shoe is suitable for attaching to DSLR cameras, and the mic is supplied with its own mini-jack.

The latter is great for convenient set-up. It also comes with a fuzzy windshield and a standard windshield. There are rubber integral shock mounts that can isolate the mic from any mechanical camera noises or vibrations. This just ensures you don’t pick up any unwanted sounds.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) Rode VideoMic Go Microphone

One of the greatest benefits of the VideoMic Go from Rode is that no batteries are needed for it to function. There are no external controls that adjust the mic either. It’s literally the simplest model on the market and is the ultimate Plug and Play device.

There’s not even any need to switch the mic on!

Despite its convenient and hassle-free design, the VideoMic GO still offers good quality directional sound pickup. This is thanks to its Rycote Lyre shock mount that ensures no handling or vibration noise comes through on your recording. As an added bonus, the cable is independent of the mic.

Meaning even if breaks accidentally, you can replace it with ease.

The frequency response of this mic covers from 100Hz up to 16kHz, cutting off low frequencies under 100Hz without any problems. This is also one of the most affordable shotgun microphones for the DSLR camera on the market today.

It allows these mics to be the perfect option for anyone who wants an informal sound recording device for their YouTube videos or home movies.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

4) Sennheiser MKE440 Shotgun Microphone

Thanks to its strong all-metal construction, the Sennheiser MKE 440 shotgun mic is incredibly durable and robust enough to use outdoors. It also features an integrated shock mount, allowing it to be protected from those unwanted handling sounds and vibrations.

These so often occur when using your DSLR camera to film on the go, so eliminating them is essential. It’s a terrific thing that these shotgun microphones for the DSLR camera by Sennheiser do just that.

Its small size means that it is perfect for use on all kinds of DSLR cameras, from the smallest to the largest model! On top of this, the switchable sensitivity it contains makes it suitable for use at both short and long distances.

Despite its sturdy construction, this is a surprisingly intuitive camera. There is also a seemingly absent learning curve when it comes to using this device, making it incredibly easy to use. It also produces premium-level recording quality while boasting an amazing battery life of more than 300 hours.

The two recording modes mean that customizing your microphone to suit the shooting conditions on any particular day or project is a breeze. There is also a selectable wind noise filter for clearer recordings when recording sound in front of the mic.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

5) Rode SVM Stereo Condenser Microphone

This high-quality stereo mic has been designed for use not only with DSLR cameras but also portable audio recorders and camcorders too. It features two ½” high-res condenser capsules that are mounted into a fixed stereo array. The result of this is a natural-sounding stereo recording with plenty of rear rejection to get rid of unwanted ambient sounds.

The built-in shock mounts allow it to handle noise extremely well, essentially eliminating it. Thanks to the standard-sized shoe mount with its 3/8” thread, you can easily mount this mic onto a stand or boom pole. This, of course, offers different recording applications.

Options are useful for shotgun microphones for the DSLR camera, as they allow you to get several sounds for the video you’re putting together.

The high-pass filter can prevent low-frequency sounds from being captured while the -10dB level attenuation allows loud sources of sound to be recorded. The body is made from high-quality cast aluminum for extra ruggedness and durability on the go.

Meanwhile, the 10-year manufacturer’s warranty gives you complete peace of mind in your purchase.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

6) Tascam Camera Mountable Microphone

Designed to comfortably sit in any camera hot shoe, the DR-10SG mic is lightweight and compact enough to take anywhere. All without adding extra bulk to your DSLR camera. Great for shooting on the go, this mic captures good quality audio.

It does this while powered by a single AAA battery. It is easy to keep it running when out and about for sure. As an added bonus, the external USB connector means that you have a second option when it comes to powering this mic.

You can choose between two different recording levels for recording dual audio tracks. It also comes with its own windshield cover to protect against unwanted wind noise when recording outside. You can record one of two was. You can opt to record directly to an SD card or directly to your camera.

As a super-cardioid mic, the DR-10SG picks up sound from in front of the mic extremely well. Its integrated shock mount means that no vibrations or handling noises are captured. There are four different EQ modes as well as an onboard audio slate to allow synchronization during your editing process.

Truly it is one of the best shotgun microphones for the DSLR camera today. We could not love it enough.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

7) Zoom SSH-6 Stereo Shotgun Microphone Module

The Zoom SSH-6 provides highly focused stereo sound capture that is suitable for use with the Zoom Q8, H5, or H6 recorders. It’s ideal for use in outdoor recording situations especially. Ultimately allowing it to be one of the best shotgun microphones for the DSLR camera for various uses outside.

Things like football or storm chasing will be caught in easy, high definition sound. All without any problem of things being too much when you listen back. This mic comes complete with a furry windshield to guard against unwanted environmental noises too. Allowing it to avoid the unnecessary sounds you want to eliminate.

Thanks to the bidirectional side capsules, you can choose to record right and left ambient noises around you. We should also mention this is a hypercardioid mic, this goes with what we referred to earlier on its ability with ambient noise. Unlike cardioid mics, they have less sensitivity on their sides with the sound.

On top of this, they pick up better directional sound than the cardioid too. Thus, you can be confident of outstanding sound capture.

One of the best shotgun microphones for the DSLR camera available for beginners, the Zoom SSH-6 impressively records interviews in an outdoor environment without any issue. With its small and lightweight construction, it’s easy to take anywhere and won’t weigh your DSLR down.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

8) Shure VP83F Camera Mounted Microphone

The Shure VP83F is one of the most impressive shotgun microphones for the DSLR camera on the market. As it’s capable of doing things many others struggle to do, especially for the price it asks for. Thanks to its in-built shock mount, it protects against unwanted handling and vibration noise during your recordings.

It fits easily onto the camera’s shoe, making it the perfect option for use on the go. It also offers the option to either record sound directly to the removable micro SD card or to the camera via the inclusive cable.

Compact yet extremely rugged, the Shure VP83F can capture high-def audio while its single-button recording and intuitive menu make it a user-friendly camera mic. It’s one truly anyone to use, without a struggle.

Its highly directional super-cardioid pickup pattern means that you can use it virtually anywhere without any unwanted off-axis audio capture.

Using the two inclusive AA batteries, this mic supplies a full ten hours of battery life. It comes supplied with a gold-plated 3.5mm audio cable as well as a foam windscreen for outdoor recordings. The mic can easily be mounted onto a boom pole or stand thanks to the ¼” threaded base.

Meanwhile, the fully-adjustable user gain allows you to move in 1dB increments up to 60dB to fine-tune your audio.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

9) Nikon-ME-1 Stereo Microphone

The Nikon ME-1 sounds compelling in its name alone, and supplied by a trusted brand, you know it offers quality. Obviously, these shotgun microphones for the DSLR camera are near the top of their field. Supplied with a carry case and windscreen, the mic fixes easily onto the accessory shoe of any DSLR camera.

It tightens firmly into place thanks to a lock ring mechanism. There is a channel in the microphone’s back that keeps the cable out of the way during use. Meanwhile, the in-built rubberized shock mounts ensure there is no excess handling noise or vibrations to ruin your audio.

The integrated rotary dial allows the low-cut filter to be switched easily off and on, cutting off any low-frequency wind noises. It’s lightweight, compact, and simple to attach to your DSLR with the 3.5mm mic jack. The ME-1 manages to capture audio with a rich and full tone from up to 20-feet away outdoors with the windscreen in place.

With its sensitivity from -42dB up to +3dB, you can expect low frequency sounds to be well filtered out.

It’s clearly smaller in size, which means it does not require a battery. Ultimately, that makes it more convenient and much easier to carry around. To be this good at this size is incredible. Wait until you see the price and hear what the audio sounds like!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

10) Audio-Technica ATR-3350IS Lavalier Mic

This lavalier mic is an ideal choice for use in an interview situation, but barely scraping onto the list of ‘shotguns’ due to its basic features. However, thanks to its omnidirectional functionality, it is great for picking up voices even in a noisy environment.

As a high-quality condenser, it boasts a low-profile design for excellent discretion. All while its smartphone adapter ensures that it is instantly compatible with the newest smartphones.

The dual-mono 1/8” output plug can connect to your DSLR with ease, recording audio on both the right and left channels. It comes complete with an inclusive foam windscreen, an LR44 battery, and a tie clip. Ultimately, making this a really useful choice for use anywhere you need to go.

The mic has a long cable which can extend to accommodate the needs of different applications, its low price tag makes it a truly affordable choice for even vloggers on a budget.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

11) Tascam TM-2X Stereo Microphone

This stereo condenser mic can be mounted with ease onto your DSLR’s hot shoe. It can rotate up to 180 degrees to suit your recording needs and there’s no need for battery power to use it. All of this adds up to one really convenient choice for indoor or outdoor audio capture.

Designed specifically for use with DSLR camera, it has an isolation arm to stabilize noise levels and there is also an integrated low-cut filter to eradicate low-frequency sounds. The floating shock mounts ensure that no vibrations or handling noises are picked up.

With two microphone capsules and an X-Y pattern, this mic captures an authentic representation of your sonic atmosphere. This comes from either the wider area of the mic or from the front of your camera. It’s also capable of handling high sound pressures to a maximum of 120 dB SPL.

Complete with two-stage output levels, it can be adjusted with a single switch to suit a range of DSLR cameras. It also comes with a thread to help you add a tripod to it. Overall, these are clearly impressive shotgun microphones for the DSLR camera.

They’re compact, get the job done, and all at a nice size and price. What’s to not like?

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

12) Shure VP83 Camera Mounted Microphone

Rugged yet extremely compact, these shotgun microphones for the DSLR camera offer an excellent way to capture high-def detailed audio. With easy to access controls, this mic has a low-cut filter to get rid of unwanted low-frequency sounds. The 3-position gain allows for simple adjustments to suit different environments.

Created with a directional super-cardioid pickup pattern, the VP83 can provide premium-quality rejection of off-axis sounds. This is present for a more natural audio capture. Its custom-designed, integrated Lyre shock mount eliminates vibrations and mechanical noises for better sound quality.

Powered by a single AA battery, this mic can stay running for up to 130 hours – pretty impressive! Also, thanks to its all-metal construction, it’s durable enough to use anywhere. Meanwhile, its RF superior immunity protects against any unwanted audio from RF and cellular devices.

It comes complete with a 3.5mm audio cable to allow for speedy connections to your camera. On top of this, its ¼” threaded shoe mount base makes it simple to mount onto a stand or boom pole. It also comes complete with a foam windshield to eliminate wind noises with no effect on sound quality.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

13) Azden SMX-20 Stereo Switchable Microphone

Offering both stereo and mono capabilities, the Azden SMX-30 mic has two different capsules for switchable functionality. These shotgun microphones for the DSLR camera are suitable for use in mono mode to record dialogue or in stereo mode for 120 degrees of audio coverage.

This super-cardioid mic is easy to adjust by simply moving the switch on its back. There is also a level adjustment to switch between -10dB, 0dB and +20dB to suit different recording requirements.

Meanwhile, the low-cut filter eliminates those unwanted low-frequency sounds. Made from hard and sturdy plastic, this well-made camera mic has a ten-year manufacturer’s warranty for your complete peace of mind.

It is perfect for all kinds of users. From YouTubers to corporate presenters, it will work for any need you ask of it. Of course, this isn’t the cheapest model on the market. However, its ability to switch between mono and stereo recordings is a huge selling point.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

14) Rode VMPR VideoMic Pro R

With its compact design, the Rode VMPR VideoMic Pro R is perfect for the DSLR camera. Giving you excellent audio capture in one affordable and lightweight package, this mic is easy to install and offers some great additional features.

With its inclusive hot shoe mount on its base, these shotgun microphones for the DSLR camera can also be connected to your boom pole. This is thanks to the 3/8” thread, and it offers even greater versatility. With its compact dimensions and low weight, it won’t be too big to use on even very small cameras.

In fact, even on the smallest DSLR won’t get in the way of your wide-angle shots.

Requiring one 9V battery to power this mic, it can run for up to 70 hours of continuous recording. Obviously, more than enough to finish your daily Vlog. It can connect easily by using the inclusive 3.5mm jack. Meanwhile, the furry windshield isn’t part of the package.

However, you can claim it for free when you take out the extended manufacturer’s warranty.

This will protect against unwanted wind noise when recording outdoors, of course. If you don’t want to claim the warranty, the inclusive foam windshield works pretty well as standard.

The integrated shock mounts prevent the mic from hitting the surrounds and base. Thus guards against vibrations and handling noise for clearer recordings. Spare mounts also come included so you are getting even better value for money.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

A Snapshot Overview

Whether you’re Vlogging or making your own home movie, having a great quality mic for your DSLR camera is going to make an enormous difference. It’ll offer great quality to your final recordings, something the pros do all the time. Choosing from all the many options out there is never going to be easy, and we knew this going in.

However, when you following our helpful buying guide, you’ll be in a much better position to make an informed purchasing choice.

Among our selections for the top 14 shotgun microphones for the DSLR camera, you’re certain to find the perfect model to suit your recording needs. Whether you’ll be outdoors or indoors, interviewing or presenting, we feel we highlighted the best microphones to fit your specific needs.

Our list provides only lightweight, durable, and easy to use in the home or on the go products, Most can also connect to boom poles or stands for even greater versatility of use.

Channel your inner Steven Spielberg with any of these shotgun microphones for the DSLR camera right away. Then enjoy making and hearing amazing sound quality on every recording you do.

Top 16 Self-Help Books For Men

Y

ou walk into a bookstore and you see it: a broad display with numerous, popular titles for sale. Yet they’re not detective novels, literary fiction, or even biography. Rather, they’re self-help books for men. This surprises you. You think, aren’t women supposed to be into this?

You begin to see other men pick up copies, buying without shame. They’re confident and walk out satisfied. Maybe they are interesting. You then try to look without really “looking” like you are. Then you realize, this is really useful.

If you can identify with the little anecdote above, you’re not alone. It’s a proven fact that popular self-help books have been bestsellers for a long time. Yet we have to overcome this weird stigma about reading one. Like somehow, we think it’s a sign of weakness to self-improve.

Are we ashamed as men to ask or want help?

Guys, that’s lame. Who’s going to know if you order it online anyway?

We all need help here and there. Being ashamed by self-help books for men just gets in the way of a stronger, smarter, and better organized you. They’re like sitting with a drinking a beer and shooting the breeze. Our list of the top 16 self-help books for men also varies across several genres.

You’ll see Greek Philosophy mixed with Wall Street pointers and ways to reduce stress.

They use self-improvement as a journey, like a long hike to the peaks. You’re going to discover a lot about yourself and how you work. You’ll be able to use that information to become a better worker, boss, father, brother, whoever you are. It helps that someone’s already done all the legwork because it’s always harder to go it alone.

Do self-help books for men really work?

Maybe you’re not the type to need this kind of pep talk – you know that self-awareness can translate to happier relationships, less stress, and even a higher salary. That stuff isn’t in question. Maybe you look at the self-help books for men at the bookstore and think to yourself: sure, but are these really going to work?

It doesn’t help that most author photos on the cover remind you of snake oil hucksters either. Everyone’s saying their method is the best (or only!) way to find peace of mind, better sex, or an improved sense of well-being. Are they really just trying to sell us something?

The boom in the self-help market did open the floodgates to all kinds of feel-good shams and expensive goat-yoga courses. However, the reason why it became so popular in the first place is that people were (maybe unexpectedly) finding that their lives were changing.

There are hundreds of books that are written and forgotten each year, but every so often there’s a volume that makes such an impact that its remembered for generations to come. A number of the books on this list have been around for decades – sometimes for thousands of years.

That said, there’s a reason why the self-help book format has proven so useful over the years. So what are some of those ways?

Accessibility And Freedom:

By this, we’re not just talking about how you can order one online and receive an ebook within minutes. However, that’s incredibly true and may help some with the stigma of picking one up at the local bookstore. Yet we’re more thinking about how it’s a perfect middleman between seeing a professional and trying things out on your own.

Obviously having a mentor or life coach or therapist speeds things up quite a bit, but the advantage of reading a book instead is that everything happens at your own pace. There’s no pressure to make this or that change every week, and you aren’t paying someone to listen while you’re figuring things out.

You can put the book aside whenever you need, make some notes, go for a run, the works. You’re answering to no one but yourself, and that is a kind of freedom.

How They Deliver Information:

You’re not forced to read an academic article – even if the writers are professors, they’re publishing the book with a popular audience in mind. You don’t need to do a weekend retreat or take a course to understand the ideas involved.

Everything made to be as understandable as possible, and the authors usually had help from a team of editors to make that happen.

On top of this, you can always find another method if something doesn’t work for you. That’s why we’ve made such a broad list. One book is going to do the same thing for every man, and everyone has different roads to self-improvement.

So take a look at our list and see if anything resonates with you. If yes, great! If not, then keep reading and we’re sure you’ll see something that speaks to where you’re at and where you’re going.

Why read a self-help book when I can just read self-help articles online?

When you want to learn a new language, what do you think is going to be the best method? Picking up a dictionary and trying to learn the words by yourself, or finding a teacher who knows the language inside out and how to teach it as well.

Having someone who has experience in explaining what could otherwise be a complicated process is more than worth the hassle of finding such a person. When you choose a book for self-improvement over a few articles you can read online, you’re investing in a teacher.

The Connection Of A Book Outweighs That Of An Article:

We don’t want to say that articles aren’t interesting or useful (heck, most self-help authors pen articles all the time) so much as that they’re short. Condensed. Many of them are written after they publish a book, and they’re meant to give a brief taste of a much larger picture.

When you read a self-help book, you’re choosing to spend a specific amount of time with that author, their concepts, and their vision of the world. You can obviously just take as many pages of the article and read those instead, but there’s not a greater structure connecting them.

Each article doesn’t build on the last in the same way that each chapter follows the next.

When you’re knee-deep in a writer’s lingo, your brain starts making connections between the concepts. It builds a mental map of everything that’s being said and starts applying it to day-to-day life. This kind of deep-dive isn’t possible when you’re reading articles, unfortunately.

You could even think of switching between articles, especially if they’re on radically different subjects, as similar to hopping between channels on a Wednesday night. You get glimpses of a lot of different things, maybe you’ll learn something you wouldn’t know by watching one program all the way through.

However. generally speaking, it’s not the best idea if you’re wanting to learn something deeply.

Articles Are About What You Know, Books About What You Need To Learn:

Most of the stuff that everyone already knows about is written on for articles. Authors simply bring their concepts to help someone into the piece. When to take breaks while working, for example, or what kinds of sleep rhythms work for different people.

These are the types of topics you’ll often see in article-form.

However, when someone makes a discovery based on years of research, they’re going to want to put it behind some kind of paywall. They need to make money, after all, and by paying for a book you’ll also be paying for someone’s best research.

As said above, the kinds of articles on The Guardian or The New York Times are always just a snippet of the book’s content. That said, if you want something game-changing, you’ll have to fork out the cash for it.

Besides all this, reading a book all the way to the end (especially if you’re not the most avid of readers) is a reward in itself. In fact, it starts building the kind of discipline you’re probably using the book to find. There can also be the fun of getting the guys together and talking about the book over a beer.

Once you’re nose-deep into the book, you’ll get the hang of it and start enjoying yourself.

Plus, interesting self-help books usually take a whole Ph.D. (or even a life) to write. Reading the book, you’ll get the goods over a couple of weeks. If that’s not value, what is? Just call us Professor or Dr. Men’s Gear for the rest of this article. Okay, maybe not….

1) Awaken The Giant Within

Tony Robbins is a world-renowned author in the areas of personal growth, motivation, and financial control. In Awaken the Giant Within, he focuses on individual success and what it means to take control of one’s destiny.

Like all effective self-help books for men, Robbins focuses on the incremental changes that are easiest to maintain and provide long-term growth and development. His clients have included former U.S. President Bill Clinton, NHL Great Wayne Gretzky, Academy Award-winning actor Hugh Jackman, and more.

In this book, Robbins divulges the kind of insight that goes on to make champions.

Ideas explored in the book include:

-the necessity of raising one’s personal standards if you want to see a dynamic change in your life.

-adapting current belief systems so as to tap into our inherent confidence and meet said higher standards.

-how not only to make changes but gauge which changes can incrementally be implemented for truly sustainable, long-term change.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) 12 Rules For Life  – An Antidote To Chaos

No title on this list has generated more buzz this year than this self-help book Jordan Peterson released in early 2018. Having ascended to the status of what some have called an “academic rock star,” Peterson’s 12 Rules for Life weave ancient wisdom with practical advice.

This book addresses some of our most pressing challenges today. Don’t let the chapter titles fool you, missives like “pet a cat on the street” and “don’t bother children when they skateboard” are used like open door examples. They examine the big questions of parenting, politics, self-development, and even happiness.

While millions have enjoyed Peterson’s words (and his impressively prolific YouTube channel), there are those who might raise an eyebrow at some of the political claims made in the book and elsewhere. Read the book by all means, but it might be useful to read up on some of the controversies this volume seeks to address.

Regardless of political belief, it’s terrific and one of the best self-help books for men today for a reason.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) Man’s Search For Meaning

While a number of the titles on this list of self-help books for men are for productivity, this revered classic takes on the question of life’s meaning itself.

Viktor Frankl was a psychologist who, during the worst of WWII, was taken to the Dachau concentration camp. Here, Viktor was witness to some of the worst atrocities known to the 20th century. From this place of suffering, he found that the drive to find meaning in life can help any man press through the darkness.

While the book is ultimately (and profoundly) life-affirming, it would still be good to know what you’re walking into. There are very frank discussions about the Holocaust and the nature of suffering that some are bound to find disturbing.

However, for those unafraid to ask themselves the big questions, this book will prove a perennial gift.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

4) Willpower Doesn’t Work

Some of the most popular self-help books for men are those that help us simply get things done. It’s such an easy concept to “get things done,” right? Yet we often overlook how hard this can actually be for several things. As such, a number of these volumes deal with how to improve or strengthen your willpower or grit.

Benjamin Hardy, on the other hand, says this is the wrong way to approach things altogether.

Instead of focusing on how to ‘white-knuckle’ your way to success, Hardy looks to the environmental factors that might be keeping us away from our goals. In his book Willpower Doesn’t Work: Discover the Hidden Keys to Success, we’re looking at the details in our lives and asking ‘is this distracting me or leading me to success?’

Hardy shows us how to build environments that encourage us to go after our dreams and never settle for less.

For the man who’s frustrated with fruitless calls to grin and bear it, Hardy’s words will come both as a relief and as a breath of fresh air.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

5) The Five Minute Journal

Has the thought of keeping a journal seemed mostly like a chore? Do the words ‘self-reflection’ make you panic? Do you want to create a daily writing habit but have no idea where to start?

Like the best self-help books for men, the Five Minute Journal offers immediate and practical ways to jump-start your day and become a more positive person. Using insights from positive psychology, the journal delivers concrete prompts for reflection every day.

If you’re the type who needs a bit of structure to flourish, then this is the tool for you.

Men who already have solid journaling habits might balk at the thought of rigid prompts for set amounts of time. However, trying something new can provide a new way to approach an old habit.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

6) Outliers – The Story of Success

So many books have been written about succeeding or trying to do so that it’s hard to find a niche in which to write something new. Malcolm Gladwell, with his mega-bestseller Outliers, does just that by turning a typical question on its head.

He asks, why do we focus so much on who successful people are versus what shaped them?

One thing that separates Gladwell’s entry from many other self-help books for men is the emphasis he has on storytelling. While some might find this trite, he packs every chapter full of stories. These illustrate the points he makes about the impact of family, culture, and upbringing on the incredibly successful.

By making connections to your own individual experience, Gladwell can make various interesting claims that make sense. Claims like instead of leaning into the formulas for success, you need to figure out what sets you apart.

Taking from his experience as a staff writer for The New Yorker, this book is not only informative – it’s supremely entertaining as well.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

7) Blink – The Power of Thinking Without Thinking

The second of Malcolm Gladwell’s books to make this list: while Outliers focuses on what makes the ultra-successful different from you and me, Blink narrows in on a particular mystery that we all share. The brain, that is, and how it makes quick decisions that we may not immediately understand.

Instead of just looking at our mind’s black box and hoping for an answer, Gladwell unpacks just how much stands behind our intuitions. As it turns out, a simple, split-second decision might be anything but.

If you’re a man who wants to be more decisive, or who wants to better understand the decisions you make, then picking up this volume might be precisely what you’ve been looking for.

Part of what makes Gladwell’s self-help books for men so easy to read is his ability to make complex ideas accessible for the average reader. No matter if you only have a few minutes on the way to work, you will find it incredibly easy diving into the prose and ideas of Blink.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

8) How to Win Friends and Influence People

This is the grandpappy of all self-help books for men. Dale Carnegie’s 1936 classic struck on such a profound chord that not only has it never been out of print, but today copies continue to fly off the shelves. Its successful formula has been based around two core pillars.

First is becoming the kind of person people are drawn to. Rather than a series of popularity tips, Carnegie suggests deep-seated changes like looking to cultivate sincere appreciation or finding ways to make other people feel important.

The second is about how to influence (or change) people without having them come to resent you. While for some people the goal might come off as manipulative, the advice is as universal as anything else. It works toward an appeal to people’s nobler motives.

These are things like being generous with your attention, avoiding pointless arguments, and more.

The most popular and interesting self-help books for men are always the ones that have universal applicability. Carnegie’s volume is a model of just that. Nearly a hundred years after its initial publication and many successful entrepreneurs still swear by it.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

9) Making a Good Brain Great

Most books for self-improvement focus on a particular part of your life. Daniel G. Amen’s book takes as its start the assumption that the brain is like any other muscle in the body – it can be trained, taken care of, or even wasted. While he says that, more often than not, we leave the brain to itself when we can be working to improve it.

This knowledge can help us get ahead and care for our minds.

Breaking things down into separate areas of care, things like:

  • are you using your brain?
  • Giving it enough nutrients?
  • Caring for it in times of great stress?

Amen makes concrete, actionable steps that readers can take when thinking about being good to our brains. His book called Making a Good Brain Great seems compelling in a title. Yet it does not ask a question, it simply offers what it wants to do right there on the cover.

It’s no shock that it has become one of the most popular self-help books for men around.

The author takes from his experience as a clinical neuroscientist with decades in the field (and managing his own clinic). Amen then formulates a set of exercises and rules of thumb that will have you thinking broadly and clearly well into your golden years.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

10) How To Be Rich

While we’ve been flooded with countless get rich self-help books for men over the decades, Paul Getty’s classic How To Be Rich formed the template of them all. Taking the crown of “America’s Richest Man” from the Rockefellers and Henry Ford, Getty explains the tactics and mindset needed to become rich in the 20th century.

While the book is over fifty years old, and while the world has changed in nearly every way, Getty’s approach proves uncannily relevant to this day.

For the man looking to dig deep into proven financial wisdom, How To Be Rich proves solid bedrock for the taking.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

11) Meditations

By far the oldest book on this list, the Meditations of Marcus Aurelius was written nearly two thousand years ago. It still packs a punch to this very day. Collecting the wisdom of one of the most famous Roman emperors in history, this edition presents Aurelius’ thought on a wide-ranging number of subjects still relevant to the modern man.

The Meditations continues to be one of the most effective self-help books for men, as it’s written not for the purpose of self-help initially. Rather, just in how he used his wisdom to solve problems or make things happen.

To understand what Marcus goes over, one has to understand the philosophy of stoicism or the search of serenity through enlightened detachment.

The idea was that the greatest joys and satisfaction are not to be found in passing things. Aurelius sets readers up for resilience, balance, and order in the face of inevitable loss.

While that might sound like a downer, this book has been a treasure to millions over history. Most find comfort and personal development through the thoughts of a man distant in time yet as relevant today as ever.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

12) As A Man Thinketh

Another book that’s lasted the test of time, James Allen’s As A Man Thinketh has proven its worth time and again as a proto-entry in the positive psychology genre. Some might be surprised at the book’s short length, as it comes in at 26 pages in the edition mentioned above.

However, Allen’s goal was to create a simple guide to the everyday man, one that could fit in a pocket.

While many of the entries on this list are self-help books for men that discuss things like productivity or wealth, this book focuses in on the power of the human mind. In this discussion, we read about how to shape our impressions and relationship to the world.

We are shown how to focus on (and having the eyes to see) the things that are good and beautiful in the world. With this, Allen suggests that we have the possibility to reshape our way of engaging with our jobs, our relationships, and our connections.

By taking responsibility for the way our minds think, you’ll find yourself with the power to address your mindset and behaviors at their very roots.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

14) Unfu*k Yourself

The title says it all: Gary John Bishop is on a crusade to liberate the modern man from his complexes, his negative thoughts and all the baggage holding him down. By going through and revisiting core assumptions that block your success, Bishop encourages replacing them with relatable, hilarious new truths.

You are willing, You are relentless, and You got this.

The main takeaway here is that the world isn’t standing in your way, rather, you are. Outlining proven tools to stop being your own worst enemy, Bishop goes into the nuts and bolts of what personal transformation really looks like.

Too many self-help books for men pull punches for the sake of the niceties or political correctness, but not in this book. Made for the man too concerned with his own growth and potential to care about a couple choice words thrown here and there, Unfu*k Yourself has been taking the world by storm.

It’s hard to overlook self-help books for men with a title such as this. Especially when so many want to do exactly as the title suggests.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

14) How To Stop Worrying and Start Living

Dale Carnegie’s other classic from the first half of the twentieth century, How to Stop Worrying and Start Living continues to be a relevant guide for how to overcome anxiety. Packed with tools and life lessons that have helped millions reach new levels of peace and well-being, this is a read for any man looking to invest in a more harmonious life.

Long considered one of the best self-help books in American history, Carnegie uses a simple (if sometimes dated) language to help readers address some of the most pressing problems in their lives. His wisdom has helped businessmen overcome work-related worries as well as financial anxiety.

By managing one’s energy (and optimizing one’s waking hours), Carnegie directs readers to find the best, most productive version of themselves. Self-help books for men like these seem to help several, even some women. That said, we cannot recommend it enough.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

15) 7 Habits of Highly Effective People

This is arguably one of the self-help books for men that re-started the craze for the genre back in the late 1980s. This self-help book Stephen Covey penned has gone on to spawn sequels, workbooks, and a whole minor industry in itself.

Praised by businessmen, church leaders, thought pioneers, and entrepreneurs alike, Covey’s wisdom has proved to have as much staying power as his accessible prose and anecdotal examples.

He goes over things well, such as first starting with breaking down the elements of productivity into steps. This includes gaining self-mastery. This is the art of being proactive and how to put first things first. Things that matter for the better good of you, your business, or even family. It also teaches interdependence and a win-win thinking concept.

This even comes with discussing how we should focus on constant improvement. Readers have found more than enough material to take action on and improve their lives.

By focusing on a mindset of abundance, Covey’s principles have gone on to help countless men abandon win-lose mindsets that are the fruit of scarcity. Millions of readers have discovered what it means to live out of this abundance and with this updated version of a modern-day classic so will you.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

16) Getting Things Done: The Art of Stress-Free Productivity

Another modern classic, this entry from David Allen has gone on to redefine the productivity industry since its release in 2006. Praised as the ultimate book on task management, Allen’s principles have gone on to inspire seminars, workshops, and entire shelves of copies.

While there have been many powerful tools developed over the past fifteen years, Allen’s book continues to be the reference point. Being near the top in the self-help books for men category is difficult to manage, but not when your message is timeless.

Allen simply figured out the best ways to manage this.

An understandably common theme among self-help books for men is productivity. To no surprise, many men are seeking growth namely in their career and business lives. Financial interdependence and even independence are the big payoff(s) for proper and effective business practices.

His message made this book a bestseller, to the shock of no one.

Now in an updated form, the books found on shelves today come with new material included from the author. This includes fresh insights from productivity developments over the past decade and a shows more on the tried, tested, and true system of Getting Things Done.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Help is at Hand

With countless volumes being produced every year, it can be hard for a man to know where to turn first. This and the constant emergence of new ‘it’ fads season after season. Each can make it hard to know which techniques are solid and which ones will fade with time.

Thankfully, our list collects the best and the brightest from wisdom both ancient and modern.

This collection of readable self-help books for men that range from the ancient wisdom of Marcus Aurelius to the lasting words of Dale Carnegie. All the way to the powerhouses that are Stephen Covey and Jordan Peterson. All have something for every man.

The amount of material found in these self-help books for men that can be useful might very well be endless. Many include support in the face of struggle to aide in arranging one’s day. Others include the best mind-hacks when it comes to being effective at work.

Overall these volumes have changed lives the world over.

No matter where you’re thinking of directing your next bout of self-improvement, do yourself a favor and learn from the best. With these top 16 self-help books for men in 2019, you’ll most assuredly be on your way.

Top 12 Apple Watch Docks and Stands

S

martwatches like the Apple Watch have become increasingly popular, as they have become a part of people’s everyday life. Apple Watches changed how things were done. Long gone are the days where watches meant for time, weather, or temp. We recommend you keep it charged, as Apple Watch docks and even Apple Watch stands are readily available to help there.

These slick and cool wrist-based devices are amazing and can even update you on the news or reach your emails for you. Do they really need a stand though? People may think their Rolex deserves one, but an Apple Watch?

However, before you dismiss the idea completely, consider the fact that it’s incredibly easy to accidentally knock things off your bedside table. This is especially possible when it’s late at night and dark. Where are you more than likely going to keep your Apple Watch as it charges?

That’s right, likely the worst place possible that could result in it being damaged. Hence the need for an Apple Watch stand.

You may already be sold on the idea, but even if you’re not, welcome you to check out our buying guide below. In this guide, we’re going to look at the top 12 Apple Watch docks and stands around. There are some truly spectacular designs out there screaming ‘take me home’.

Before that, we need to address some of the questions commonly asked about Apple Watch stands and charging docks.

What Are The Main Things To Consider When Buying Apple Watch Docks or Stands?

This is a very sensible question. Before you buy anything, it’s always important to know exactly what you should be looking for. Especially what to consider before handing over any money. When it comes to Apple Watch docks and stands, there’s a lot to choose from.

It’s clearly a great help knowing what’s important.

The main consideration you to need to make first is whether or not a dock is compatible with your watch. You’ll find that some are not designed to cope with the weight of the heavier bands or watches with bulkier screens.

We’ve tried to include docks and stands in our guide that are more or less compatible with most Apple Watch models and bands. A further consideration worth making is the actual look and type of the dock or stand. While some are nothing more than a post, others have a more stylish look.

The material is a big consideration too as this plays a part in how durable and robust a stand will be.

You also need to give thought to how easy it is to use any of these Apple watch docks, and if it requires any assembly. Especially if it requires an extensive amount. We don’t mind getting our hands involved in a little self-assembly from time to time, but we know that’s not really everyone’s thing.

There are some great stands and docks in our guide that require little to no assembly at all.

Most Apple Watch users tend to have an iPhone or iPad as well. If you’re one of those “Apple ’til I die” types, you should consider getting a dock that accommodates your smartwatch. You also want a smartphone from Apple, of course, most of you already have this or plan to.

What are the Benefits of Apple Watch Docks or Stands?

First off, they obviously provide a place for you to charge your smartwatch. However, there’s a number of different benefits you get from using them.

For one thing, they not only provide a place to charge your smartwatch, but they also provide a safe place. As we’ve already established, humans can often be clumsy buffoons. By having an established place to keep your Apple Watch, you can ensure it’s safe from your stupidity.

Particularly if you’re prone to a few beers on a Saturday night. We’re talking to you, Carl!

Convenience is another major benefit for Apple watch docks and stands. Just because it’s charging, it doesn’t mean you don’t want to still use it. Most docks and stands make it possible to do this, so you can always keep up with what’s going on.

Sometimes it’s just great to simply display the majesty and awesomeness that is your Apple Watch. It’s true, you’ve got a great timepiece that’s more than just another timepiece. This is better than just placing it in some random area in your bedroom.

Seriously, why not find a way to incorporate it into the decor of your home?

We don’t wish to point you in any direction. However, there are at least two stands in our guide that make the lines incredibly blurry between functional charging docks and exquisite pieces of furniture. We’re just saying…

What are the Main Brands of Apple Watch Docks and Stands?

As you’d imagine, everyone wants to get a piece of the pie that is Apple Watch docks and stands. There’s an amazing array of companies. Some of them you’ve probably heard of, yet there are others you surely need to know about. Of course, then there are those you’re probably best forgetting about.

In our guide, we’ve included a mixture of both larger brands like Griffin, Belkin, Twelve South, and Elago alongside other newer and up-and-coming brands like Nomad. We believe that the items we’ve picked out all have their merits and deserve a place on our list.

The exciting thing about making this list was that we discovered so many options that we wouldn’t have known about had we not done the legwork.

You may have used Twelve South products in the past and have never used Nomad stuff before. However, you may find that once you’ve finished reading this post, you’re sold on a completely different brand.

Now we’ve cleared all that up, it’s time to take a look at our top picks.

1) Twelve South HiRise Stand for Apple Watch

The Twelve South HiRise Stand for Apple Watch is elegant and sophisticated. Twelve South has a firmly established reputation for designing and manufacturing accessories exclusively for Apple users.

The South Carolina-based company understands the needs Apple users have from their charging stations and docks. This is evident from the HiRise. It fulfills its primary function exceptionally well, but it’s more than a charging dock for Apple Watch.

They provide a robust metal and very stable base where you can charge your smartwatch and get full use out of it. The dock allows you to check the time, reply to messages, and check any alerts. The stand is angled and elevated into just the right position for you to look at and use your Apple Watch.

The underside is rubberized to ensure it doesn’t budge from its placement.

Regardless of which Apple Watch band you actually have, you’ll find that it has a safe place to rest on the HiRise. Setting it up has been made incredibly easy. Simply take the magnetic charging disc included with your smartwatch and press it into the cut-out in the HiRise lined with silicone.

It’s simple enough to press the attached cable into the grooves on the base before placing the cover over the base. Now just take the top band of your smartwatch and place it gently across the silicone pad. Then down behind the support post.

Both the buckle and band can rest tidily on a leather pad and your Apple Watch is protected perfectly.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) elago W3 Stand for Apple Watch Series 4, 3, 2 and 1

Have you been a faithful follower of Apple and their cutting-edge products since the early days? Perhaps you just like having lots of retro items in your home. Either way, we’re sure you’ll love the elago W3 Stand for Apple Watch series 1 through to 3.

The design is based on the classic Apple Macintosh 1984 desktop computer. Simply slot your smartwatch into the silicone insert of the stand, lining the screen of the device up with the screen of the stand. You can use it as it charges and to check messages and alerts.

It also presents you with the novelty of viewing your smartwatch screen as if it was on an old computer. It comes in less than $10, incredible!

This nostalgic W3 stand is a precisely made accessory. The elago stand has used high-quality silicone, chosen for its softness and flexibility. It ensures that both the surface you place the stand on and the Apple Watch itself is protected from damage.

The W3 is compatible with the Nightstand mode available in some selected Apple Watches. Compatible with all sizes and styles of Apple Watch, it can also work with both metal and plastic chargers too.

This means that that expensive smartwatch you wouldn’t be caught dead without is always protected when charging at night and will be ready to go again in the morning. The elago stands are made by a San Diego-based company that has been operating since 2002.

The detail on these Apple watch docks pays perfect tribute to the similarly simple sophistication that Apple products have always had. Heck, even the disc drive has been recreated, including even that little hole we all used to eject floppy discs with.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) Belkin Valet Charge Dock and Stand

Belkin is a highly reputable brand when it comes to computer and electronic gadget accessories. They’re known for designing and manufacturing some of the most intuitive and thoughtfully designed products. This Belkin Apple Watch Valet is a great example of that.

We fell in love with the design the moment we saw it. These Apple watch docks are simply drop-dead gorgeous and a great way to display and charge your watch. All while ensuring it’s safe from accidental damage.

The armrest charging dock has an attractive chrome finish that we feel elevates what would’ve been a normal stand to a higher level of cool. As your smartwatch rests on the dock, it sits at the best angle for viewing it. Belkin has ensured that it’s easy to slide it on and off the charger.

The Belkin Watch Valet was the first to ever incorporate magnetic charging hardware. That’s exactly the same as the charging cable that comes with the Apple Watch itself. This means that it’s easy to connect up and almost completely failsafe. The magnets instantly align their connectors and the inductive charging process begins.

Belkin also offers optional support for the watch band. This addition is ideal for models with link bracelet and steel mesh bands and those that are more flexible than others. There’s a subtle charm to it, only emphasized by the 4ft long USB-A cable that’s tethered and runs from under the base.

It doesn’t ruin the charging dock’s visual appeal at all. Neat, tidy, modern, and space-efficient, the Belkin Watch Valet is compatible with the Apple Watch Edition, Apple Watch Sport, and original Apple Watch.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

4) Native Union Marble Weighted Charging Dock

There’s nothing that says gives something an extravagant and luxurious feel than a genuine machine-cut marble that’s been polished with expert care and attention by hand. Yes, that’s right. You did read the words ‘genuine marble’. This is an exquisite place to rest your Apple Watch.

Due to each piece of marble having unique veins and patterns, each dock is completely different.

The watch itself sits on a brushed metal arm that rotates – helping you find the best angle for viewing and using your device while it charges. These Apple Watch docks are also reversible, allowing the watch to sit at either end of the base, depending on what you prefer.

Once you’ve been bowled over by the sheer beauty of their creation, the Native Union brand gives even more reasons to justify the hefty price tag. Their marble dock has been designed to be fully compatible with not just all models of Apple’s signature smartwatch, but all strap styles and sizes too.

The dock holds your watch magnetically, so it doesn’t even matter if it’s unbuckled or not.

To allow the natural aesthetics of this accessory Native Union have engineered it so it consists of only two parts. These components click together and then you’re good to go. No fussing around with screws and other fixtures. Easily feed your Apple Watch charging wire into the stand and never have to worry about fiddling with it again.

If your watch has Nightstand mode, lay this dock on its side and your phone will switch to it. Are you searching for a safe and secure place to keep your smartwatch, given the five-star treatment it really deserves? Then the Marble Edition Dock for Apple Watch from Native Union ticks all the boxes.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

5) Nomad Stand for Apple Watch

Sometimes you just want something simple with a beautiful design, and that’s where Nomad comes in. A start-up established by Brian Hahn and Noah Dentzel, they are the creative geniuses behind these marvelous Apple Watch docks. If it seems like you’re just looking at a piece of aluminum, you’re more or less right.

It’s a piece of high-quality aluminum that’s been cut with care and precision using CNC and then anodized to give it an astonishing finish. The company’s approach to the design mirrors Steve Jobs’ own minimalist design approach, making these Apple Watch docks perfect for your smartwatch.

Using it couldn’t be easier, simply connect the charging wire and then slip your watch onto the top of the stand and it’ll start charging immediately. The aircraft-grade aluminum ensures that the stand is both robust and durable. On the underside, there’s high-friction rubber to prevent it from slipping.

Nomad was not content with that being enough.

They took safety precautions to the next level by having a solid piece of copper placed between the rubber and the aluminum. More than three times heavier than aluminum, it provides ballast and you’ll find it very difficult to accidentally knock the stand over.

We don’t know how you feel, but we’re transfixed by Nomad’s creation. Some people aren’t really interested in having a hunk of aluminum just sitting on their bedside table or desk. Others simply prefer easily broken plastic charging docks.

However, these Apple Watch docks are truly too good to overlook, if you want our honest opinion.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

6) Griffin WatchStand Powered Charging Station

Are you like many Apple Watch users and have an iPhone as well? Wouldn’t it be ideal to have a place where you could store and charge both your Apple Watch and iPhone at the same time? Fortunately, Griffin has come up with an elegant and functional solution with the WatchStand.

While your smartwatch takes its elevated position atop the post, your iPhone has a comfortable and safe resting place on the felt-covered platform. It may not have the hot and sexy looks of other docks and stands in this guide, but the WatchStand can’t be faulted on its ability to fulfill its purpose and efficiently get its job done.

Griffin has ensured that untidy cables are a thing of the past with its clever cable management system. Any excess cabling from these Apple Watch docks is wrapped around the inside of the post, hidden from sight, then fed through the base. If you’re a neat freak, this might be your new best friend.

Even if you’re not a neat freak, it’s hard to argue that having a billion charging cables going this way and that way isn’t frustrating. Griffin’s awesome WatchStand is an ingenious solution. The base has a rubberized footing to ensure it never accidentally falls off your desk, countertop, or bedside table.

There are many different iPhones, iPods, and iPads. Yet in its short lifetime, there’s already a wide range of Apple Watch models and sizes. It’s hard sometimes to find a charging stand or dock that is compatible with all bands. The Griffin WatchStand, therefore, stands out as being different.

It’s designed to be compatible with most models, straps, and sizes. Furthermore, if you find the Nightstand mode useful on your Apple Watch, you can still use it with the WatchStand.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

7) Mercase Apple Watch Stand

The Mercase Apple Watch Stand is a 2-in-1 product. Not only does it provide you with the perfect place to display and charge your Apple Watch, but it also doubles as an ideal place to display and charge your iPhone. Offering a humble price tag, its components are made from highly durable silicone, TPU, and aluminum.

That said, those gadgets you need for everyday life will be well protected.

While the Apple Watch sits on its stand, elevated in a horizontal position, you can still use it for various things. If your Apple Watch comes with Nightstand mode, this stand will give you the best use out of that handy bedside alarm clock. The iPhone, on the other hand, has a silicone-covered stand to rest against.

You can either sit it horizontally or vertically, depending on your preference and if you’re using it while it charges.

You’ll find that the charger for your watch fits very neatly and securely into the stand. The base of the stand has the addition of rubber feet to ensure that whatever surface you place this stand on, it’ll be protected from scratching and damaging.

The rubber feet also provide anti-slip traction for the stand to ensure it doesn’t get tipped accidentally and fall onto the floor. Let’s face it, it’s happened to us all at some point. With these Apple Watch docks from Mercase, that shouldn’t ever be a problem again.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

8) Spigen S330 Apple Watch Stand with Aluminum Body

The Spigen S330, like many, is a sturdy and durable stand made from aluminum. The addition of TPU over these Apple Watch docks help to protect against scratching. The company has a patent pending on this extremely convenient, yet elegant accessory.

With most on this list, the stand presents your Apple Watch at the perfect viewing angle. This allows you to enjoy making use of its features, even when it’s charging.

The dock consists of a cut-out made to fit the circular shape of the Apple Watch charger so that you rest place the watch on top and the charger slots into place beneath. This keeps the wires hidden, an important feature if you’re home and want your bedside table or desk to be neat and tidy alongside your stand.

There’s also a cut-out in the side of the stand where you can feed the charger cable through, further lending to its minimalist and slick look.

The base has been devised with the end user in mind, as it has the standard rubber feet at each corner. This prevents it from being toppled over with all your hopes and dreams along with it. Although favored for its flexibility and stability, we can’t help but fall in love with anything featuring heavy use of aluminum.

Something very manly about a hunk of metal at your bedside, don’t you think? We’re not saying women will fall in love with you, singletons, it may help you to start your day with a masculinity boost. Imagine, reaching for your watch, sliding it off that metallic stand and onto your wrist.

You’re a winner dude!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

9) Aerb Bamboo Apple Watch Charging Stand

Made by the Aerb brand, these Apple Watch docks are incredibly affordable and elegant. It certainly relies on the natural beauty of bamboo wood, as you can tell. One of the first major plus points for this item is the fact it comes ready to use out of the box. There’s no assembly required at all.

Along with that fact, you’ll notice quickly that it’s ridiculously lightweight.

Don’t be fooled into thinking the lightweight design means it’s not stable enough or secure enough for your Apple Watch. Thanks to the way it’s been built, it can hold whatever it needs to comfortably and effectively. Along with your Apple Watch, it also provides a spot for your iPhone too.

This means you can have a nice place to keep your devices together and tidy. A place where they can still be used, even while they’re being charged. If you’re not the biggest fan of modern and space-age futuristic aesthetics, then this may appeal to you more. It really has a rustic vibe to it.

We can imagine this being at home in a country kitchen countertop or in your office. We almost forgot. Do you find that you need to charge your watch or phone often in your office or at your desk at work?

Take this in your bag and you’ll never lose charge again, while still maintaining a tidy workspace. What’s more, there’s even space to display business cards – ideal for when you’re talking to clients or customers.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

10) Belkin Valet Charge Dock for Apple Watch and Phone

Belkin is at it again with these terrific Apple Watch docks. This is very similar to the aforementioned Belkin Valet dock for just the Apple Watch but differs as this has space for you to charge your phone too. Let’s face it, most the Apple faithful are Apple users ’til you die, and have both the watch and phone from the fruit-based name.

Healthy choice, men.

When they make exquisitely intuitive and beautifully simplistic-looking, yet powerful portable devices, we can’t really blame you. It makes sense to invest in a stand that does two jobs effectively. As mentioned with the other model, this was the first dock on the market to incorporate the Apple Watch magnetic charger into the design.

Your iPhone is kept horizontal while your Apple Watch is elevated above the ground. Similar to that of Simba being displayed for the whole of the Serengeti. With this design, you’re able to get full use out of your devices. As the big difference between this and the other version is the iPhone connectivity, it’s worth discussing some of the great additions.

Probably the biggest selling point, with regards to iPhone charging with this dock is the fact it features the adjustable VersaCase Lightning charge connector. This allows you to charge your phone without moving its case. At Men’s Gear, we all know how much of a pain that can be.

It looks like Belkin feels our pain, and has made a dock to help. There’s no need to worry about too many wires with this stand. Once your devices are connected up to it, they are both charged from the same AC cable.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

11) Twelve South Forte Chrome and Leather Charging Stand

Returning to Twelve South, we have the Forte stand and charging dock. Twelve South were clearly inspired by the elegant simplicity of the Apple Watch when they were designing this. The base of this chrome masterpiece is square, just like the Apple Watch casing. When you slide your smartwatch into place, it’ll look like it’s floating.

The band itself is coated in high-grade leather to protect your watch’s band. This sets off nicely against the silvery shine of the chrome.

As you’d expect from Twelve South, they have ensured that the Forte will work seamlessly with the magnetic charging cable that comes with the Apple Watch. You simply need to slot the magnetic disc in the slot at the top of the Forte, then press the cable into the channel at the back. You’ll then merely place your Apple Watch on top of the disc.

There’s a polycarbonate chromed ring that keeps the charging disc in place. All the while providing a protective layer between your smartwatch and the metallic surface of the stand. With your cables hidden, your focus will always be on your awesome smartwatch.

Unlike other Apple Watch docks, Twelve South made their stand compatible with your watch in both Portrait and Nightstand mode. If you’re simply charging it while you work and need your watch to be fully functional, Forte allows you to do both.

Whereas if you’re using it as an alarm clock while it charges through the night, Forte also enables you to do this.

Finally, this chrome and leather beast is designed to be compatible with nearly every watch size and band style from Apple. That means most of the two-pieces to closed-loops will be covered.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

12) Griffin WatchStand Charging Dock (Dual Stand)

We end on a high with another great product from Griffin. These are known to be deceptively clever Apple Watch docks. It doesn’t really look like much, does it? However, it displays your Apple Watch at a very easy to view angle, while charging it.

The best thing is, thanks to its ridiculously simple, but classy design, you have the perfect cable management. The bulk of your smartwatch, you can store the cable in the post. This keeps your desk, bedside table, or even kitchen countertop neat and tidy and free of unruly wires and cables.

Human beings are typically an impatient bunch, aren’t we? We want everything now and when you know you’ve got to wait until your watch charges, it can be frustrating. This is why it’s handy to have this something like one of these Apple watch docks around.

You can still use it and benefit from its many great features, despite any connection it has to your main socket. For the price and the compact design, even if it’s not the best stand in the world, we think this is worth considering.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Time’s A-Marching on!

The clock strikes closing time for this guide. We’ve really enjoyed putting this list together for you guys. We hope it helps to point you in the direction of the right dock or stand for your Apple Watch. In order to ensure that your smartwatch is safe and secure when it’s not on your wrist, you clearly need one of these great accessories.

Whether it remains safe and secure while it’s on your wrist, however, is down to you, hombre. Admittedly, it’s not the easiest thing to do – choosing one from thousands when they all claim to be the best. That’s where we hope we’ve succeeded.

We wanted to highlight Apple Watch docks that could provide the latest technology and compatibility. Meanwhile, opening up your eyes to newer companies and showing off their great design that rivals the big brands.

We have our favorites, what’s yours? Did you fall in love with the marble of the Native Union stand or are you a Belkin fan? With the information we’ve given in this guide, we know that whichever you choose from the brilliant Apple Watch docks and stands above you’ll make the right choice for you.

Time for Men’s Gear to clock out. Until next time chaps!

Top 9 Underwater Drones

W

hen you think about underwater exploration, your mind probably conjures up images of shipwrecks. We know ours did. Perhaps you think of searching for buried treasure or ill-fated expeditions seeking the lost city of Atlantis. These things are the stuff of legend and have been restricted to fantasies. Today’s technology helps with this fantasy we once had. Underwater Drones most of all are useful.

Surely you may never have assumed you’d ever get a chance to use something like this, accomplishing a dream. Well, buddy, it looks like you were wrong.

It shouldn’t really be too weird for us nowadays to have something that previously only existed in fiction and finding out it’s a reality. With the incredible advancements of technology over the past number of years, it’s no surprise to see mindboggling technology changes.

We see cool and awesome products developed for commercial use that completely change the way we live. The underwater drone is no different.

These robots run just like your average flying drone. They have propellers and cameras, only they swim instead of glide. They explore the deep unknown beneath the waves as opposed to causing general UFO panic around communities.

There’s really no negatives here. They’re used by marine biologists, underwater photographers, and rescue crews to find things that before were feared to be lost to the depths forever.

Today they’ve been developed for average people. Though we must warn you, they can be pricey. In this article, we’re going to bring you the 9 best underwater drones for you to check out. With one, you can explore the deep as you always wanted.

Don’t be scared of what lies beneath, let’s dive in and see what the future of the great open ocean is going to look like.

What are the main things to consider when buying an underwater drone?

We see you’ve decided to buy an underwater drone. That’s great! You’re going to have a heck of a lot of fun exploring the ocean floor, swimming through streams, and searching for the Loch Ness Monster. Before you’re devoured by an apparently not-so-mythical creature in the Scottish Highlands, you need to know some things.

These are amazing advancements in technology, but with that comes features. This is a good thing but also a bad one. As each great feature costs more, with the very best being the most costly of them all. Obviously, before buying, you want to know what you’re paying for.

This is to make sure you get the best kind of underwater drone for you. We have you covered.

These are the things to keep in mind BEFORE you purchase:

Distance Range:

Like regular flying drones, different underwater drones have a variety of distance ranges. This will affect how comprehensive your footage will be. This important for the documentary-type of person to consider.The distance range will depend on what you want to use the underwater drone for.

If you’re planning on casual use, then a drone with a vast range will unlikely be needed. If not, you’ll want to avoid diving deep enough to lose connectivity. The range affects that very thing.

If you’re planning on professional usage, then having a wide range of connectivity is a must. You’ll no doubt need to search far and long for several hours and for a long distance. The range and connectivity will need to be much larger. Without it, you’ll struggle to achieve the best results from your underwater drone.

You then might end up wishing you’d splashed out that little bit more money in getting the most appropriate product for your needs.

Video Quality:

High definition all the way! If you want to see everything underwater has to offer you need the best quality video possible. Luckily, even the cheapest drones will come with at least ultra HD, and some will have 4K. This means you can be sure that you’ll capture incredible, high-quality images.

They will wow your buds, your family, and anybody else, as well as provide excellent educational shots from freshwater lakes to salty oceans.

The difference between Ultra HD and 4K is not exactly massive. Though 4K is better and captures more pixels at the best rate possible for an overall better look. Yet Ultra HD is a set above LED, which is beautiful in 720 and 1080p. This is more of a personal preference.

We’ll be honest, if the price between the two is small then splurge a bit for the 4K. If we’re talking hundreds of dollars, Ultra HD is perfectly fine. It is better than many cameras anyway.

Tether Length:

The longer the tether, the further you can explore throughout the ocean, lakes, and rivers. Underwater drones come with a standard tether length of 25 meters, although some are available with a length of 50 meters too. It’s even possible to upgrade to longer tethers so you can really explore the great unknown deep.

You don’t want to lose your drone, so a tether is an absolute must, especially if you forget to charge it and lose connectivity. We all know how unpredictable ocean currents can be.

These tethers will also assist in keeping the drone safe in murkier waters. While you might not get the clear action shots you desire in darker waters, you might still enjoy testing out your drone in them. Of course, it might be needed for work assignments too.

Keeping track of your drone with the tether means you never have to feel the sting of losing something that costs so much money. However, we’ll get to pricing in a little while.

Storage Space:

High-quality pictures and videos mean you’ll need a high amount of storage space. Many of these underwater drones will come with a built-in memory space of 64GB or more. This feature saves you money on micro SD cards. It’ll ensure that you have guaranteed internal memory space to make sure you manage to save every shot you can.

When you are running out of memory space, you can easily transfer the footage onto your computer. This frees up space to film new and exciting parts of the deep that have never been seen before. Some drones will also give you the option of increasing the storage space using SD cards.

This further enhances your filming capabilities and allowing you to capture as many shots, scenes, and videos as possible.

Battery Life:

An ordinary flying drone will give you around 30 minutes of battery life before you need to land it and charge it for another day. Alternatively, underwater drones will give you a variety of battery lives that range from one hour to as long as seven!

Again, the battery life you need will depend on what you want to use the drone for. Excellent battery life might mean that you miss out on other features, and vice versa. Of course, a product with great battery life will be much more attractive than one that might only give you an hour of usage at most.

This will save you time in recharging, as well as spending extra money on additional battery packs. It will also give you better peace of mind that you will be able to get every single shot you need. This comes without feeling like you need to rush.

It’s perhaps the most important factor, as you can enjoy yourself, instead of feeling like you’re working against a deadline.

Availability:

As exciting as underwater drones are – so exciting that you can’t wait to get your hands on them and explore 20,000 leagues under the sea. You might have to wait for your favorite to hit the market. The majority of underwater drones are ready to be snapped up and unleashed into the water.

Others won’t be shipped until next month at the earliest.

If you’re planning on getting one as a present for the holidays, this won’t be too much of a problem. It’ll be under your tree by the new year. If you can’t wait that long, then it might be best to select an underwater drone that will be at your door by the end of the week at the latest.

Price:

Drones aren’t cheap, especially underwater drones. Their prices range from around $1,000 for lower-end products to costs as high as $6,000 for the truly awesome, top of the line versions. Obviously, the more expensive products will provide the best quality.

However, these drones are more geared towards professional photographers and people who frequently work underwater. With the amount of use the drone is going to get, it will more than pay for itself.

If you’re simply a hobbyist or casual drone owner, then it might be wise to start off using one of the cheaper products. This will help give you a decent idea of how to use them, and how often you’ll use them. This will also answer whether or not you’ll even enjoy it!

There’s no point splashing that much cash on a product that you’ll hardly use.

Reviews:

Checking out reviews for each and every drone is the best way of figuring out which one is the best product for you. Reviews are a great way of getting the full picture from people who have used the product themselves. Instead of relying on the company telling you how awesome the product is you’ll learn things that you otherwise wouldn’t know.

Companies only hype up their products, so you need an honest answer to your questions on a product.

It might be that you are buying your drone for a similar reason that someone else already has. Their existing experience will allow you to understand the pros and cons of the product so you can make an informed decision. These people writing the reviews, either professionally or not, have more expertise than anybody else.

That said, it isn’t too crazy to trust their word.

We know that you might not want to trust every review you read, especially ones that are filled with contradictory information. However, these reviews are a necessary evil in understanding whether or not one drone is better than another.

It could be the difference between spending thousands of dollars.  Without them, it’d be almost impossible to figure out what it the right product to buy. With this, we’d find ourselves trying and testing everything under the sun and spending a fortune in return packages.

Legality and Permits:

Of course, there’s bound to be some kind of red tape that you have to deal with. You are likely using the drone on public property after all. Drones have encountered restrictions due to issues with privacy, airspace, and the potential for accidents. That said, underwater drones are sure to face similar problems.

However, it’s not yet clear what these restrictions will be. Underwater drones are most commonly used in professional situations such as by marine biologists or fisherman. They’re not yet the commercial behemoth that flying drones are. Because of this, it’s best to be cautious and do your best to stay within the law.

If you want to film in lakes, streams, and oceans, then it might be wise to check with the local government. This will help to discern what is expected of you and whether or not you’re even allowed to use them.

If you’re using your underwater drone for traveling, then you might find it a little easier. Places overseas are more lax about their laws than in the United States. This will give you the chance to get some of the most amazing and unique shots before the area becomes flooded with other underwater drones.

As with any kind of overseas country, though, we need to remind you to treat the area with respect. We must still adhere to their laws. Just because you’re a tourist doesn’t mean you’re above them.

What are the main uses for underwater drones?

Like anything on this Earth, there are a lot of purposes for something. While forks, for example, might be for eating….that doesn’t mean that is their only function. They’re a handy weapon or digging tool if something weird goes down. Underwater drones have the same type of vibe.

While they might be used for the exploration part we referred to above, there’s so much more to them. Let’s go over some things people do with them today. What are they used for?

For Fun:

A lot of people will buy an underwater drone to record all of the cool stuff that they can find in oceans, bays, rivers, and lakes. Typically, they’ll take them on vacation, along during their travels. You could find somewhere close to home that you can discover new things at time after time.

They’re an awesome way of getting crystal clear shots of different parts of the world that some wouldn’t be able to see. Like underwater cameras and GoPros before them, they can act as sweet little devices to record all of the fun that is possible under the ocean.

Over the coming years, you’ll no doubt see videos of amazing coral reefs, close-ups with turtles and octopuses. You may very well capture yourself swimming alongside fish of every color imaginable. Instead of relying on your snorkeling and scuba diving memories, you’ll have shots and scenes that will stay with you forever.

For Work:

It’s not all fun and games, though. Underwater drones are also used in professional environments. They’ve proved popular for professional photographers and cameramen who’ve used them to capture previously challenging shots. These underwater drones are responsible for showing us things that we’ve never seen.

As well as being used for entertainment, they’re also useful for mapping and exploring parts of the ocean. They help to discover things in places that were never found, and that is crucial for great documentaries. As well as studies by marine biologists, who use the drones to spy on newer or lesser known creatures and/or undersea plant life.

They can also be used by police and the military for finding lost objects and even searching for missing people. Drones can be used well due to being smaller than divers. This allows them to see in tighter spaces. To top it off, they’re controllable remotely from out of the water.

These underwater drones are also capable of greater depths than people can go easily. If nothing else interests you, their streamlined designs are cool too. They also offer simple propulsion, which means they can stay underwater for longer than your average diver ever could in one session.

For Learning:

It’s not enough anymore to simply show pictures of animals, plants, and seascapes when trying to educate kids at school. With all of the resources currently available for education, there’s no need to rely on the methods of the past anyway.

With things such as virtual and augmented reality, the opportunity to use existing video and transport the kids digitally right into the ocean is immense.

Some underwater drones even have live-streaming, meaning you can demonstrate parts of the ocean all over the world in real-time.

This is massive for teaching kids about types of fish, coral reefs, and what the bottom of the ocean is like. You might have grown up checking out series such as David Attenborough’s Blue Planet and being wowed by that. Today we see shows like Frozen Planet on Discovery Channel and BBC’s Planet Earth & Planet Earth II series.

All used versions of drones when they went underwater, especially Planet Earth II. They were capable of getting shots in Ultra HD that were never seen before. Kids of today are lucky to learn in a world full of drones. They can watch sharks hunt their prey.

On top of this, they can view turtles migrating to other parts of the ocean, and witness dolphins playing around in the most remote parts of the planet.

It’s also an excellent chance to inspire conservation efforts. With pollution and climate change affecting our oceans, it’s a great way to discover what can be done to halt and reverse these problems before it’s too late.

For Fishing:

Do you love the calm tranquility of sitting on a lake, waiting for the line to tug and reeling in a fish of mammoth proportions? Then an underwater drone will bring that activity into the 21st century. Long gone will be the hours of sitting, waiting, sighing, and waiting some more.

Instead, you’ll be hauling in fish after fish after fish, for either your dinner or releasing them back into the water afterward.

Fishing purists might scoff, believing you’re completely defeating the purpose of fishing by giving yourself the means to view under the water. However, anyone who’s ever fished before knows how frustrating it can be if you’re unsuccessful, and even a little frustrating when you are.

The underwater drone will remove all of this frustration. While it might feel like cheating, it’s expected as technology becomes even more advanced. Imagine, if underwater drones had existed in Hemingway’s time, The Old Man and the Sea would never have been written. 

For the Future:

Did you know that we know more about space than we do about the deepest, darkest depths of the ocean? Crazy, hey? Underwater drones can help bridge that knowledge gap and finally introduce you to all the weird wonderfulness that lurks in the shadows of the deep.

Do you want to see giant squid battling super crabs? An underwater drone can make that a reality. Are you nervous swimming in water where you can’t even see your own feet? An underwater drone will eradicate those fears and you’ll gurgling underwater shanties with schools of fish as soon as you possibly can!

The future of ocean exploration has never been more accessible. Instead of waiting ten years until the next Blue Planet series, you can get out there yourself and be your very own David Attenborough. Wowing your less adventurous buddies and chronicling all the crazy, scaly, and kinda scary creatures that swim under the surface.

How deep can underwater drones typically go?

These underwater drones would be no use if they couldn’t go much further than your every day scuba diver, would they? Much like their air-bound cousin, underwater drones give the average person the chance to dive deep down into the ocean.

While here, they are able to check out all kinds of sea creatures that we’d never see otherwise.

The deepest diving underwater drone can reach depths of 150 meters. However, you’ll typically you’ll find drones with around a 50-meter depth. If you’ve ever taken part in a diving course, you’ll understand just how deep 50 meters can be. It makes 150 meters much more impressive.

These depths will give you the chance to check out everything you want and more. They’ll allow you to see things you would never have dreamed of seeing just a couple of years ago. All without paying for diving training. Of course, due to water pressure, it’s not yet possible to dive even further.

That’s unless you’re James Cameron and can get a submarine camera going.

However, it’s not out of the realm of possibility to believe that we’ll be seeing a super deep diving underwater drone sooner rather than later. All the mysteries of the deep won’t remain too mysterious for much longer. Fun fact, we know less about the ocean than we do about our solar system. Underwater drones will eliminate that issue.

What is the average max depth of an underwater drone?

The average maximum depth of underwater drones is somewhere between 30 and 100 meters. You’re guaranteed a minimum depth of 30 meters, and some products will even go even further down. If you want to explore the darkest depths of the ocean then you’ll need one that offers more than 100 meters of depth.

This will give you the best results.

However, if you just want to have a bit of fun then choosing one that goes as deep as 30 meters will suffice. These drones also come with tether ropes to keep them safe if you need to. The lines will be as long as the maximum depth so you don’t need to worry about losing them. You’ll also get many sweet videos of weird fish as you possibly can.

You also need to remember that the further down you go, the less visibility there’ll be. If your drone doesn’t come with a flashlight attached (like a robotic angler fish) then there’s no point in getting a deep diving drone. Simply, you won’t be able to see anything.

We guess you could attach a makeshift headlight to the drone yourself, but that would probably cause more hassle than it’s worth. If you’re not going to get the best results you want from a deep diving drone, then it’s best to consider one that goes as deep as you have visibility.

How easy it is to use an underwater drone?

Underwater drones might actually be even simpler to use than the flying ones that you see at every tourist attraction across the country. This is because instead of air you’re pushing against water. This provides a more stable thrust and you don’t need to worry about the occasional breeze pushing you off course.

They work like anyone swimming through the water, using the force of movement to propel through the water and move accordingly. Although you’ll still need to battle against currents in some waters, it’ll be a more enjoyable and comfortable experience when compared to flying drones.

The only problem that you might encounter is obstacles underwater such as fish, rocks, as well as other people if you’re filming in a populated area. Due to the connected camera function, you’ll see any obstacles before colliding and alter your course accordingly.

This brings us to our next point. In some drones, you can actually plan out a “swim path,” and let the drone travel through the water and film for you. Some drones even come with sensors that can identify when there are obstacles in the way. They can either stop or change their route, avoiding crashes and allowing filming to continue.

Unlike their flying counterparts, underwater drones don’t use very much power. They’re not in flight, so they don’t need to constantly use their propellers. This means they can be used for longer without worrying about the batteries running down.

Due to the flowing of the water, you can even rely on it to control the drone for you. This saves power by requiring only a small amount of propulsion to move through the water.

This alone makes underwater drones extremely easy to use, following a brief learning curve. Then you’re on your way without issues stopping you.

What are the main safety considerations when using an underwater drone?

It comes as no surprise that there are a number of safety precautions one must take when operating an underwater drone. The regular drones are up in the air and are usually going to be subject to either a set of laws the state has or the federal government uses in the United States.

That includes Provinces vs Federal in Canada, as well as several laws in The UK, Australia, Mexico, you name it.

These are important to know about. Drones have cameras on them, so one can see why the ones that fly are going to be subject to laws. The neighbor’s wife might be nice to see, but she has rights, ya know! This is the same sort of thing to think about underwater too.

Drones affect more than just themselves. These are the things to keep in mind and the safety precautions to look out for.

Wildlife:

The first thing you should think about when using an underwater drone is how your activities will affect the wildlife. It’s all well and good exploring into the deep. However, you don’t want to do so at the expense of what’s already living there.

How would you like it if some strange looking freak with different skin, weird eyes, and no arms charged into your home with a camera and started filming away? Yeah, we thought so.

Like anywhere in the world, from the driest deserts to the dampest rainforest, you should leave everywhere exactly how you found it. Take nothing as you’re not Indiana Jones, dang it.. Remember to leave only footprints. This rule should be followed for underwater too.

If you’re swimming in waters with potentially dangerous fish and other animals, then you’ll need to be careful. Most of the time, you can rely on them to leave you alone. As long as you leave them alone, you should be good. We’d hate for a Grizzly Man kind of situation under the water.

Don’t leave plastic or anything else littered in the water. Unless you’re a scientist, a certified one, don’t pick pieces of coral from reefs. Definitely don’t punch a fish, no matter how annoying it’s being. Though if you meet one of those Krill from Happy Feet 2, you have our permission to punch them. No one should be that enlightened!

Swimming:

In addition to the wildlife, you need to consider potential dangers regarding currents and locations. A riptide or strong current is not something to take lightly. As cool as these images you’ll get will be, it shouldn’t be at the cost of your safety and potentially life.

Let’s not become a statistic, dude.

Certain waters around the world pose a massive amount of danger. If you’re swimming in them, you need to be aware of what to look out for. In addition to making sure you protect the surrounding wildlife and the environment, you also need to take care of yourself too.

Diving:

Just because you have a fancy futuristic camera with you doesn’t mean you’re invincible. As with regular diving, you still need to remember all the important factors that keep you safe when underwater. Ensure that you don’t get too distracted with all the wonders that surround you.

Be sure to keep an eye on your available air supply. It’s also advised that you continue to dive with a buddy as an extra safety precaution. This is in case dive panic sets in or another similarly disastrous problem occurs.

Electronics:

You’re working with delicate and expensive electronic devices here. You want to make sure that you don’t lose them due to carelessness. It might feel like you’re working with indestructible technology, but they’re sturdier than you may expect them to be.

However, you’ll still need to be careful you don’t knock the drone against rocks or get it tangled in reeds and weeds.

The integrated camera and wide-angle lens on the drone give you a clear view of what’s in front of you. When directing it through the water, this ensures it doesn’t get damaged by wildlife or scenery.

You also don’t want to lose the drone, so it’s vital that you attach and use the provided tether to it when controlling it remotely. This’ll give you the peace of mind that it won’t disappear into the blue, and also make it much easier to retrieve when you need to.

If you want to, you can keep the tether close or let it run as far as possible. Whatever you choose you can trust the tether. This usually made from a tough and durable material, to keep the drone safe until the end of the session. All this without coming detached and resigning your drone to floating through the water never to be seen again.

1) GENEINNO Tether Titan Underwater Drone

The GENIENNO’s Tether Titan underwater drones are awesome. It has a diving depth of up to 150 meters, making it one of the deepest divers on our list. Due to some being unavailable to the general public, it’s hard to find the best. That is why the Tether Titan is so unique and special. As it’s available to us.

While he’s small, he’s also super tough. It’s designed with durable anti-compression materials that allow it to hold up even when the sun is nothing but a distant memory.

That’s not all, as this drone was specially created for professionals. Yet it’s also user-friendly enough for your average user to get hours of enjoyment from it. Using innovative technology, its 4K camera can capture images of ocean life.

It comes with a 160-degree wide angle lens that ensures you’ll be able to capture every weird little fish happily swimming along.

Perhaps its best feature is the Hydrophone 5000 (it’s actually the Hydrophone HC6121, but that doesn’t sound half as cool). This can record the sounds of the ocean and will either inspire your love for the deep or make you realize you never want to wade into it again.

Whatever the result, you’re sure to get some super cool sounds that you’ve never before been able to experience. This is something that many people never thought possible. For professional or casual use, there are hundreds of great features that make the Tether Titan stand out as a future King of the Ocean.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) Sublue US WhiteShark Mix Underwater Scooter

With a name like WhiteShark, you have our attention. It has an extremely user-friendly interface and controls which makes it easy to use, even for beginners. This is a great starter drone for anyone who is interested in discovering what it is “under da’ sea.”

This simple use means that it comes at a cheaper price than other drones. This is an even more attractive prospect for those who aren’t yet sure if they like drones. Spoiler alert: you do.

Despite its smaller size and weight when compared to other underwater drones, it comes packed with a surprising amount of power. It can explore for as much as 30 minutes with a sealed 11000hAm battery and it’s capable of reaching as deep as 40 meters.

This gives you an extra 10 meters of proper range, which isn’t even possible with more expensive products.

Sublue has also paid attention to safety concerns. They have included a protective netting around the propellers to prevent any curious fingers from getting injured. This also helps protect the drone from any debris you might come across in the water.

It doesn’t come with a built-in camera or memory. However, you can attach most sports cameras such as GoPro to the base. This without worrying about adding too much weight to the drone itself. For those new to the drone game, this is an amazing underwater drone for starters or beginners to the drone game.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) Gladius Underwater Drone

We’re all looking for an underwater drone that can do everything we need it to and more. That’s why we love the GLADIUS underwater drone from Chasing Innovation. Despite being designed to look like a prop from Baywatch (intentional or not, we’re still unsure), it is packed with a ton of super useful and innovative features.

These features make it one of if not the best underwater drones on the market today.

Developed to maintain neutral buoyancy, you can ensure that it stays safe and secure when wading in the water. Meanwhile, it’s stable navigation makes it incredibly easy to use in all kinds of water conditions. As a deep-diving drone, you can reach depths of 100 meters to capture all the bizarreness of the deep.

You can navigate through rocks, reefs, reeds, and schools of fish that will peer curiously at your camera. They will surely bleed those 15 minutes of fame.

This makes it a great tool for fishing, exploration, and general fun. It’s enhanced by the 4K camera that ensures every image is crystal clear.

Its attached tether means you can keep it secure and within distance. However, this also doesn’t allow you to achieve as wide a range of motion as possible. Of course, keeping the drone close might be your main priority.

Already available for purchase, this is the kind of drone that can ensure excellent results in all kinds of underwater environments. It provides incredible recordings of things you never thought you’d see.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

4) GENEINNO Poseidon Underwater Drone

GENEINNO’s Poseidon Underwater Drone has been designed to explore as much of the underwater world as possible. Encased in a pressure-resistant body, you’re able to venture into the darkest depths with perfect clarity. This is thanks to its attached dual light system that can act as your eyes when checking out water conditions in preparation for a dive.

It can reach depths of 120 meters and comes with a tether length choice of either 50 or 100 meters. This allows you to keep the drone secure when exploring the unknown.

In terms of video quality, it boasts a great 1080p. This gives you the chance to capture all kinds of cool and unusual images from beneath. It even comes with a live video feed so you can check things out in real-time.

It’s also super easy to use, which makes it ideal for beginners (which most buyers will be). Simply connect the Poseidon to the WiFi-enabled buoy and film away. This footage can be connected to an iOS or Android compatible app.

The application gives you the chance to save, record, and view videos as well as share them with your friends to inspire all kinds of Atlantis-related jealousy.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

5)  ROBOSEA Biki Underwater Drone

BIKI blends into any ocean or underwater environment in the world with ease. This Japanese underwater drone is elegantly streamlined to make moving through the water simple and straightforward. Though it gives aquatic residents a curious intruder that might result in a Pied Piper situation.

With a maximum speed of 0.5 meters a second, it’s not the fastest drone you’ll get your hands on. However, that works to its advantage. It saves on power and avoids disturbing wildlife, giving you awesome shots some couldn’t get.

BIKI comes with built-in storage space that can record up to 32GB of high-quality pictures and videos, something that will take much longer than it’s 90 – 120 minute usage time will allow. This means you don’t need to worry about transferring files every time you take it out of the water.

Ultimately, this gives you the chance to amass a decent collection of shots.

When the battery does run down, it takes only 100 minutes to get it back to full charge. Meaning you can relax and take a break, then get back in the water for some sweet later-afternoon shots.

The GPS addition allows it to find its way back home, and sensors that are mounted on the interface prevent it from colliding with dangerous obstacles. For control, you can connect using an app and WiFi, as well as a super cool sonic communication ultrasound when underwater.

BIKI is a reality that many a sci-fi fan has dreamt about since they were kids.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

6) YouCan Robot Underwater Drone

The YouCan Robot is amazing and truly lives up to the “you can do it” line we hear from those Adam Sandler movies. These underwater drones are an awesome starter drone that comes with all the accessories that you need to get the most out of it.

Included in the set is a remote control, battery pack, and charge cable, as well as a tether and carry case. This makes for convenient portability wherever you take your drone. When in operation, you can use the YouCan app to control the speed and intensity of the built-in headlights to see where you’re going.

Its 4K camera gives you ultra-high definition images and allows you to see everything as if you were right next to it. All without worrying about getting your hair wet or swallowing salt water. Fish use the restroom in there ya know! Eww!

Perhaps its coolest feature is the auto-following capabilities. Acting like a homing missile, you can set it to follow something that will give you a chance at some cool images. Of course, this homing missile does not come any of the explosions and heart-stopping drama.

We’re saddened too, but laws and all, ya know?

Pro-droner or new to the game, you’re sure to find use in the YouCan Robot that will introduce you to a whole new aspect of what goes on underwater.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

7) iBubble Autonomous Underwater Drone

This entirely autonomous underwater drone gives you the chance to explore the deep in a totally hands-free experience. This makes it perhaps the coolest and most effective drone that can go underwater in the world. If you’re more interested in being the star of the show, this is the drone for you.

It’s programmable to follow you throughout your dives and can capture your entire session as deep as 60 meters for around 1 hour.

It’s also environmentally friendly, using sonar to avoid colliding with coral reefs. If nothing else, this makes it a hugely attractive product that ensures drone divers won’t get too much of a bad reputation. Heck, it might even be welcomed well beneath the waves.

Designed by divers for divers, this is the next step in ocean photography that lovers of the deep have been craving. It’s also controllable from a boat!

This drone is just now available for you to get your hands on. As it came out in November, and will likely have the most up-to-date features you’re wanting from underwater drones.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

8) Power Vision PowerRay Wizard Underwater Drone

The PowerRay Wizard in an underwater fishing drone designed to revolutionize the industry and takes underwater exploration to an entirely new level. It’s equipped with real-time streaming that allows operators to view what’s ahead and act accordingly.

It was also designed with a unique fish finder that might also be handy in searching for sunken treasure, but let’s keep that idea between us.

It’s heavier than some of the drones on this list, but this means it’s durable. It’s truly able to withstand the occasional knock and bump against rocks without suffering any cosmetic or mechanical damage. Its built-in lights also offer excellent visibility in even the coldest Arctic waters.

This ensures that you’ll never feel lost in the dark.

With products such as the PowerRay Wizard, underwater drone fishing is something that will transform the way we think about fishing. No longer will fishermen have to worry about accidentally catching the wrong type of animal, or trawl through oceans and end up only pulling out boots.

This is the kind of product that will help with underwater conservation as well as save crucial hours of work that could be used for other things.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

9) Trident Underwater Drone

OpenRov made something amazing with this Trident model. It’s jam-packed with features that we’d never expect them to add in.

The name itself makes us believe it might be the new King of Underwater Drones. Already, its reputation has spread throughout the tech world and it’s considered one of the best underwater drones available. This is achieved through a massive amount of awesome additions that slightly put it ahead of the rest of the pack.

It’s streamlined, stylish, and more futuristic than you could ever imagine. Trident comes with 3 hours of runtime, a maximum depth range of 100 meters, and speeds of 2 meters per second. This speed makes it one of the fastest underwater drones available, while still being incredibly easy to control.

This means it can more than keep up with some of the titans of the ocean, and ensure that no shot is missed, all from the comfort of your boat. Witness what lie beneath using the connection control with screen and marvel at the wonders of the open ocean that you never thought you’d see.

Fitted with 1080p video capabilities, you’ll be able to catch even the finest details under the water. It’s super portable and incredibly easy to set up, being ready to use as soon as you take it out of the box. These underwater drones will surely give you the chance to explore further than you ever could in a diving suit.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Into the Blue

If you’re somebody who loves to explore the world with the latest and greatest technology available, then underwater drones should be considered. With one, you’ll be able to check out the most amazing visuals that previously were only available to pro-divers.

All you explore can be brought right to your hard drive for you to witness whenever you like.

Using your drone underwater is fun, simple, and educational, you don’t need to worry about it hurtling towards the ground. No need to worry about colliding with other clumsier drone users. If you want to explore the mysteries of the deep blue sea, this is a must-have product.

Use it to explore coral reefs off the coast of Australia, and swim alongside sharks in South Africa without the fear of becoming lunch. Overall, you can capture watery memories in the world’s many seas, lakes, rivers, and oceans that will stay with you for the rest of your life.

Underwater drones are much more than a simple toy. Its value as an educational tool also cannot be understated. You can be at the forefront of this by exploring previously undiscovered areas all over the world. Be an innovator, and explore to uncover every mystery available.

Now hold your nose and take the plunge.

Top 20 Tropical Hawaiian Shirts For Men

F

or some, the first whiffs of spring prompt the storage of winter boots, the start of a romance, or an obsessive bout of household cleaning. For others, it’s the first excuse to bring out their collection of vintage Tropical Hawaiian shirts for men. When Autumn comes around, most are putting away their brightest colors and looking ahead to an ever-approaching winter.

However, cool shirt season is only just getting started. We’re taking a look at the best Tropical Hawaiian shirts for men today. We’ll also discuss the proper time of year to wear one. A bit of a spoiler, there is no proper time to not wear them!

Aloha Hawaiian shirts, Tommy Bahama Hawaii shirts, it doesn’t matter. What we care about is a man who knows what he’s about. Nothing says utter confidence than showing up in bright attire just when everyone is toning it down. You know who you are…Fredrick. The one with the best bad jokes.

They complain, but they remember you. Who else are they going to call when they’re down for a good time?

You’ll be the bane of your relatives on whatever holiday they decided to attend that you’re also part of. You’re just fine with that, aren’t you? You’re comfortable in your own skin. You know your style and you gotta play it light.

Besides, what’s the point of living if you have to do it in all the dull browns and yellows that come out right before Halloween?

That’s right – there’s no use in it at all!

So sit back and relax as Men’s Gear goes over the hottest Tropical Hawaiian shirts for men this year.

Main Things To Consider Before Buying Any Tropical Hawaiian Shirts For Men?

Maybe you’re a seasonal wearer of Tropical Hawaiian shirts for men, or maybe you’re a newbie trying to explore your sense of style. Flannel shirts are not for everyone, and neither are Hawaiian shirts. It really just depends on the person. Either way, you’re going to want to think about what kind of shirt you’re going to want to be wearing.

This is especially true if you’re ordering online.

Those Hawaiian shirts might look great from the other side of a screen. However, one should do their homework, as it’s key to getting optimal enjoyment out of their clothing. It’s also best to know what you’re looking for. Paying attention to the brand is also very crucial. That said, there are a few things you should know about.

The Size Is Nui (Important):

Obviously, size is important to keep in mind. However, Tropical Hawaiian shirts for men are a bit different than your average shirt. They are made with different material and often worn differently compared to others. Most men wear them open with an undershirt, for example.

This means they may need to get a size larger than they normally wear. Not just to accommodate the extra shirt underneath, but also to have the ability to open and close it with ultimate comfort.

No matter if you’re a lean, sprinting type or a burgeoning Arnold or embracing your inner manatee, it’s important to keep size in mind. There is nothing worse than buying a shirt too small or too large, especially a comfortable Hawaiian shirt. It’s not just a traditional height or girth thing.

Clearly, a properly tailored Hawaiian shirt is going to show off your best assets while ironing out the bits that you might not want to be so obvious. You’ll also want to consider the brand and nation. For example, if it is a Chinese company, the rule is to always get a size or two higher than you normally are.

Their sizing chart is wacky compared to the rest of the world.

Think about how broad your shoulders are or what size your chest is. Finding the right shape that will hide all that stuffing you know you’re going to devour when Thanksgiving comes around. Depending on how warm it is outside, you might be thinking about whether you want a sleeve that runs closer to your shoulder or your elbow.

‘Ike A Me Ke Kumu (The Color & Pattern)

Every man’s choice of Hawaiian shirt is different. Even though the uninitiated will never understand, we know all too well the variety that can face a man when deciding what shades he wants his threads in. Are you the type to walk into a room with an elegantly understated shirt, or are you wanting all the attention of a traffic light?

Then there’s the choice of pattern – are you the pineapple type, or a do the more muted, abstract designs appeal more to your sense of taste?

Shopping online gives you all the choice of great Tropical Hawaiian shirts for men around. Go ahead and flip the season a bird and take a saunter out into the fall in a fully fitted shirt that shows you for who you really are. Really, what more could you ask a piece of clothing to do?

You’ll come off cultured and immune to criticism. Just don’t let anyone ruin your fun – enjoy!

What Clothes Do Tropical Hawaiian Shirts Go With?

The question of what else to wear might seem like a bit of a drag. More than a few of us have spent a well-deserved Saturday indoors wearing pretty much nothing important. We’ll do our friends and families a favor and put on a pair of pants for the greater good.

This begs the question: how much do your Hawaiian print shirts match the rest of your wardrobe?

Possibly, how much does your wardrobe match your Tropical Hawaiian shirts? We have some recommendations for those who need it most….Carl.

People might make fun of Tropical Hawaiian shirts for men as the purview of the fashionably challenged. However, we’d like to say that it’s how a man wears his duds that makes him a real man.

If you’re the type to be the life of the party, then you’re definitely going to want to think about a pair of shorts and certainly a hat. The more ridiculous the better. We’re talking something rounded and wide-brimmed – avoid anything that begs to be taken seriously.

This is because you’re not, you’re here to bring the party with you. Nothing speaks to a lack of confidence than pretending to be something you aren’t.

If you’re looking for a more laid-back vibe, think about a pair of long shorts, drop the hat, and maybe think about a wristwatch. Nothing too ostentatious, but something that shows that underneath your chill, you’re actually quite sophisticated.

Maybe you’re a beach-daddy who’s seen this all before, or maybe you’re a businessman looking to unbutton a lapel or two. Either way, pairing your Tropical Hawaiian shirts for men with a spiffy pair of shoes is going to signal you’re never to be taken lightly. You do you, and that is all you ever needed!

Can I Only Wear Tropical Hawaiian Shirts When The Sun Is Out In The Summer?

Read our written words: NO

You’re not here because you’re slavishly following the latest here-today, gone-tomorrow trends. You’ve planted yourself firmly in a classic style and everyone’s going to hear all about it. It goes without saying that a bright, Hawaiian shirt means the life of the party’s finally arrived, especially in the summer.

It doesn’t matter if your Hawaiian shirt’s Tommy Banana or any other brand – you bring a flair to whatever soiree you’re at and give everyone else a reason to let loose.

Then why limit that to the summer?

We’d argue that the best Tropical Hawaiian shirts for men to wear are the ones worn just as the days are starting to get darker. You ever hear about Seasonal Affective Disorder?

It’s all right there in the acronym: SAD.

People feel sadder as the season changes, and you have the chance to bring a bit more spark back into everyone’s step. You bring joy and life into the room, and even though you know there are a few chuckles made behind your back it doesn’t matter.

You know what you’re here for. Even the people pretending to be embarrassed are glad you came.

You give everyone else permission to lighten up. It won’t matter if the Hawaiian shirt’s cheap or expensive – what matters is that you’re here and you aren’t going anywhere. Don’t let all those stiffs get in the way of being who you are. Your best friends will thank you for it later.

They’ll also thank you for referring them to our list.

1) Barney Cools Floral Camp Hawaiian Shirt

While having an assortment of Tropical Hawaiian shirts for men are great when summer is in high season, making sure that you’re ready for when autumn comes is just as important. A light summer, with nice weather stretching through September and October, demands its own style.

Who are we to disagree?

This shirt from Barney Cools is exactly that: understated, subtle and ready to party when most of the tourists have already left. With an old-school vibe that boosts confidence, this isn’t your grandpa’s Hawaiian shirt.

Relax with the ladies (or whoever – we don’t judge) in style and be prepared with your best bad jokes.

This shirt is great to whip out on cool summer nights for a relaxed soiree. Best served with tiki lamps, nearby waves and a light seafood buffet. If you find yourself the center of attention, don’t say we didn’t tell you so.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) Tommy Bahama “Don’t Leaf Me Now” Sport Shirt

There are the kinds of days when you’re wanting to get out there, hit the beach, and make a statement. Those are the days to bring out your best and brightest shirts. However, on the afternoons where you’re content to sit in the background, to observe the tourists or beachgoers, then this is the shirt for you.

With a regular fit and built for a bit of movement, count this among one of the authentic Tropical Hawaiian shirts for men that can be brought out for a number of occasions. Great for whether you’re at home or off somewhere on a tropical island, it won’t matter.

This Tommy Bahama entry goes with whatever else you’ve got in your suitcase. Feel free to bring it wherever you go, and with confidence. You’ll thank us later.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) SIR7 Men’s Floral Print Shirt

When a man buys a Hawaiian shirt, he asks himself one of the most important questions. That’s how often am I going to be able to wear this? Is it right for a bunch of different contexts?

For this shirt, the answer is an affirmative yes.

While some might think that the floral pattern might be overpowering, the dark background softens the look into something appropriate for work, home, or wherever you’re heading for a tropical getaway.

Made of soft cotton, these Tropical Hawaiian shirts for men are made of breathable fabric that makes it an ideal choice for any warm day on the beach. Whether we’re talking a sweltering sun or sitting in a late afternoon breeze, this shirt works for all occasions.

Unlike other men’s Hawaiian shirts, this entry has bright colors that stay bright over time. The anti-wrinkle fabric is only a plus on top of this.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

4) Mondaze Woven Hawaiian Shirt

You’ve finally booked that cruise – your very first one. You’ve wanted to do this for some time now, and finally, all the pieces come together. You grab your family for two weeks of relaxation, downtime, and pampering. When you step on board, you realize everyone’s wearing the same, tired, ugly Tropical Hawaiian shirts. Yet that won’t be you.

Luckily you’ve packed the Mondaze Woven Shirt, a dynamic Hawaiian style for a new generation. No more bland pineapples on a baby blue background. Oh no, these Tropical Hawaiian shirts for men says sophisticated, modern and laid-back.

Not everyone can pull a style like this one off. However, the ones who can light up a room as soon as they enter. To the victor goes the spoils.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

5) All Saints Endeavour Hawaiian Shirt

Choosing any Tropical Hawaiian shirts for men comes with baggage all its own. Does one go for something that’s going to make you stand out, or are you going to try to blend in with a more subtle design? Some would mention that if you wanted something subtle, you wouldn’t be going with tropical button-up shirts.

We tend to disagree. There’s something playful about donning a pineapple shirt, and it’s something you can’t get anywhere else. It’s indeed rare to find a toned-down yet vintage design like the one modeled here. It speaks to a casual restraint that will have everyone around you guessing.

Like a good poker player, this is a shirt that never shows its cards before the game has come to a close.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

6) SSLR Men’s Flower Casual Shirt

While a lot can be said about picking a style that speaks to a sense of subtlety and forethought, sometimes all you need to do is put on a hibiscus shirt and be done with it. Nothing says confidence in a man quite like entering a room with a bold, floral print and embracing everything big about life.

With this SSLR shirt, you’re going to be telling people exactly who you are without saying a word. The beauty of this as well is that these Tropical Hawaiian shirts for men come in a range of patterns just as bold and eye-catching as the one above.

This puts the joy back into Hawaiian men’s shirts. A word of advice from Men’s Gear, try to buy in at least two sizes bigger than you think you need. This is a Chinese manufacturer, and the shirt is designed for smaller frames.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

7) Ted Baker London Chela Slim Fit Tropical Shirt

One task, if you’re looking to expand your collection of Tropical Hawaiian shirts for men, is trying to find a look that stands out for the fact that it’s not cluttered. You know what we mean: those designs that look like they have more pineapples than Kansas has cornfields.

Enter this particular shirt.

Unlike most of the Hawaiian shirts on this list, this entry opts for a look that’s a bit easier on the eyes. With lots of blank space, the flamingos, parrots, and flowers draw more attention. In a room where most guys are packing shirts with way more detail than necessary, you’re opting for a clean impression.

Rounding things out, this slim fit shirt (make sure you order it big enough) is tumble-wash ready and the perfect choice for a night out on the town.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

8) All Saints Men’s Luau Hawaiian Shirt

There are those who scour used clothing bins trying to find cheap Tropical Hawaiian shirts for men, and then there are those who invest in quality and style. This shirt from All Saints sports a natural design that goes past Hawaiian shirt cliches like birds and fruit and brings in volcanoes, beaches, and endless ocean.

The colors are pastel and understated, making this a great shirt to wear for sunset walks when you want folks around you to know you’re a sophisticated man of taste. Silkscreen printing keeps the colors vibrant, but the shirt’s still durable enough for a (delicate) machine wash.

With a natural, regular cut designed for American men, you won’t have to worry about needing to buy a size larger.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

9) SSLR Men’s Flamingo Casual Shirt

When a man thinks about when to pull out a Hawaiian shirt, images of tiki lamps, long nights at the beach and surprising new acquaintances often come to mind. However, you don’t need to be in vacation mode to want a bit more color in your life.

The types of Tropical Hawaiian shirts for men like this one straddle the line between a tropical atmosphere and the comforts of home. For the man who doesn’t want to be the center of attention, yet doesn’t want a pretentiously subtle vibe.

An inexpensive yet quality choice, this shirt is perfect for wearing at work or for lounging in the backyard. Bring a little more color to your next barbecue. That’s if you can’t make it to the ocean, then bring the ocean to the suburb.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

10) SSS Word Corp

When picking out a men’s Hawaiian shirt, some just go for the biggest splash they can make. Big colors. Bold. You know what we’re talking about. Yet then that guy goes home and realizes there’s nothing he has in his dresser that matches.

As excited as he was to wear the thing, it’s only good lounging around at home with nothing much else.

Getting a look that’s versatile enough to go with whatever else you’ve got in your wardrobe is key. Think about it, you don’t just want to be breaking out Tropical Hawaiian shirts for men with beach shorts in July. They go a long way to helping you through the rest of the year.

Besides, can winter really be all that bad when you can reach for a classic floral shirt?

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

11) SSLR Men’s Pineapple Hawaiian Shirt

What kind of shirt design says “it’s going to be summer all year long” more than a basket’s worth of pineapples? This right here is the Hawaiian shirt in all its glory. It’s loud, proud, blunt, and completely comfortable with itself just as it is. Nothing speaks to confidence more than that.

If you’re the kind to wear this kind of shirt, you’d be that guy at the end of the workday who hands everyone else a drink and tells them to relax.

The best Tropical Hawaiian shirts for men are about more than the flowers or the fruit – it’s a way of life. With this classic design, you’ll be showing the world you who are while reminding the rest of us to kick back, relax, and take it easy.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

12) Pacific Legend Plumeria Hibiscus Hawaiian Shirt

When looking for a Hawaiian shirt, sometimes what a man needs is a dose of authenticity. As fun as it can be to rock a neon-bright shirt decked with palm-trees and flamingos, there are times when all you need is a subtle breath of fresh air from the place where it all began

This model, unlike many Tropical Hawaiian shirts for men for sale, was produced and shipped from Honolulu. No knockoffs from the American mainland or Chinese-produced shirts one size too small – this is the real deal. It’s decorated with subtle hibiscus blossoms with buttons made from real coconut shells.

This is a shirt that speaks to a relaxed Sunday afternoon with nothing on the agenda except a book, family, and the beach.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

13) The Rail Short Sleeve Print Poplin Shirt

Thinking about where to buy Tropical Hawaiian shirts for men can be a bit of a hassle. Go to the shopping mall and all you’ll find are synthetic, fake-looking shirts. Browse the flea markets and you’ll end up looking like your grandfather on one of his off-days.

This is why looking online at the work of established brands like The Rail is so convenient.

This particular shirt has a lot going for it. While most of the shirts on this list either try to be as loud or as quiet as possible, this entry finds the best of both worlds. With its subtle, dark blue background, it suggests calm and sophistication.

However, the dark orange highlights suggest unexpected confidence that’s sure to have people looking twice.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

14) Tori Richard Trim Fit Camp Shirt

When looking to buy Tropical Hawaiian shirts for men, it’s been mentioned before that a key factor here is versatility. This is what makes shirts with a blue background so popular – they tend to go with anything.

The design present here, namely bright foliage that goes up against a mysterious shade of blue, gives all the fun of a classic Hawaiian shirt while suggesting a hint of restraint.

This regular cut shirt was made in the USA for those who have a bit more of a bulkier frame. There might be some who appreciate the fitted feel of a slim design shirt. This entry is for the everyman looking to relax at home or at a night out after work.

Of course, this was made to be a staple at casual Fridays.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

15) Ted Baker Men’s Bliss Tropical Shirt

Some men just look to find cheap Tropical Hawaiian shirts for men wherever they pop up. Others head to a designer that can meet their needs in style. This shirt from Ted Baker lets you have all the fun a Hawaiian shirt is for while holding an elegant, repeated pattern that speaks to a business-casual setting.

It’s perfect for workdays when you’re getting ready to head out for a long weekend of relaxation and productivity.

This light, cotton shirt is made in the United States with imported, sturdy fabrics. No dry cleaning for this one! However, as with any online purchase, give yourself some room to breathe by ordering one size up.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

16) Reyn Spooner Ulehehi Regular Fit Sport Shirt

When some people reach for the closest set of tropical button down shirts, they’re often out for a good time. Who can blame them? What says a good time more than a shirt full of flowers, pineapples, and flamingos? For the professional who wants to suggest a hint of revelry, restrained, sleek design is just what the doctor ordered.

The washed out color design helps you blend in with the crowd, and makes a great impression while you’re out working or people-watching. Great for casual days at the office as well as for nights out on the beach. These Tropical Hawaiian shirts for men are impressive in look and can seemingly go with anything.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

17) Tommy Bahama Shadow Shade Camp Shirt

The search for Tropical Hawaiian shirts for men that are just as good to wear at home, on the beach, or at the office is always a tough one to master. Making sure that your shirts are as versatile as you are can be a hard sell.

This is especially true when trying to make the biggest statement possible or trying to blend in with an odd set of floral wallpaper.

This sleek Tommy Bahama design, with its washed-out color palette and abundant floral pattern, fits in like a chameleon wherever you are. Whether you’re helping a colleague during a meeting or meeting somebody new under the stars, this is one shirt you won’t want your suitcase to be without.

When you head down to the islands for your winter getaway, do yourself a favor and remember this Tommy.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

18) Hurley Koko Shirt

With Hurley’s experience as a streetwise designer making high-performance casualwear, their entry into Tropical Hawaiian shirts for men is not to be missed. It offers an elegant, bright set of floral patterns that are reminiscent of fireworks or sea anemones.

This is a design meant for relaxing nights. While it might not be the best option for the office, this is the kind of shirt you’re going to be wanting to pull out when you head on your next exotic vacation.

With its regular cut, you won’t have to worry about buying larger sizes when you shop online. You can feel confident that it’s going to fit your frame exactly as you are.

Being exactly as you are is the real point of getting a Hawaiian shirt. Sit back, relax, and enjoy the evening.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

19) The Kooples Regular Fit Hawaiian Shirt

On one end of the spectrum are the cheap Tropical Hawaiian shirts for men that have nothing much to do with style, brand, or taste. Then there’s the designer fare with your needs in mind, particularly as a young, affluent urbanite. Your uncle’s taste in a Hawaiian shirt isn’t going to cut it here.

You want something individual that expresses your status and confidence in the world.

Luckily this piece from The Kooples is exactly that. With a sophisticated design that’s laid-back yet reserved, it assures no one’s going to underestimate you. Whether you’re having a night on the town or relaxing in the comfort of your own home, this Hawaiian shirt is for the self-made man.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

20) Topman Classic Fit Hawaiian Shirt

With all this talk of sophistication, style, and nuance has its place, sometimes a man’s gotta do what a man has gotta do. By that, we mean pulling off the most outrageous Tropical Hawaiian shirts for men. This entry is one of the boldest on this list, with a bright, near-Christmas red. It also offers a veritable army of Hawaiian icons spread over the material.

It is perfect for the holiday season to embarrass your family and friends. Meanwhile, you make a statement.

From hula dancers to pineapples to palms and surfers – this shirt has it all. Whenever you feel things at the office are getting a little too uptight or you feel the need to bring a bit more life into the party, this Hawaiian shirt is going to be your first pick. We’re only here once – try to have a little fun along the way.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Surf’s Up, Dude!

You came, you saw. You brought the pineapple shirt. We commend you for it, even if no one else did.

Who can blame you for wearing it? Everyone knows color’s the life of any party, and what has more color than Tropical Hawaiian shirts for men? Some may raise an eyebrow or two, but you know what you’re about and what kind of fun you want to bring to a meeting, barbecue, or night on the beach under the stars.

With the choices here on this list, you’ll find something to suit your tastes no matter if you’re into subtle colors or all the subtlety of a Christmas-decorated transport truck. Your friends will make jokes but will thank you for it later.

Trust us, and get your surfer on!